Memoirs of the Queensland Museum

MEMOIRS

OF THE

QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

VOLUME 22

BRISBANE

PART I

FEBRUARY, 1985

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Od Mus, 221): i—73. [1985]

A REVISION OF THE FISHES OF THE FAMILY SILLAGINIDAE

ROLAND J. MCKAY
Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT

Swimbladder morphology, cranial ostealogy and vertebral counts are shown to be o! value
taxonomically, The swimbladder is used to assess relationships between species and a
systematic revision is proposed. The genera Sillage, Sillaginepsis and Sillaginades are retained
with three subgenera of Sillazo (Sillaginapedys, Parasillago subgen. nov., and Sil/ago).
Twenty-five species are deseribed including seven new species and one new subspecies.

INTRODUCTION

The family Sillaginidae consists of three
genera, three subgenera, twenty-five species and
five subspecies Of small to moderate sized fishes
distributed in the shallow coastal waters of the
Indian and western Pacific Oceans. The whitings
or sand smelts form the basis of small but
commercially important fisheries throughout
their range.

The systematic position of the family has been
conjectural. For Cuvier it was within the family
Gobioides, but transferred later to the Percoides.
Richardson (1846) erected a new family to
accommodate it, but later placed it in the
Uranoscopidae. Giinther (1860) placed the genus
Silage into his family Trachinidae due to the
number of yertebrae and long anal fin, but
remarked that the structure of the skull is thar of
4 Sciaenoid fish and in a footnote states ‘The
physiognomy of the fishes of this genus has a
striking similarity to Pachyurus, a Sciaenoid
genus’. Gill (1862a) reviewed the relationships of
the family and although noting its resemblance to
several families, concluded that ‘its true
relationship is rather difficult to be decided’. Gill
observed however, that ‘By its cavernous skull, it
suggests the Sciaenoids and the Acerinae among
the Percoids, but from both, it is ar, once
separated by the long anal fin which is nearly
equal to the dorsal, and by other morphological
and anatomical characters, which the description
of the family given above will at once suggest.
Among the Percoids, it most resembles the species
usually known under the name of Acerina
schraitzer, but as will readily be learned on
coniparison, the resemblance is simply analogical.
Among the Sciaenoids, ihe most analogous forms
appear to be the genera Pachypops of Gill, and
Pachyurus of Agassiz, or Lepipterus of Cuvier.
The squamation of the fins, characteristic of the

Sciaenoids, in addition to the shortness of the
anal fin of those genera and the peculiarly dense
squamation of the caudal fin of Pachyurus,
evidently show that they are true Sciaenoids and
exclude the entertainment of any strict or close
affinity to the Sillaginoids. From the Trachinoids
and the allied forms with which the family has
been associated by Dr Giinther, it is at once
separated by the form and structure of the head’.

Gill also. comments on Bleeker's earlier
placement of the Sillaginidae with the family
Sciaenidae where he subdivides the Sciaenoidei
into the subfamilies Acerinaeformes (genera
Acerina (= Gymnocephalus) and Coptodon (=
Tilapia),. Sillaginiformes (genera, Sillage,
Sillaginichthys (= Silleginopsis) and Aspro (=
Zingel))) and Sciaeniformes. Gill then remarks
‘The characters which distinguish the
Sillaginoidae trom the Sciaenoidae have been
previously enumerated. The difference between
them and Aspro are still more decided. As
previously remarked, the resemblance to Acerina
is much greater’,

Boulenger (1901) placed the family Sillaginidae
close to the Sciaenidae and ‘In the high number of
vertebrae (12-14+14-20) they approach
Collichthys (11418) and Lonchurus (10+19)'
and siates ‘The oblong and elongated cavernous
head, with the pracopercle bent inwards below,
covering a considerable part of the lower surface
of the head, recalls Aspro among the Percidae,
with which genus Sillago has been associated by
Bleeker in 1859".

The Sillaginidae differ from the Percidae in
having three predorsal bones instead of one or
none; no tecth on palatines; a spur on the
posteriormost procurrent ray of the caudal fin; a
variously developed subocular shelf, and a
median pit containing two pores in addition to the
pair of pores on the lower jaw. Gymnocephalus,

te

espevlally G. aeerimus (Guldenstadt) is
remarkably similar to the Sillaginidae in having
(WO anal spines, the cavernous skull, the lower
part oF the preopercle bent inwards, 2 pores on
the chin, one spine on opercle, the lateral line
extending on to the caudal fin, dorsal fins unwed,
6-7 branchtostegal rays, vertebrae 33-38, and the
swimbladder is present. The orolith of G. acerina,
aod lo a lesser extent Zingel zingel, is remarkably
like the Sillaginidae and from an ‘otolithologival
point of view those of Aspro (= Zingel) only
differ from sillaginids in a less strongly reduced
dorsal field anda slightly deepened sulcus, which
otherwise exhibits all characters typical for
sillaginids. 1 have little doubt that Aspra (=
Zingel) really is the closest relative to the
sillaginids (W. Schwarzhans pers. comm,
17.1,1982)', Ii appears that the family
Sillaginidae is related to the Sciaenidae, Percidae,
and 10 a lesser extent the Huemulidue, and
exhibits many plesiomorphic characters, A study
of their relationship with the above families is in
progress.

This study commenced as a revision of the
Western Australian species, but was expanded
when it hecame obvious that a world-wide
revision was necessary.

Because many species are very similar in
external morphology a search was made for
additional taxonomic characters (that would
permit the identification of species and local
populations. The strugture of the swimbladder,
the cranial osteology, and the axial skeleton are of
great value in the diagnosis of species.

The swimbladder was also of value in
determining relationships in those species where
this organ was present, and proved to be a most
complex structure in many species, Most specics
have a duvt-like process arising from the ventral
surface of the swimbladder that extends to the
Wrogenital opening. The ‘duct’ has not yer been
fully lavestigated but it appears to be a tubular
extension with a few blood capillaries that run
posteriorly along the inner ventral surface of the
swimbladder and then down the tube towards the
urogenital opening where the duct appears to end
blindly above and adjacent to the urogenital
aperture; on the dorsal opening of the duct inside
the swimbladder is an overlying valve-like process
that almost blocks the entrance. Although sound
production has been reported for the Sillaginidae,
the complex nature of swimbladders with lateral
and anterior projections, particularly those
extensious that terminate on the basioccipital,
and those with overlying modified vertebrae at
the posterior fapering portion of the

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

swimnbladder. suggesr that sound reception and
perhaps amplification is involved. No somfie
muscles are associated with the swimbladder and
if iy probably not used to produce sound.

The axial skeleton ts highly modified in all
species with a posterior tapering extension of the
awimbladder. This peculiar modification was
teported by Hotta (1961, p, 62) and Takahashi
(1962, p. 24, fig. 117). The vertebrae overlying the
swimbladder posteriorly from the first haemal
arch have the parapophyses joined to form a
bridge that partly surrounds the swimibladder,
thus reinforcing the posterior tapering extension
of that organ; such modified caudal vertebrae
extend posteciorly to the termination of the
swimbladder where (he bifurcate tips fuse to form
the more normal haemal spines. This modified
section of the axial skeleton permits the
separation of the vertebral column into three sec-
tions in most species of the genus Si/lago. The
\ripartite separation of the vertebrae number is a
most useful taxonomic chéracter that has been
extensively employed in delimiting species.
Vertebral counts were found to be variable in
most species examined but with surprisingly little
overlap between species and no geographic clinal
variation, Environmental factors may influence
the number of verlebrae in teleosts (Barlow, 1961;
Fowler, 1970), and in some species the vertebral
number may show considerable variation whereas
in others tt may be species specific and
characteristic of particular populations within a
species. In the family Sillaginidae the vertebral
number is a Valuable aid to species and subspecies
recognition in. many cases, and may well prove to
be of value in population analysis and in
delimiling populations of widespread species,

The cranial osteology was examined for almost
all species and its value as a Llaxonomie elsaracter
is Without doubt. The width and shape of the
sensory canal bridges on the frontals, the shape of
the subocular shelf on the third suborbilal bone
and the configuration of the otoliths are of
particular value.

The caudal skeletoiy shows some differences
hetween species and is being fully investigated.
The complete osteology and relationships of the
family Sillaginidae is now under study and will be
presented in a forthcoming paper.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study is based on an examination of
preserved speeimens, fresh material and
radiographs made available by many museums,
scientific institutions, fisheries departments.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 3

COUNTS

The dorsal and anal fin spines and rays were
counted, The Jast dorsal and anal fin
pterygiophore normally supports two rays
counted #8 4 single element. The anal spines were
invariably (wo in number, the first anal spine may
be reduced in size and requires careful dissection
in Some small specimens. In all type specimens the
fin elements were counted from radiographs. The
dorsal and anal rays were regarded in association
and the fin ray counts are the number of
specimens which had that particular fin ray
formula,

Peetoral fin rays were normally 15-17 except S.
panijus (20-22), The gillraker counts ranged from
1-5 +1+6-12 and were of no value in separating
species.

Lateral line scales bearing pores were counted
from the upper margin of the operculum to the
caudal flexuré at the posterior margin of the
hypural. When lateral line scales were missing it
Was Sometimes possible to continue the count
above the damaged region by using scale rows and
then return to the pored scales beyond,

Transverse scale rows were counted from the
origin of the dorsal fin in an oblique row to, but
not including, the lateral line scales, and then
from the origin of the anal fin obliquely forwards
and Upwards to the lateral line scales.

Number of cheek scale rows were counted trom
below the eye to the margin of the preopercle.

The vertebrae were counted whenever possible
lrom boiled and defleshed unfixed specimens
preserved by refrigeration, salting, or in some
cuses Tilleted specimens obtained from fish
markets. Preserved specimens were cleaned and
sidined using a modified Hollister method
(Hollister, 1934), or radiographed using industrial
X-ray film. The axial skeleton was subdivided
into three sections, the abdominal vertebrae
from the base of the skull to the first haemal arch,
the modified vertebrae overlying the swimbladder
posteriorly (including the vertebrae bearing the
first haemal arch which may be well developed, or
almost of hair thickness and easily broken when
dissecting specimens), and the caudal vertebrae
bearing straight haemal spines. The conical

terminal segment (urostylar vertebrae) is
included,
MEASUREMENTS

These were made along the longitudinal axis of
the body usiig a fish measuring board or a set
square and a metre rule. Dial calipers were used to
determine head, cye, snout and depih
measurements. Twenty body diniensions were

chosen at the commencement of the study but
reduced to the following for species description:

Standard length (SL) was taken from the tip of
the snout behind the upper lip to the caudal
flexure at the hypural margin.

Head: from the tip of the snout to the posterior
margin of the fleshy opercle.

Snout: from tip of snout to anterior fleshy
margin of eye,

Eye: the horizontal diameter between the fleshy
margins of the orbit,

Interorbital width: the least width of the bony
interorbital space.

Snout to first dorsal fin: from tip of snout to a
line perpendicular to the origin of the spinous
dorsal fin

Snoutto second dorsal fin: from tip of snout to
a line perpendicular from the origin of the spine
preceding the rayed dorsal fin.

Snout to anal fin: from tip of snout to a line
perpendicular to the origin of the first anal spire.

Greatest body depth: at middle of body.

Least depth of the caudal peduncle.
SWIMBLADDER

Specimens were dissected by a cut down the
middle of the ventral surface from the isthmus ta
a few mm from the vent, thence circumventing
anus and urogenital aperture along the side of the
vertebral column to expose the full length of the
swimbladder, The gills and viscera were removed
and the thin peritoneum carefully pulled away
from the surface of the intact swimbladder. Care
should be taken not to damage any anterior or
ldteral appendages to the swimbladder nor break
the duct-like process from the ventral surface of
the organ to the urogenital aperture. The tubular
‘duct’ is quite firm in fixed specimens especially
larger examples and is not connected to the
alimentary canal (Fig. 1A).

ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS CITED

AMNH American Museum of Natural
History, New York,

ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia.

AM Australian Museum, Sydney.

BM British Museum (Natural History},
London.

BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu.

CAS California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco,

CMFRI Central Marine Fisheries Research
Institute, Cochin,

CSIRO CSIRO Division of Fisheries and

Oceanography, Cronulla, N.S.W.

4 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

FRSK Fisheries Research Station, Kanudi,
Papua New Guinea.

HUJ Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel.

MNHN Museum National d’ Histoire
Naturelle, Paris.

NSMT National Science Museum, Tokyo.

QM Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

RUSI Rhodes University, J.L.B. Smith
Institute of Ichthyology,
Grahamstown, South Africa.

SAM South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

SOSC Smithsonian Institution
Oceanographic Sorting Centre.

SU Stanford University, Division of
Systematic Biology, California.

THUP Biology Department, Tunghai
University, Taichung, Taiwan.

UMMZ Museum of Zoology, University of
Michigan.

USNM National Museum of Natural History,
Division of Fishes, Washington.

USMK Universitetets Zoologiske Museum,
Copenhagen.

WAM Western Australian Museum, Perth.

ZSIC Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta.

ZUMT Zoological Department, University

Museum, University of Tokyo.

Family SILLAGINIDAE
Type genus: Si/lago Cuvier, 1817.

The family Sillaginidae is represented by 3
genera, 3 subgenera, 25 species and 5 subspecies.

Body elongate, only slightly compressed, head
tapering with terminal mouth; lower part of the
preoperculum separated by a deep channel,
directed horizontally, bent inwards to almost
meet that of the other side. Body covered with
small or moderate sized ctenoid scales, those of
cheeks and opercles cycloid or ctenoid; lateral line
scales simple.

Mouth with band of small villiform teeth; with
an outer row of caninoids in one genus; maxillary
concealed by large broadly triangular lachrimal
bearing raised central dome-like arch that greatly
increases the membranous infraorbital
laterosensory canal; 5 suborbital bones present;
third suborbital with subocular shelf of species-
specific shape; operculum with small sharp spine;
cranium elongate, somewhat pointed anteriorly;
prevomer expanded anteriorly and _ laterally,
flattened dorsally without a ridge, anterior lower
surface with inverted V-shaped series of caninoid
or villiform teeth.

Ethmoid a low flattened ridge anteriorly
bearing poorly developed ethmoid processes in

most species; frontals rise medially to a high keel,
clasp ethmoid posteriorly and extend well back to
form a high ridge that divides and forms a
variously developed bridge on each frontal
overlying the supraorbital laterosensory canal
that continues anteriorly along the deeply
grooved nasals to emerge as small oblique slits on
the tip of the snout; supraoccipital arises between
the flat parietals and continues in low profile
posteriorly where it broadens; epiotics project
posterolaterally, their lateral edges forming a
ridge overlying deep groove between epiotics and
pointed autopterotics. An open deeply grooved
supratemporal-intertemporal canal formed above
each autopterotic; emergence of temporal-
supraorbital laterosensory canal through open
groove laterally or enclosed circular foramin.
Parasphenoid with a sharp ventral keel; anterior
opening flares forward to receive posterior part of
prevomer; posterior end widens and flattens
above basioccipitals which are thin, and broadly
expanded to house enlarged otolith; posterior
part of myodome may open as narrow
longitudinal slit or be completely closed.
Osteocranium dominated by an extensive and
highly developed sensory canal system; dermal
roofing bones of cranium frequently elevated to
accept laterosensory canal system; infraorbital
laterosensory system highly developed and
broadens at the lachrimal bone; preopercular
system ventral and broadly developed to occupy
most of ventral surface of head. The receptive
areas anteriorly are enormously extensive and are
characteristic of the family.

Two dorsal fins, first consisting of 10 to 13
slender spines, second of one slender spine and
16-27 rays; anal with 2 small slender spines and
14-26 rays; caudal emarginate; unpaired fins with
membranes scaly, pectoral fin normal without
scaly process at axil; ventral thoracic with 1 spine
and 5 rays, modified in one species. Lateral line
almost straight, continuing on caudal fin and with
50 to 141 pored scales to caudal flexure.

Swimbladder absent, poorly developed, or
highly complex, with anterior and _ lateral
extensions, and tapered posteriorly to form 1 or 2
slender extensions that project well into the
caudal region. A unique duct-like process from
the ventral surface of the swimbladder to the
urogenital opening present or absent.

Vertebrae 32 to 44; caudal vertebrae modified
where they meet the posterior extension of the
swimbladder in many species.

Shore fishes of small to moderate
frequenting the Indo-Pacific region.

size

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE S

KEY 10 GENERA OF SILLAGINIDAE

1, — Snout and head not depressed; second
dorsal spine not elongate; eyes normal;
swimbladder present -......., 2

— Snout and head depressed; second dorsal
Spitie elongate; eyes small and almost covered
by fleshy orbit; swimbladder vestigial or

ADSENE -a-p -iiuee ce Pew eHaeabg- Sillaginapsis (p. 47)
2. — Lateral line scales 50 ta'84 ..., Silage (p. 45)
— Literal line scales 129 to 147 ...... Vicattegipie

bvddaiusahwwseseoeade tse ansacatae Sillaginodes (p, 46)

Genus Sillago Cuvier, 1817

Sillago Cuvier, 1817, type by subsequent designation,
Gill, 1861, Sillago sihama (Forskal, 1775)

DIAGNOSIS

Sillaginidae in which the swimbladder is
present, variously formed, simple or complex,
with a duct-like process normally present on the
ventral surface; lateral line scales 50 to 84. Dorsal
spines 10 to 13, normally 11 or 12.

KEY TO SUBGENERA OF S/LLAGO

}, —Ventral fin spine very small and situated at
the base of a thickened club-shaped outer
ventral ray; swimbladder reduced, no duct-
like process; no modified caudal vertebrae
yevtehe terse besetegsetetespeaeeet esses es SHlaginapodys
— Ventral fin spine normal; swimbladder
divided posteriorly into twa tapering
extensions; duct-like process present;
modified caudal vertebrae present ,..,./ Sillago.
— Ventral fin spine normal; swimbladder
with the posterior extension single and
tapering to a fine point, or rounded; duct-like
process present; modified caudal vertebrae
presentor absent ....Parasillago subgen. noy.

Subgenus. Sillaginopodys Fowler, 1933

Sillaginopodys Fowler, 1933, type by original
designation Sillago chondropus Bleecker, 1849.

DIAGNOSIS

First ventral fin ray modified into a laterally
compressed thickened club-like structure (Fig.
1B). Swimbladder reduced in size, no duct-like
process from the ventral surface to the urogenital
aperture. One species.

Sillago ( Sillaginopodys ) chondropus Bleeker

Club-foot Whiting
(Figs. 1B, 2A, 8B, 17)

Sillago chendropus Bleeker, 1849, p. 61 (Batavia): 1849,
pp. 5, 8, 10; 1874, p. 65; 1877, pl. 389, fig. 2.
Giinther, 1860, p. 246. Gill, 1861, p. 504. Gilchrist
and Thompson, 1908, p. 193; 1917, p. 248. Regan,
1908, p. 245. Barnard, 1927, p. 508, Weber and de
Beautort, 1931, p. 176, fig. 34. Fowler, 1933, pp
430-1; 1949, p, 96. Herre, 1939, p. 112; 1953, p-
478, Smith, 1949, p. 204, fig. 469, Palekar and Bal,
1955, p. 128. Munro, 1958, p, 178; 1967, p. 346,
Dutt and Sujatha, 1980. p. 372. McKay, 1986, pp.
382-3.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Type: The jocation of the holotype js unknown.

OTHER MATERIAL: South Africa (2); SOSC 480, RUSI
469, Durban. Pakistan (8), SOSC 23, Field No, LW-1,
177 miles west of Karachi at west end of Astola Island,
India (3); ZSIC 6068/2, Calva Beach, Goa; SOSC 351,
Thirumillivasal, Madras State; AM B8095, Madras.
New Guinea (3); CSIRO C790, Minga Creek, Wewak;
CSIRO C70, Likei River, Manus Island; FRSK FO
1405 Ramu River, OM 112914, Chantaburi, Gulf of
Thailand. Philippines (6); USNM 145340 (3) Abuyog,
Leyte; USNM 145095, Lingayan Gulf, Luzon; USNM
345341, Daet, Luzon; USNM 145115, Camiguin Island,
Babuyan Islands.

DIAGNOSIS

First ventral ray modified into a laterally
compressed club-like structure which overlaps a
much reduced ventral spine at the base of the fin,

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XNI-XJ1, 1, 20-22; anal fin II,
22-23 (Table 1). Lateral line scales 66-73 (Table
2); TR 6 above, 9-10 below. Cheek scales in 3-4
rows, all ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL;
greatest depth of body 15-16; head length 25;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 26-27; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 28-29; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 50-51; snout tip to anal
origin 47-50; least depth of caudal peduncle
7.9-8.4.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
length of snout 32-35, horizontal diameter of eye
19-22; least width of interorbital 14-17.

VERTEBRAE: 12-13 abdominal, 22-23 caudal,
total 35 (see Table 3),

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL, Pale sandy brown,
above, paler below, scale margins dusky; a dull
silver-grey mid-lateral band usually present,
frequently with a wide dusky band below on
lower sides. Fins hyaline, the spinous dorsal
tinged brown with a fine dusting of black spots at
the tip.

6 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

SWIMBLADDER: (QM 112914) commiences as a
very flattened presumably non functional
structure just behind the axis vertebrae and then
rather abruptly narrows to a fine point
terminating on the ninth abdominal vertebra (Fig,
8B). No duet-like process from the ventral surface
is presenl, as the posterior extension terminates
well before the first haemal arch. Modified caudal
vertebrae are not present.

Palekar and Bal (1955, p. 128) examined 12
specimens from near Karwar and stated that the
swimbladder was absent.

DISTRIBUTION

South Africa, Mozambique, West Pakistan,
India, Burma, Indonesia, New Guinea, Thailand
and Philippines (Fig. 17). Not recorded from
southern New Guinea or Australia.

REMARKS

A number of authors (Ginther (1860), Gill
(1861), Fowler (1933), Palekar and Bal (1955,
etc.)) have described the ventral fin spine as
thickened and united with the first ray. Weber
and de Beaufort (1931) state that this spine is
normal, not thickened, but very slender and
consolidated with the much thickened first ray,
both forming a single body. Smith (1949)
describes the spine as short and adnate to the
thickened recurved first ray.

Figure 1B shows the yentral spine to be short
and situated below the thickened recurved pad of
the first ventral ray; the second ventral ray is
unmodified. The reduced swimbladder and
modified ventral fin indicates that this species is
demersal and may use the ventral fin pads
somewhat like sled runners on the bottom.

Palekar and Bal (1955, p. 128) found that in 12
specimens the first haemal arch invariably
occurred on the thirteenth vertebra. Additional
vertebrae counts taken throughout the range of
this species may show some local populations to
exist as [ find 12 to 13 abdominal vertebrae.

TABLE |: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL Fis Rays OF Sfenaco CHONDPROPUN

Dorsal rays 20 21 2! 22
Anal rays 33 22 33 23
South Africa 1 = ! -
Pakistan i] - 4 2
India - - 2 1
New Guinea - - ] FA
Thailand - I = =
Philippines 3 - 4 3

TABLE 2: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL

LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO CHONDROPUS

Lateral line scales 66-67

South Africa -
Pakistan

India -
New Guinea -
Thailand =
Philippines -

68-69 70-7] 72-73

win) ae
Bee NN

TABLE 3:
CHONDROPUS

VERTEBRAE COUNTS OF SiLLAGa

Abdominal
Caudal

South Africa
Pakistan
India

New Guinea
Thailand
Philippines

ta
a
t

(—t—m |

So el

Subgenus Sillago Cuvier, 1817

Sillago Cuvier, 1817, type by subsequent designation,
Gill, 1861, Sillaza sihama (Forskal).

DIAGNOSIS

Swimbladder present and divided into two
tapering extensions _ posteriorly. Sillago
megacephalus is poorly known and is tentatively
included in this subgenus.

KEY TO SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS SILLAGO

I, — Dorsal spines 12-13; 79-84 lateral line
scales; 38-39 vertebrae . Si//lago parvisquamis
— Dorsal spines 11; 66-72 lateral line scales;
FF VERLADCAS 6 ne Wee feeprgtpecgss ices ponssssydecses 2
— Body with a longitudinal row of dark
spots below the lateral line and a series of
dark saddle-like blotches on back
18 sloply Ole eich ple bejaale Bebe’ slates Sillago intermedius
— Body uniform in colouration
3. —Head length 24-30 percent of standard

length; vertebrae 33 ..,,......... Sillazo sihama

— Head length 33 percent of standard length;

vertebrae unknown ...? Sillago mevacephalus

Mm

Sillago (Sillago) sihama (Forskal)
Northern Whiting or Sand Smelt
(Figs. 2B, 6AB, I4A, 15)

Atherina sihama Forskal, 1775, p. 70 (Lohaja, Red
Sea). Bonnaterre, 1788, p. 178. Gmelin, 1789, p.
1396, Lacepede, 1803, pp. 371, 373.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 7

Platycephalus sihamus: Bloch and Schneider, 1801, p.
60,

Sciaena malabarica Bloch and Schneider, 1801, p. 81,
pl. 19 (Tranquebar).

Sillago acuta Cuvier, 1817, p. 258 (Sea of the Indies).
Bleeker, 1849, pp. 4, 5, 8, 10, 11, 14, 69; 1853, p. 4;
1859, p. 158. Giinther, 1864, p. 308. Kner, 1865, p.
128. Jouan, 1868, p. 252.

Sillago sihama: Ruppell, 1825, p. 9, pl. 3, fig. 1.
Giinther, 1860, p. 243; 1861, p. 221; 1880, p. 56.
Gill, 1861, p. 504, Bleeker, 1864, p. 56; 1865, p. 56;
1874, p. 67; 1876, p. 332; 1878, p. 46. Day, 1865a,
p. 18; 1865b, pp, 47-8; 1868, p. 299; 1870, p. 686;
1878, p. 265, pl. 57, fig. 3; 1879, p. 35. Schmeltz,
1866, p. 8; 1969, p. 16; 1879, p. 44. Playfair, 1867,
p. 861. Klunzinger, 1870, p. 818; 1879, p. 369;
1884, p. 123. Peters, 1877, p. 836. Macleay, 1883,
p. 360. Steindachner, 1893, p. 237. Elera, 1895, p.
500. Rutter, 1897, p. 87. Jordan and Snyder, 1901,
p. 109; 1902, pp. 486-7. Jordan and Evermann,
1902, p. 360. Johnstone, 1903, p. 295. Fowler,
1904, p. 549; 1925, p. 248; 1927, p. 286; 1928a, p.
235; 1928b, p. 709; 1930, pp. 611, 654; 1931a, p.
337; 1931b, p. 302; 193lc, p. 337; 1933, pp.
417-21; 1934a, p. 422; 1934b, p. 474; 1935, p. 150;
1937, p. 238; 1939, p. 50; 1949, p. 50. Pellegrin,
1905, p. 83; 1907, p. 203; 1914, p. 225. Jordan and
Seale, 1905a, p. 782; 1905b, p. 12; 1907a, p. 12;
1907b, p. 25. Jordan and Starks, 1905, p. 205;
1917, p. 455. Gilchrist and Thompson, 1908, p.
192; 1916, p. 275; 1917, p. 348. Regan, 1908, p.
245. Jordan and Richardson, 1909, p. 192. Jenkins,
1910, pp. 132, 136. Seale, 1910, p. 281; 1914, p. 69.
Weber, 1913, p. 267. De Beaufort, 1913. p. 119.
Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913, p. 187. Jordan
and Metz, 1913, p. 41. Jordan and Thompson,
1914, p. 259. Maxwell, 1921. p. 33. Fowler and
Bean, 1922, p, 68; 1927, p. 8. Chaudhuri, 1923, p.
721, Hora, 1924, p. 489. Vinciguerra, 1926, p. 583.
(2?) Paradice and Whitley, 1927, p. 89. Barnard,
1927, pp. 507-8. Reeves, 1927, p. 10. Whitley,
1928, p. 12; 1964, p. 43. Mori, 1928, p. 6. Gudger,
1929, p, 528. Duncker and Mohr, 1929, p. 70.
Weber and de Beaufort, 1931, pp. 172-3. Borodin,
1932. p. 85. Herre, 1933, p. 4; 1939, p. 112; 1953,
pp. 479-80. Martin and Montalban, 1934, pp.
222-4. Umali, 1934, p. 371. Hardenberg, 1936, p.
246; 1941, p. 227. Villadolid, 1937, p. 192. Blanco,
1938, p. 507. Domantay, 1940, p. 98. Gopinath,
1942, p. 337; 1946, pp. 13, 19. Chako, 1949a, p. 33;
1949b, p. 95; 1950, p. 171. Smith, 1949, p. 203, fig.
467; 1955, p. 44. Suvaiti, 1950, p. 395. Tripathy,
1952, pp. 80, 84, Radhakrishnan, 1954, p. 196;
1957, pp. 254-83. Palekar and Bal, 1955, p. 128;
1961, pp. 76-93. Munro, 1955, p. 121; 1958, p.
178; 1967, p. 347. Tomiyama and Abe, 1958, p.
1176, Scott, 1959, p. 56. Menon, 1961, p. 387.
Khalaf, 1961, p. 80. Smith and Bailey, 1961, p.
359. Misra, 1962, pp. 232-3, Nadkarni, 1963, pp.
164, 166. Smith and Smith, 1963, p. 18. Marshall,
1964, p. 170. Grant, 1965, p. 88; 1972, p. 243.

Alfred, 1966, p. 100. Arnoult and Fourmanior,
1967, p. 137. Macnae and Kalk, 1969, p. 132.
Krishnamurty, 1969, pp. 295-303. Ramamurthy
and Dhulkhed, 1977, pp. 283-4. James, Verghese
and Devaraj, 1978, pp. 212-20. Shao and Chang,
1978, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 2, fig. 3; 1979, pp.
695-705. Dutt and Sujatha, 1980, pp. 371-75.
McKay, 1980, pp. 381-2, fig. 1D.

Sillago erythraea Cuvier, 1829, p. 409 (Suez, Red Sea).

Sillago malabarica Cantor, 1849, p, 1003. Bleeker,
1853, p. 34; 1859, p. 2. Gill, 1862, p. 504. Pohl,
1884, p. 32.

Silago ihama (misprint), Fowler, 1928b, p. 16.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Atherina sihama Forskal. Holotype registered
No. 71 in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen.
Klausewitz and Nielsen (1965, p. 27, pl. 38, No. 71,
photograph and radiograph) have recorded 18 anal
rays, but a re-examination (Nielsen, pers. comm.
25.xi.1966) shows a few additional detached dorsal rays,
the cycloid cheek scales. No vertebrae count is possible
as the holotype consists of a dried skin with the skull in
situ. The suborbital bones could not be examined.
Sciaena malabarica Bloch and Schneider. Type not
examined.

Sillago acuta Cuvier. Radiographs of four syntypes in
the Museum National D’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, were
kindly forwarded by Dr M. Blanc. Three paralectotypes
registered A.3118 from Batavia have vertebrae counts
of 14-5-15 (2), and 14-6-14 (1). The specimen
registered A.5270, collected by Dussumier,
Coromandel, India, SL.177 mm is here designated
lectotype. Two dried paralectotypes registered A.5427,
from Pondicherry, with the vertebral column removed,
were not radiographed.

Sillago erythraea Cuvier. Two syntypes in the Museum
National D’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Radiographs
forwarded by Dr M. Blanc. One specimen registered
A.3137, collected by Mr Ehrenberg at Mer Rouge (Red
Sea) has a vertebrae count of 14-3-17 and is here
designated lectotype, A.3127, a paralectotype from
Suez has a vertebrae count of 14-3-17.

OTHER MATERIAL: South Africa (8); RUSI 7487, East
London; RUSI 7179, Isipingo; WAM P19237-43,
Durban. Mozambique (45); SOSC 476 = (10),
Mozambique; SOSC 476 (17), Delagoa Bay; SOSC 476
(8), Lourenco Marques; SOSC 476 (2) Ponta Maboul;
USNM 72868 (6), Changane; SOSC 170, near Zambezie
River. Zanzibar, WAM P0177; WAM. P15353.
Malagasy (42); SOSC 54, Ampora Village; SOSC 54 (9),
Baie d’Amboro; SOSC 54 (29), Nossi Be; SOSC 134,
Nossi Be; USNM 171079, Anjouan; SOSC 145, Mayotte
Island, Comores. Kenya (8); AMNH 19619, Kenya;
RUSI. 467, M883, Malindi; SOSC 145 (5), Duruma
River. Seychelles (4); USNM 12634 (2), Seychelles;
SOSC 145, Mahe Island; RUSI 467, Sey. 132, South
Mahe. Somali, AMNH 8175 (3). Ethiopia, USNM
49324, Massawa. HUJ F7134, Abu Zenima, Gulf of
Suez, Red Sea. Muscat, BM 87 ii.ii.226. Persian Gulf,
USNM 147959 (2), Pakistan (29); SOSC 23 (19), 177
miles west of Karachi; WAM P15559-68 (10), Karachi.

8 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

(13223, Guit of Carpentaria; QM 112970, Mackay; OM
113220, Repulse Bay, Proserpine: AM 142326, AM
1B3582, OM 14564, Townsville, New Caledonia (8);
WAM P15662-9, Nourica. Santa Crue Island, AM
1A2853. Vanikoro Ivland, SOSC 252 (32). Thailand
(214), OM 1139219 (31) Chaniaburiy SOSC 4 (48),
Patony Bay, Phukel, Indian Ocean; SOSC 56 (32), Kol
Sindarar Nua, Indian Ocean: CAS.GVP 2307, Pukchan
River, Indian Qeean; CAS 14491, CAS-CGIVF 1511, CAS
14179 (4), Songkhla Channel; Chumphon Province,
CAS 13422 (2), CAS-GVF 2639 (4), Lem Saplee, CAS
14193 (4); Ban Thup Tanhot. CAS 14186 (2) Lansuan
District, CAS GVP 2187, CAS GYT 2197 (2), CAS-
GVF 2201, Ko Matapoan, CAS-GVF 2194 Kua Larn:
CAS 14178, CAS-GVF 2655. (10), Prachuap, Khim Khan
India (122); SOSC 334 (4) Cochin, Kerala State; USNM
14970£ (5) Kalimeen, Travancore; SOSC 334 (4)
Poncichesty, Madras State; WAM PIS715°8,
Mylapore; SOSC381 (83), Porto Novo; SOSC 444 (2),
Porto Nuva; SOSC 334 (3); Ennore; SOSC 334 (&),
Mamdaupam Camp; SOSC 334, Royapuram Beach;
SOSC 334, Thirumulli Vasal Village; SOSC 334 (4),
Pulicat Lake, AM BS212 (2) Madras. USNM 32695,
India. Sri Lanka SOSC T1I70-304, SOSC TI7U-316
(16), SOSC: 7-317 (6), Colombo; SOSC CCK69-33 (2),
Payagala. Malaysia (234) WAM P14553-72, WAM
P1d864, AM B5046 (2), Penang. Singapore, USNM
$3490), Indonesia ($4); AMNH 1563, AMNH 17834 (2),
AMNEL 19798.9, USNM 72692, Batavia (Djakurts);
USNM S8009-10 (43), Benkoelen, Sumatra; North
Borneo (Sabah) (5), USNM 195121. New Guinea (55);
CSIRO AZ Pulie River, CSIRO CUI Ring Ring, New
Britain; FRSK POIS58 (4), Kerevat, New Britain:
CSIRO ClL780, Libei River, Manus Island; CSIRO
C166, Villrupa: CSTRO C1525, Sinapa; CSIRO C914,
Kapa Kapa; CSIRO C1030, Oro Bay; FRSK FOLOS4 (4),
Yule Island;:FRSK (2) Hlall Sound; PRSK Pold9)
‘alasia, New Britain) PRSK FO1425, New Britain;
FRSK (7) Orangerie Bay; FRSK (2), Sepik River; FRSK
FOLI07 (2), Ramu River; FRSK P0625, South of Ramu
River; FRSK 0388 (3), Darapay, Madang; AMNH
14013, Daru [stund; QM 113218 (LL) Daru Island; AM
AL2801, New Cruinea; LUNSM 40583 (2), New Ciuinea,
Western Australia (25); CSIRO ©2362, Dampie
Archipelago; WAM P06S54-73, Nighol Bay; WAM
P149%)-2; Broome; CSIRG A300, AM IB3088,
Trubridge Creek, Northern Territory (132); AM JA
1537, AM 114289, Darwins USNM i74066, 7 milex
north of Darwiny QM 113156 (80) Twin Eagles Beach,
Gove; OM T3155 (2), OM 113161 (3), OM 113169 (4),
OM 113160 (2), OM 113165 (4), OM LI3159 (20), OM
113163 (6), QM (13167 (6), 113158 (12), Gove area;
WSNM 174063 (18), Port Bradshaw; CSIRO A246,
A2555, Northern Territory. Queensland (11); QM
118176, OM 111108, Cairns, QM 16130-1, Cape
Cleveland; CSIRO A19q3, Embley River, Weipa; WAM
Province; CAS 1418], Mae Nam Prasae River; CAS
14192 (3), Mae Nam Mae Klong River; CAS-GVE 1595,
Mae Man Welu River at Ban Klong Sone Village; CAS
14177 (9), Aoa Klong Sone Bay, narth end of Ko Chang
Island; CAS 14170 (3), Ko Dram Noi Island near ko
Kram Yai Islanct; CAS-GVF 1461 (2), Ko Dram Island;

CAS-GVF 1541 (3), Chol Burj; CAS 14174 (3), Chol
Buri Bay; CAS 14f84, Ko Can Island; CAS 14172,
Rayong Bay, Sattahip Bay; CAS 14190, CAS 14189 (3),
CAS-GVF 2174 (2), Ban Pac, Rayong Province, CAS
4185 (5), Ko Saked Island: CAS-GVF 2124 (2) Rayong
Province; CAS-GVF 1470 (2). Ko Samet Island; CAS
{4187 (5), The Chalaep Harbour, Chantaburi Province;
CAS-GVF 14188 (10), Ro Mak Island near Trat Buy:
CAS 14188 (2), Lam Son Village, south of Trar Bay-
South Vietnam (6); WAM P19226-5, WAM P0600,
WAM PO974-5, Vung Tau. China (7); USNM 87031,
USNM 86368 (3), Foochow, Fukien; BM $5,12.25,501,
Cunlog; BM 60.7.20.37 (2), Chiga, Hong Kone (10);
WAM Pissd9-57, USNM 145122. Korea, USNM
41508, Taiwan (7); THUP 00344 (4) (WAM coll)
Tungkong; WAM P0473-4, Tunvkone; USNM 208325,
Taipei Market; BM, No No. Taiwan, Philippines (160);
Mindanao, USNM 145120 Panabutain. USNM 145112,
USNM (50642 (2), Davao, USNM 145105 Parung
Parang, USNM 145101 Catabato; Palawan, USNM
145090 (7) Verde del Suc, USNM 150858 (14), USNM
122903 (2), USNM 145107 Mantaguin Bay USNM
145114, Endeavour Strain, USNM 145104 Malampaya;
Nevros, CAS 14175 (3) Negros Island, USNM 51989
south Negros; Cebu, USNM 84181; Leyte, USNM
{50655 Hinunangan Beach, USNM 145109 (3)
Hinunangan Bay; UNSM 145100 Abuyog, USNM
14509! (6) Malaga River; USNM 145087 (5) Guimaras
Island; Panay, USNM 102475, USNM 106803, USNM
145102, LISNM 145103, USNM 106863, USNM 106865
(2), USNM 106866, LISNM 102672, USNM 102547,
USNM 102696 (2), USNM 106867, Iloilo; Mindota,
USNM 148119 (7) Sablayan Bay, USNM 145108 Paloan
Bay; Samar, USNM 145092 (3) Catbalogan; Luzon,
CAS 14173 (2) Batangas Bay, USNM 145084 (8) Ragay
Riyer, USNM 145097 Matnox Bay, USNM 145114
Dagupan, USNM 145094 Bolayan Bay, USNM 145110
Dunaca River, USNM 145111 Lagonog Gull’, USNM
145118 Subig Bay, USNM 145096 (2) Yuva River,
USNM 145106 San Fernanda, USNM 145086 (13) St.
Vincente Harbour, USNM 145088 (4) Daet Point,
USNM 145098. Caringo Island, USNM_ 145099 (2),
LISNM 56296 (3) Cavite, LISNM 145089 (3). USNM
83082, USNM 145083 (9), USNM 150656 (2), USNM
145085 (4), CAS 14183 (3), WAM P216!2-19, AMNHII
4917, Manila, LISNM 72276 (2) Aparri; Lugang, USNM
145093 (2) Tiligs AMNET 13928 (2) Philippines.

DIAGNOSES

Dorsal tins Xf, 1, 20-23; anal fin MW, 21-23,
lateral line seales 64-72, total vertebrae 34,
Morphologically similar ta Silfege japonica and
Silage lutea but differs in having two posterior
extensions to the swinbladder, wider trontal
arches on the skull, and in the vertebrae counts
which are 33-35 in &. /vgea, 35 in S. yaponica and
34 in this species. From S§, wiegacephalus this
species differs in the relatively smaller head
(24-30% instead of 33% in §. megacephtulus).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 9

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 20-23, anal fin II, 21-23
(Table 4). Lateral line scales 66-72 (Table 5). TR.
5-6 above, 10-12 below, 4-5 (usually 5) scales
between lateral line and spinous dorsal fin origin.
Cheek scales in 2 (rarely 3) rows, all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 16-20; head length 24-30;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 32-35; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 54-57; snout tip to anal
fin origin 54-58; least depth of caudal peduncle
7-8,

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 35-42; horizontal diameter of eye
21-26; least width of interorbital 16-21.

VERTEBRAE: 14 abdominal, 2-8 modified,
12-18 caudal; 14+20, total 34 (see Table 6).
Juvenile specimens from the Northern Territory
have 13 abdominal vertebrae and a very fine

almost hair-like first haemal arch. Adult
specimens have the normal 14 abdominal
vertebrae.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light tan, silvery
yellow-brown, sandy-brown, or honey coloured;
paler brown to silvery white below; a mid-lateral,
silvery, longitudinal band normally present;
dorsal fins dusky terminally with or without rows
of dark brown spots on the second dorsal fin
membrane; caudal fin dusky terminally; no dark
blotch at the base of the pectoral fin; other fins
hyaline, the anal fin frequently with a whitish
margin. After long preservation the colouration
may become a uniform light brown.

SWIMBLADDER: Two anterior extensions extend
forward and diverge to terminate on each side of
the basioccipital above the auditory capsule; two
lateral extensions commence anteriorly, each
sending a blind tubule anterolaterally and then
extending along the abdominal wall below the
investing peritoneum to just posterior of the duct-
like process; two posterior tapering extensions of
the swimbladder project into the caudal region,
one usually longer than the other. The lateral
extensions are normally convoluted and have
blind tubules arising along their length (Figs.
6AB) but in smaller examples may be more or less
convoluted with fewer or no blind tubules. Some
variation has been observed in the shape of the
lateral extensions, but all specimens examined
have the lateral extensions convoluted to some
extent. The swimbladder of Si/lago sihama is
similar to that of Sillago parvisquamis but the
lateral extensions are always much more simple
than the latter species. Specimens from northern

Australia have relatively longer posterior
extensions than specimens from the Red Sea or
New Caledonia, and have a greater number of
modified caudal vertebrae.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

The vertebrae counts show some geographic
variation (Table 6); specimens from the northern
coast of New Guinea have two or three modified
caudal vertebrae whereas from the southern coast
and northern Australia four to eight modified
vertebrae are usual. A large series of specimens
from both areas should be examined.

DISTRIBUTION

A wide ranging species throughout the Indo-
West Pacific region. Although Si/lago sihama has
been recorded from Japan by numerous authors
(see S. japonica) it appears that all such records
refer to Sillago japonica. The two species can be
positively identified by reference to the
swimbladder morphology, and the total vertebrae
counts (33 in S. sihama, 34 in S. japonica, see also
Tables 6 and 45).

BIOLOGY

Sillago sihama is a nearshore species that
frequently penetrates estuaries for considerable
distances. The species has been recorded from
freshwater by Ginther (1861, p. 221) and
Macleay (1883, p. 360), despite the absence of
renal corpuscles or tubules in the kidney
(Nadkarni, 1963). In northern Australia 8S.
sihama is common along the beaches, sandbars,
mangrove creeks and estuaries; it is very rarely
captured by prawn trawling vessels.

Large schools may be found in shallow water
where they are captured by seine-net. Important
commercial fisheries have been developed on S.
sihama in Pakistan, India and the Philippines,
and throughout the range of the species it is an
important food fish of delicate flavour. The
maximum size attained is approximately 25 to 31
cm (Radhakrishnan, 1954; Fowler, 1935;
Chacko, 1949), but larger specimens may occur as
Day (1865) mentions specimens that were
reported as being 3 feet in length (A/bula?)

The biology of S. sihama has been reported by
a number of authors, principally Gopinath, 1946
(fishery), Chacko, 1949a, 1949b (food and
feeding), 1950 (spawning, eggs, larvae), Tripathy,
1952 (parasites), Radhakrishnan, 1954 (growth),
Palekar and Bal, 1955 (fishery), 1961 (maturation
and spawning).

Like most members of the family, S. sihama
may bury itself in the sand when danger

10

approaches (Maxwell, 1921) and commonly
avoids seine-nets by employing this behaviour.

REMARKS

Sillago sihama is commonly confused with a
number of uniform coloured whiting species. All
identifications must involve an examination of
the swimbladder after careful removal of the dark
brown or black peritoneum in addition to lateral
line scale and fin ray counts; this was not always
possible with the material examined above as
many specimens were forwarded to me on loan,
therefore radiographs were taken and the shape
of the suborbital shelf was checked whenever
possible (see Fig. 14A). Large samples had one or
two specimens carefully dissected and fresh
material was obtained when available.

Sillago (Sillago) intermedius Wongratana
Thai Whiting
(Figs. 2C, 8A)
Sillago intermedius Wongratana, 1977, pp. 257-262.
(East coast, Gulf of Thailand).

Sillago maculata: Dutt & Sujatha, 1980, pp. 372-4 (non
Sillago maculata Quoy and Gaimard).

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

MATERIAL EXAMINED

PARATYPES: QM _ 113606, BMNH_ 1976-11-17-1,
BMNH 1976-11-17-2.

OTHER MATERIAL: QM 113795, east coast Gulf of
Thailand via Bangkok Fish Market, 1975, T.
Wongratana, S.L. 100 mm. (4) Visakhapatnam, India,
March 4, 1982, K. Sujatha, S.L. 70-79 mm.

DIAGNOSIS

Two posterior extensions to the swimbladder;
anterior margin with two divergent blind tubes
that extend to the basioccipital above the auditory
capsule; an anterolateral extension on each side,
each sending a blind tubule anteriorly and then
curving posteriorly along the abdominal wall as a
simple tube to terminate just posterior to the
duct-like process. Sides of body just below lateral
line with a longitudinal row of dusky black spots,
and a series of saddle-like dusky black blotches.
DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21-22; anal fin II, 21-22.
Lateral line scales 67-70. TR. 6-7 above, 8-9
below, 6-7 scales between lateral line and spinous
dorsal fin origin. Cheek scales in 2 rows, all
cycloid.

TABLE 4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGO SIHAMA

Dorsal rays
Anal rays

South Africa
Mozambique
Zanzibar
Malagasy

Kenya

Seychelles

Somali

Pakistan

India (West Coast)
India (East Coast)
Sri Lanka
Malaysia
Indonesia

Sabah

New Guinea (North Coast)
New Guinea (South Coast)
Western Australia
Northern Territory
Queensland

New Caledonia
Santa Cruz Is.
Thailand

South Vietnam
China

Hong Kong
Taiwan
Philippines

20
21

20
22

21
21

|

eww pure
| oe ee |

wohl]

ofritir Ii aol

28

21
22

2
17

— —
OoOoni NrNnNwon

21 22 22 23
23 22 23 23
1 4 7
7 = _
2 ¥ a =
l = = =
3 1 6 -
- 2 2 =
6 3 19
1 - 1
4 = Hs =
1 a te.
2 = - ss
5 < ES
- - 2 L
5 = 1 =
= = 1 e
- 3 am =
6 7 - -
- 1 J =
1 1 1 -
- 1 - =
22 5 8 =

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

TABLE 5: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO SIHAMA
Lateral line scales 66 67 68 69 70 71 72

12 5 1 -
1

_
Ps

Mozambique “
Zanzibar -
Malagasy ze
Kenya -
Seychelles =
Pakistan =
India (West Coast) -
India (East Coast) =
Ceylon s
Malaysia =
Indonesia =
North Borneo -
New Guinea (North Coast) -
New Guinea (South Coast) z
Western Australia -
Northern Territory 2
Queensland

New Caledonia =
Santa Cruz Is. =
Thailand 1
South Vietnam im
China =
Hong Kong Es
Taiwan =
Philippines 11 19 28

|wnNnred
PNNA!
1
| ot
| ot
kL a 4

_

NI oR

_

—_
fe ee Se oe DO el ee ei a |
1

TE el oe |

we
BANWNK WHE NANWNUNWOSO !

w

—
ON
|

'
i
|

Wwe le nl ee NA! BNNK KKK 1
WwWwNwWl — OWWe We ol

we

TABLE 6: VERTEBRAE COUNTS OF SILLAGO SIHAMA

Abdominal 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Modified 2 3 4 5 6 i. 8
Caudal 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

South Africa - 1 3
Mozambique - - 3
Zanzibar - - 1
Malagasy - 1
Kenya - - 1
Seychelles - 1 ~
Somali - -
Red Sea - 2 -
3

1 — | w=
'
|

Pakistan =
India (West Coast) - -
India (East Coast) - 1
Ceylon 7 = =
Malaysia - ~ 2
Indonesia - - 2
North Borneo - - -
New Guinea (North Coast) 3 13 -
New Guinea (South Coast) - - 2
Western Australia - - -
Northern Territory - -
Queensland - -
New Caledonia a 5
Santa Cruz Is. = =
Thailand (Pacific Ocean) - 1 2
8

INN NNN Ww !

luUeEnol
=
a

Thailand (Indian Ocean)

South Vietnam =

Hong Kong - -
Taiwan ~
Philippines - -

COrFNnNI Aree INI
SNR WI
Nioinini

tot '

ee | I

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 16-19; head length 30-31;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 31-33; snout tip of
spinous dorsal fin origin 36-37; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 56; snout tip to anal fin
origin 58-60; least depth of caudal peduncle 7.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
length of snout 37-40; horizontal diameter of eye
22-26; least width of interorbital 18.

VERTEBRAE’ 14 abdominal, 5 modified, 15
caudal; 14 + 20, total 34.

CocLour IN Lite: Pale silvery, darker-on backs
top of snout black to blackish; opercle,
preopercle, preorbital around nostrils and base of
pectoral bright silver; supracleithiral region with a
short black almost vertical streak; sides of body
just below lateral line with a longitudinal row of 8
to 9 dark spots. or blotches, the first present or
absent on the opercle, the next 2 or 3 below the
spinous dorsal fin, the following 4 or S below
second dorsal fin and one on caudal peduncle;
back with a series of saddJe-like dusky blotches,
the first 2 on nape, 2nd and 3rd below spinous
dorsal fin, 5th to 9th blotches below second
dorsal fin and one on the upper lobe of the caudal
fin; a silvery lateral band present or absent,
spinous dorsal fin greyish, second dorsal fin
translucent with a series of 2 to 4 darker spots on
membranes and a black spot at the base ot each
dorsal ray; caudal greyish with the upper and
lower rays darker; other fins hyaline.

SWIMBLADDER: Two anterior extensions extend
forward and diverge to terminate on each side of
the basioccipital above (he auditory capsule; two
lateral extensions commence anteriorly, each
sending a blind tubule anteriorly and then
extending along the abdominal wall adjacent to
the swimbladder below the investing peritoneum
to just posterior to the duct-like process; two
posterior tapering extensions of the swimbladder
project into the post-coelomic region (Fig. 8A).
The lateral extensions are simple and show no
trace of the convolutions present in S. sihama,
DISTRIBUTION

Known only from the east coast of the Gulf of
Thailand, and India.

BIOLoGy

Unknown.
REMARKS

Sillage intermedius is similar to S. sitamta but
may he distinguished by the colouration and the
simple lateral tubular extensions of the
swimbladder, The tip of the inwardly projecting
sub-ocular shelf on the third suborbital bone has

2 MEMOIRS OF THE QUFENSLAND MUSEUM

a small spine-like process pointing posteriorly in
S. intermedius.

Sillage (Sillage) parvisquamis Gill
Ya-gisu
(Figs. 2D, 7A, 13B, 14B, 15).

Sillago parvisquamis Gill, 1861, p. SUS (Kanagawa, near
Yokohama), Jordan and Snyder, 1913, p. 187.
Jordan and Hubbs, 1925, p. 248. Fowler, 1933. pp.
427-8. Tomiyama and Abe, 1958, pp, 1176-7.
Shao and Chang, 1978, pp. 5-6; 1979, pp. 695-705.

Sillega sihama, Tanaka, 1913, p. 241, pl. 68, fig, 244
(non Sillago sthama Forskal).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyres: Sillogo parvisquamis Gill, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, not examined.

QO7HER Material: USNM 177416, Taipei, Taiwan,
SU 7092 Tokyo, Japan. ZUMT 5724, off Haneda,
Tokyo Bay, Japan.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XIJ-NIM, 1, 20-22; anal fin I,
22-24; lateral line scales 70-84; 39-40) vertebrae;
swimbladder with two posterior extensions.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 2 examples from Tokyo, and 2
examples from Taiwan. SL 191, 143, 196 and 175
mm).

Dorsal fins XH-NIII, 1, 20-22; anal fin I,
22-24. Lateral line scales 79-84, TR, 7 above,
{1-12 below; 6-7 scales between L. lat. and
spinous dorsal fin origin, Cheek scales in 3 rows,
anterior ones cycloid, the posterior scales ctenoid
(mostly ctenoid cheek scales).

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 14-17; head length
24.6-25.2; snout tip to ventral fin origin 27-29;
snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 31-33; snout
tip to seeand dorsal fin origin 54-55; snout tip to
anal fin omgin S4-S4; least depth of caudal
peduncle 3,3-6.3

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 38-43; horizontal diameter of eye
18-19; least width of interorbital 18-21.

VeRTEBRAE: 16 abdominal, 5-6 modified,
17-19 caudal; 16+ 23-24, total 39-40. Tomiyama
and Abe (1958, p. 1176) have recorded a total
vertebrae count of 39. Japan 16-6-17 (2); Taiwan
16-6-17 (1), 16-5-19 (1),

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Pale brown to dull
brown above, lighter below; a faint mid-lateral
band usually present; dorsal fins dusky terminally
with five or six rows of dusky spots on second
dorsal fin. membranes, other fins hyaline.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 13

SWIMBLADDER: Two anterior extensions arise
medially, diverge, and terminate on the
basioccipital; two lateral extensions commence
anteriorly, each with a blind tubule
anterolaterally, and curve to invest the abdominal
walls with a complex networklike arrangement of
blind tubules; a duct-like process extends from
the lateral surface to the urogenital aperture; two
posterior tapering extensions project into the
caudal region (Fig. 2D). The swimbladder is
similar to that of Sillago sihama but the lateral
arms have a more complex system of tubules.

DISTRIBUTION

Tokyo and Yokohama, Tokyo Bay, Japan;
Taiwan.

BIOLOGY

Little known, the flesh is reported to be inferior
to that of Sillago japonica (Tomiyama and Abe
1958, p. 1176).

REMARKS

Sillago parvisquamis is an elongate species with
well developed frontal arches and an elongate
otolith (Fig. 14B). In the high number of dorsal
spines and vertebrae it approaches the genus
Sillaginodes but the true relationship of the
species appears to be with Si/lago sihama as the
swimbladder is remarkably similar in structure.

Sillago (Sillago) megacephalus Lin
Large-headed Whiting
(Fig. 2E)

Sillago megacephalus Lin, 1933, p. 96, fig. 3 (Paoping
Harbour, Hainan, China). Fowler, 1949, p. 51.

DIAGNOSIS

Very similar to Si/lago sihama, but with the
head length 33 percent of standard length.

DESCRIPTION (from Lin 1933)

Dorsal fins XI, 22; anal 23. Lateral line scales
about 70. TR. 5 above 10-11 below. Depth in
length 6, head 3.1. Eye in head 4.7; snout 2.3;
postorbital space 2.7; interorbital 6.4.
Preopercular limb denticulated.

Colouration uniform; the tip of spinous dorsal
blackish,

REMARKS

This species is known only from the unique
holotype No. 883, 158 mm in SL, in the ‘Fisheries
Experiment Station’, Canton. Efforts to locate
the type were unsuccessful. Sillago megacephalus
is unusual in having the head length 33 percent of
the body length. Sillago sihama rarely has the

head length to 30 percent, and in most specimens
the head length is about 27-28 percent of SL. The
dimensions from the figure of S. megacephalus
give a head length of about 27 percent SL. The
swimbladder structure and vertebral count is
unknown,

Subgenus Parasillago subgen. nov.
Type species Sil//ago ciliata Cuvier, 1829.

DIAGNOSIS

This new subgenus differs from the subgenus
Sillago in having the posterior extension of the
swimbladder a single tapering projection or in one
species a rounded posterior margin, instead of
two posterior extensions. From Sillaginopodys
this new subgenus differs in having the ventral fin
without a club-like structure, swimbladder well
developed, and a duct-like process from the
ventral surface of the swimbladder to the
urogenital aperture.

REMARKS

Sixteen species and four subspecies are included
in this subgenus. The swimbladder in Sillago
macrolepis and Sillago attenuata lack a well
developed posterior extension to the
swimbladder, and in the former species modified
caudal vertebrae are absent. The swimbladder of
Sillago argentifasciata and Sillago microps sp.
nov. is unknown at present, and these species
have been provisionally placed in this subgenus
pending further investigation. All other species
have a single posterior tapering extension to the
swimbladder.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS
PARASILLAGO

1. —A dark brown, dusky or blue-black spot or
blotch on or just preceding the pectoral fin
ASE tise hays ch kdilay fog bus eaelens carte eae aee heaves 2
— No dark mark at base of pectoral fin
although a bright yellow or orange spot may

DO PLESONt. .t.c¢uebsgdrtotnaget oes sss teramatebied res 6
2. — Body with dark blotches or rusty brown
BALE vnetttlasbdasthsndavtoswbves! astadigipahdantel a) 3

— Body uniform colour in adults (juveniles
up to 90 mm may have darker blotches along
the sides and back) with the snout bluish in
some large specimens; dorsal fins XI, 1,
16-18; anal fin II, 15-17; lateral line scales
60-69; vertebrae 14-15+5-8+11-14, total
32-34, swimbladder with rudimentary tubules
projecting anteriorly and a series of sawtooth
like pockets laterally (Fig. 9E-H)
Eastern Australia ........ Sillago ciliata (p. 15)

14

3,

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

— Body with 8-11 oblique well-defined rusty-
brown bars dorsally; dorsal fins XJ, 1, 17-19;
anal fin II, 16-18; lateral line scales
65-70; vertebrae 13-14+8-12+7-10, total
32-34; swimbladder with a median anterior
projection and very rudimentary anterolateral
projections (Pig. [10C), Western Australia .....
wiatrate i.:.....Si/lago vitlata new species (p. 20)
— Body without well defined rusty brown
DATS carey nanaanrnvead 4

. — Upper and lower dark blotches on sides

joined at least posteriorly: dorsal fins XI

(rarely XII), 1, 19-21; anal fin 11, 18-20;
lateral line scales 69-75; vertebrac
13-15 + 8-11 +10-14, total 34-36;

swimbladder with a short median extension
anteriorly and a complex anterolateral
extension that continues posteriorly to the
level of the duct-like process (Fig. 7B).
Eastern Australia 2... .0.0....0ccce cease ccseceeeeee ee
fardedshopooneds Sillaga maculata maculata (p, 22)
— Upper and lower dark blotches separate;
swimbladder without complex anterolateral
extensions extending postenorly to ductike
POCO sehen s reseveatrsipeeeaze en errys? Peireri> 5

— Four rudimentary anterolateral extensions
that are normally convoluted (Fig. 10B);
usually 19-20 anal rays; usually 35 vertebrae.
Western and northern coasts of Australia,
southern New Guinea and Indonesia
POLL ILIAD Sillago maculata burrus (p, 24)
—Three rudimentary anterolateral extensions
that may be simple or convoluted (Fig. 10A);
usually 18 anal rays: vertebrae 34, West
Pacilic except Australia and southern New
Guinea ......... Sillaga maculata aeolus (p, 27)
— Body with oblique narrow rusty-brown
bars that may be partly broken into lines ol
more or Icss contiguous rusty-brown or
orange-brown spots ..,,,,, i alee aan sete’ ddlelely 7
— Bady without oblique rusty: -brown bars:
some faint dark blotches or small spots may
be present in juveniles less than 100 mm in
standard length
— A longitudinal row or brown or rusty-
brown blotches along middle of side on or
below lateral line; belly pale, not silvery:
upper oblique bars not formed of lines of
contiguous rusty-brown spots; mid-lateral
silvery band generally indistinct; vertebrae
(3 +9-11+ 9-11 Eastern Australia ..... Sillago
bassensis flindersi new subspecies (p. 29)
— No longitudinal row of brown or rusty-
brown blotches on or below lateral line; belly
silvery; upper oblique bars usually formed of

11.

lines of contiguous rust-brown to orange
brown spots; mid-lateral silvery band
conspicuous; vertebrae 12-144 12-14+7-9.
Western Australia, South Australia and
WSTCTH VICKOTIA 22.0... cee se cena se om ea sans pet ede
Sillago bassensis bassensis (p, 28)
Base of first dorsal spine of adult
specimens with a sharply keeled anterior edge
bearing on the lower part a while or pale
yellow spot with a black or black-brown spot
above; dorsal fins ML, 1, 16-18; anal fin IL,
16-19; lateral line scales 64-70; vertebrae

heehee hem ewes

1348-1248-12, total 33; swimbladder
asin Figures 1!D-J, Australia .......0.c.cceeeeeee
apcbenejedpep tte Malabetentsde Sillago robusta (p. 30)

— Base of first dorsal spine not keeled and
Without a black spot or blotch above a white

OF YEHOW Base oo. .cec cc cscceeeensveeeeeenvreeeteees )
— Total vertebrae 37-39; lateral line scales
usually more than 73 (excep 8.
SCHOMIDUPEKIL) 2. ccc cess eee ee eae neeeeeenelneee 10

— Total vertebrae 32-36; lateral line scales
usually less than 73 (except 8. japonica and S.
TIE}: 3.0. 09. 0B 6 Oe Oo astse deeded liste 12
— 21-22 anal rays; dorsal fins XI, 1, 21;
vertebrae 38. Gulf of Tongking and
China .....--...:s.00.-- Séllago boutani (p. 34)
— 17-20 anal rays; X-XIIT dorsal spines;
vertebrae 37-39 |
— Anterior margin of swimbladder concave;
dorsal fins X-XT1, 1. 19-20; laperal line scales
66-76; vertebrae 16-17 } 8-11 + 10-13, total
37. Western Australia and South Australia ..
ere ae ae a Sillago schamburgkii (p. 34)
— Anterior margin of swimbladder convex;
dorsal fins XU-NIIL, 1, 19-21; lateral line
73-77; vertebrae 15+2+20, total vertebrae
vounts range trom 37-39. Persian Gulf .......
Wyepaeekro ds Sillago attenuata new species (p, 36)

Swimbladder with anterolateral
extensions recurved posteriorly ............. 13
Swimbladder without anterolateral
extensions recurved posteriorly ............. 15
— Swimbladder as in Figure 5E; lateral
line scales 69-BO. India .......seseceseeeeeeeeneeee
ayeraptetetes +++ Sillago indica new species (p. 48)
— Swimbladder as in Figure 10E; lateral line
scales 64-70 14
— Membrane of second dorsal fin with a
more or less continuous grey band formed of
minute black dots, running parallel to and
closer to anterior edge of each ray;
extensions of swimbladder extend to less
than half length of swimbladder. India .......
wah tee do je febietelebrobe MoM ate aletiet 4a Sillago soringa (p. 38)

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE '

— Membrane of second dorsal fin without a
more or less continuous grey band but with
margin of tin finely spotted with brown or
black; extensions of swimbladder extend
posteriorly to almost half length of
swimbladder. Thailand and Taiwan ..,,,,...-
eee ari gneee peeeeeree SI/laZO aslatica (p. 36)
—Lateral line scales 61 or less ....;.0.:c006
— Lateral line scales 64 or more
16. — 14-17 anal rays. Southern New Guinea
and northern Australia ..........,. fevq¥) ovtane
sere sSTllago analis; Sillago nierstraszi (p. 18)
— 19-21 anal rays. Indonesia to Philippines
excluding Australia ....... Sillago macrolepis
*. — A brilliant silvery mid-lateral longitudinal
band. Lumbucan Is., Philippines —......,.-.,.
sastebokerdegebeterd Sillago argentifasciata (p, 40)
— Mid-laterai band not well developed .., 18
— 21-24 anal rays .1.....e. eee eee 1D
— 17-19 amal rays 20... cece ee cece ee 21
19. — Swimbladder with a small bulbous
anterior projection and without anterolateral
extensions projecting anteriorly, West coast
of India ...,.-.........4. Sillaga vincenti (p. 45)
— Swimbladder with a pointed median
anterior extension and anterolateral
extensions projecting anteriorly ............ 20
— Usually 13 abdominal vertebrae; 5 scales
between lateral line and spinous dorsal
Origin. Northern Australia ...cccccceecseer seers be
apasghatgyo- eg tpetades Sillage lutea pew species
—Usually 14 abdominal vertebrae; 3 scales
between lateral line and spinous dorsal
origin. Japan, Korea, China and Taiwan
sohckuotepobsbaotepodeate fs Sillago japonica (p. 42)
2!. — Dorsal fin rays 17; anal fin rays 17; cheek
seales ctenoid; vertebrae 13+9-11+9-11,
total 33; eve diameter 19-23 percent of head
length Thailand to northern Australia ..,.....
tebsvangets Sillago ingenuua new species (p. 44)
—Dorsal fin rays 19; anal fin rays 19; cheek
scales cycloid; vertebrae 13 + 54-16, total 34;
eye diameter 14-16 percent of head length.
Taiwan ..,.Si/lago micraps new species (p. 44)

IS.

18,

Sillago (Parasillage) ciliata Cuvier

Sand Whiting
(Figs. 1A, 3A, 9E-H, 13K, 14D-E, 17)

Sillago ciliata Cuvier, in Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1829,
p, 415 (Southern Seas). Valenciennes, 1859, pl. 13,
fig. 2. Giinther, 1860, p. 245; 1880, p. 42. Gill,
1862. p. 504, Touan, 1861, p. 272. Kner, 1865, pp,
127-8. Steindachner, 1866, pp. 443-4. Schmeltz,
1869, p. 16; 1879, p. 44, Castelnau, IN75, p. 16-
Alleyne aud Macleay, 1877, p. 279, Klunzinger,
1879, p. 30% Macleay, '881, p. 202. Tension-

a

Woods, I882, p. 65, pl. 24. Ogilby, 1886, p, 31,
McCoy, 1890, p, 229, pl, 182. Coren, 1892, p. 17.
Kent, 1893, pp, 292, 370, pl. 45, fig. 2. Waile,
L901. p. 47; 1904, p. 206. Stead, 1906, pp. 574<6;
1908, p. G3, pl. 33. McCulloch, 1911, p 62; 1921,
p. 60; 1927, p. 50. Cokerell, 1915, pp. 41-2.
Fowler, 1928, p. 235; 1933, pp. 428-30; 1953, p-
1S. Starks, 1929, p, 253. Weber and de Beaufort,
1931, pp. 171, 178. Whitley, 1932, pp. 344-5; 1955,
p. 33, 1964, p. 43. Hardenberg, 1941, p. 228
Cleland, 1947, pp. 215-28. Roughley, 1951, pp.
46-8. Legand, 1952. Munro, 1945; 1958, p. 178;
1967, p. 346, Parrott, 1959, p, 201. Woodland anv
Slucksmith, 1963. 9. 32, Marshall, 1964, p. 170.
Grant, 1965, p. 84; 1972, p. 243. Lanzing, 1967, p,
242, Lanzing and Hynd, 1967, pp, 177-8,

Sillaga diadoi Thiolliere, 1857, p. 151 (Woodlark
Island, Paupa),

Sillaga insularis Castelnau, 18734, p. 232 (Noumea, New
Caledonia).

Silage rerra-reginge Castelnau, 1878, p. 232 (Moreton
Bay, Queensland).

Sillago bussensis Castelnau, 1879, p, 381. Macleay,
1881, p. S67. Keni, 1893, p. 291. Tosh, 1902, pp.
175-184 (non Sillage bassensis Cuvier).

Sillago ciliata diadoi, Whitley, 1932a, pp. 344-5.

Sillaga yracilis Whitley, (932b, p. 284 (non Sillage
gracihs Alleyne and Macleay)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyee Silage ciliata Cuvier, A radiograph of the
holotype rewisiered ASI33 in the Muscum National
1’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris, forwarded by Dr M. Blanc,
Vertebrae 14.6.13.

Sillago diadoi Thiolliere. Not examined: location af
holotype unknown.

Sillavo insvlaris Castelnau. Not examined; location at
holotype unknown,

Sillago terra-reginue Castelnau. The holotype is
registered A5636 in the Museum National D* Histoire
Naturelle and consists of a dried skin only, Dr M, Blanc
kindly re-examined the holotype and confirmed that 10
dorsal spines, and 61 lateral line scales were present.
Castelnau (1878, p, 232) records 64 lateral line scales,

OiieeR MATERIAL: New South Wales (124); WAM
P0620-34, Bermagui; WAM PO476-90, Botany Bay;
WAM POS85-94, WAM P0635-9, Manning River,
USNM 93125, Newcastle; OM 112955, Port Jackson:
QM [8013-4 Port Stephens; WAM P15540-8, WAM
PUI72-5, WAM P0264-72, WAM PO0314-36, USNM
$3051, OM 110326 (21), Sydney; SOSC 560, Tuggerah
Lake; QM 12961-2, Tweed Heads, USNM S986 (4),
New South Wales. Queensland; QM 112762 (88)
Brisbane Fish Markets (vertebrae only); WAM P0464,
Brisbane River; CSIRO C3163, Caboolture River:
WAM P0460, Dunwich; USNM 176902 (11), Great
Barrier Reel; USNM 177160, Lindeman Island; OM
[118S, QM 12957, OM LI1541, Moreton Bay; QM
12992, QM 129584, Nerang River; QM 12935-47 (40)
Southport; OM 111451, Tewantin, Lord Howe Island
(4); AM [4641-2. AM 4673-4. New Caledonia (8),
WAM P15654-61, Noumea.

16 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 16-18; anal fin II, 15-17;
lateral line scales 60-69; a dark spot at the base of
the pectoral fin; colouration of adult specimens
uniform without darker bars or blotches,

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 16-18; anal fin II, 15-17 (see
Table 7), Lateral line scales 60-69 usually 63 (see
Table 8), TR. 6 above, 12-13 below, 5-7 scales,
usually 6, between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin
origin. Cheek scales in 4-5 rows, cycloid and
ctenoid (usually more cycloid scales).

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
greatest depth of body 21-23; head length 27-31;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 30-34; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 34-37; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 58-61; snout tip to anal
fin origin 59-65; least depth of caudal peduncle
9-10.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
length of snout 40-48; horizontal diameter of eye
16-20; least width of interorbital 17-20.

VERTEBRAE: 14-15 abdominal, 5-8 precaudal,
11-14 caudal; 14-15+18-20, total 32-34 (see
Table 9).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body pale brown or
silvery-brown, whitish below, with green, mauve,
and rosy reflections when fresh; a broad but
rather indistinct silvery-yellow mid-lateral band;
spinous dorsal pale olive-green with faint darker
blotches, second dorsal fin pale olive with rows of
dark-brown to blackish spots; anal and ventrals
pale yellowish; pectorals pale yellow or pale
brown with a well defined dark, or blue-black
base; caudal yellowish to olive, with a darker
margin, Juveniles up to 80 or 90 mm may have
darker blotches along the sides and back.

SWIMBLADDER: Anterior part of _ the
swimbladder with rudimentary tubules projecting
anteriorly and a series laterally that diminish in
size and become sawtooth-like posteriorly. Some
individual variation in the shape of the anterior
extensions is shown in Figure 9E-H; the posterior
extension is single, tapering, and projects well
into the caudal region; a duct-like process from
the ventral surface to the urogenital aperture is
present. The shape of the swimbladder is not
distinguishable from Sillago analis.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

The dorsal and anal fin rays remain fairly
constant in the three samples given in Table 7.
The lateral line scale counts of the sample from
Magenta and Dumbea, New Caledonia, recorded
by Legand (1952, p. 112) differs from the

Australian material given in Table 8, although my
8 examples from Noumea do not depart
significantly from the Australian specimens. It
seems likely that Legand included the few scales
on the base of the caudal fin in addition to those
of the body.

The vertebrae counts of the four specimens
from New Caledonia are insufficient to indicate
any real variation; a larger sample is required.

DISTRIBUTION

East coast of Australia from Cape York,
Queensland, southwards along the coast and the
Great Barrier Reef to eastern Victoria, and the
east coast of Tasmania. Most common in
southern Queensland, and New South Wales.
This species also occurs at Lord Howe Island,
New Caledonia, and Woodlark Island, Papua.
Hardenberg, 1941, p. 228 listed this species from
Japero, West Irian, but this record may refer to S.
analis.

BIOLOGY

Sillago ciliata is an onshore species occurring
on coastal beaches, sandbars and surf zones as
well as open bays, estuaries and coastal lakes;
occasional specimens have been taken in offshore
waters to 23 fathoms during winter. Sand whiting
enter estuaries and penetrate far upstream to the
tidal limits of rivers and creeks where juveniles
and adolescent fish may be abundant. The adults
congregate around the mouths of estuaries, bars,
and spits, in depths of up to three fathoms. Tosh
(1903) described the egg and larval development
and gives the spawning period as September to
February. Tosh also describes the habits of this
species and mentions ‘Soon after the beginning of
the spawning season young whiting of 10 mm and
over can be observed swimming actively in small
droves of from 10 to 20 on sand flats and beaches.
They move up and down with the tide, swimming
in very shallow water. As they grow older they
keep further from the shore. The whiting may be
said to live almost exclusively on sandy ground.
The adults appear to be gregarious only at
spawning time.

The most characteristic habit of the whiting is
that of burrowing in the sand to escape from
enemies, In so doing the fish literally dives into
the sand, The dive can be executed with great
rapidity and is a most serviceable
accomplishment. When fishing for whiting with a
seine net one can observe as the bunt of the net
nears the shore here and there a small cloud of
sand thrown up; the fisherman marks the place,
and when his net is in, wades out and feels about

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

in the sand with his feet; when a fish moves under
his feet he stamps his foot down to hold it there,
and then picks it up with his hand. Often as many
as a dozen fish are so taken which had otherwise
escaped the footrope of the net. Very small
whiting, an inch and a half long, have the trick.
When burying the whiting throws up its tail, and
actually takes a header into the sand using its tail
fin vigorously. Once the head is under, it appears
to throw up like a diver, and when buried has got
into a horizontal position. The whiting can
remain down for 2 or 3 minutes. On an ordinary
sand flat, a whiting can bury itself to a depth of
from 3 to 4 inches, but on a hard sand beach, it
can hardly cover itself.

When taken the whiting often makes a short,

croaking, frog-like sound — whence the name
trumpeter’.

Cleland (1947) has reported on the fishery,
fishing methods, and _ biology, including

raciation, food, reproduction, age determination
and growth, pathology and condition of the
fishery.

TABLE 7:
SILLAGO CILIATA

17

Legand (1952) describes the growth of the
postlarvae of S. ciliata from New Caledonia and
Munro (1945) the postlarvae from the Noosa
River, Queensland.

Sillago ciliata grows to a length of 45 cm.

REMARKS

Sillago ciliata and Sillago analis are sibling
species that can be separated by colouration and
in most cases lateral line scale counts. The
vertebrae count and swimbladder shape is similar
or identical in both species. If both were
allopatric in distribution the differences between
the two species would be considered of
subspecific rank only. In Queensland both species
occur in the same school, or separately, from
Moreton Bay northwards to Cape York. In New
South Wales S. ciliata is common but S. analis is
absent; in the Northern Territory and the
northern half of Western Australia S. analis is
abundant but S. ciliata is absent.

In the ‘ciliata group’ of species is also S.
ingenuua from Thailand and northern Australia.

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF

Dorsal rays 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18

Anal rays 15 16 15 16 17 15 16 17

New South Wales 2 7 8 57 4 1 2 2

Queensland 1 2 6 42 3 - 4 ~

New Caledonia 1 - - 6 - 1 - -

TABLE 8: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO CILIATA

Lateral scales 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
New South Wales 1 6 16 22 17 12 5 - - ~
Queensland - 1 8 18 6 2 - - -
New Caledonia - 1 3 3 1 - - - -

New Caledonia* 9 1 2 9 8 491 85 25 11 5
*from Legand (1952, p. 112).

TABLE 9: VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGO CILIATA

Abdominal 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15
Modified 7 5 6 7 7 7 8 8 6 6 #3
Caudal 13 14 13 11 12 13 11 12 12 13 12
New South Wales - - 22 2 47 1 10 1 2 1 -
Queensland 1 - 17 1

New Caledonia - 1 3 -

18 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sillago (Parasillago) unalis Whitley

Golden-lined or Rough-scale Whiting
(Figs. 3B, 9A-D, 13L, 14F, 17)

Sillaxa eviliuta: Paradive and Whitley, 1927, p. 89.
Naylor 1964, p. 174 (non Si/ago ciliaia Cuvier).

Silfazo unalis Whitley, 1943, p. 184 (Shark’s Bay,
Western Australia); 1948, p. 19; 1954, p. 27; i964,
p. 43. Haysom, 1957, p. 141. Grant, 1965, p. 85;
1972, p. 244.

MArpeiAl EXAMINED

Type: Sillago analis Whitley. A ftadiograph of the
holotype regisrered | 13118 m the Australian Museum,
Sydney The vertebrae number 14-6-13,

OrverR MATERIAL: Western Australia (68), WAM
P13980-9, WAM P0584, WAM P0640-1, Broome;
WAM P0360, WAM P0766-8, Exmouth Gull; WAM
P12699-700; Kalumburn; WAM P0466, Nichol Bay;
WAM P12978, WAM P0176, WAM PO0798-800, Port
Hedland; WAM P7674-3, WAM P12773-8, WAM
P12974-7, WAM P12982-7, WAM PI3189-91, WAM
P13203-13, WAM P14222, WAM P14979-82, WAM
PO27-9, WAM P1S047-9, Shark Bay, Northern
Territory (65); USNM 174057 (9), Cape Arnhem;
USNM 174051, Barwin, USNM 174052 (4), USNM
174053 (7), USNM 174054 (16), Groote Eylandi; USNM
174056 (16), Port Bradshaw; QM (4), 113164, 113168,
113170, Shoal Bay: QM 13992 Sir Edward Pellew
Islands, Queenstand (88); CSIRO C3164-6, Caboolture;
OM 19255, Cribb Island; QM 112734 (G8), Deveption
Bays QM (11099, Gibson Island; CSIRO C3167-70,
Marvhorough; WAM PO461, WAM P13835, CSIRG
C2981, Moreton Bay, OM 112694, Norman River, Gulf
of Carpentaria, AM 1B3219-22, OM F3218,
Scarborough; AM 1B3765-6, Tin Can Bay. New Guinea
(10), QM 113215-17, Daru Island,

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins X1, !, 16-18; anal fin I, 14-17;
lateral line scales 54-61; no dark spot at base of
pectoral fin,

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 16-18; anal fin 1, 14-17
(Table 10), Lateral line scales 54-61 (Table 11);
TR. 5-6 above, 6-8 below, 4-5 (usually 4) scales
between L. lat. and spinous dorsal origin. Cheek
scales in 3-4 rows (usually 4), the anterior scales
cycloid, the posterior scales ctenoid (cheek scales
mostly cycloid).

Proportional dimensions as present SL:
greatest depth of bady 19-22: head length 28-32;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 29-34; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 34-39; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 58-61; snout tip to anal
fin origin 59-64, least depth of caudal peduncle
9-11.

Proportional dimensions as pereent of head:
length of snout 37-44; horizontal diameter of eye

19-25; least width of interorbital 14-18,

VERTEBRAE; 13-14 abdoininal, 4-48 modified,
11-15 caudal; 13-14+ 19-20, total 33-34 (see
Table 12).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Body with a dark grey
lateral stripe; head dusky, spotted with line black
spots, snout darker; margins of scales on opercles
and body dark, forming a faint mesh-like pattern
on upper sides; dorsal fins with membranes dusky
and streaked with brown; caudal fin dusted with
black; anal fin hyaline; pectoral fin with fine
dusky black spots at base but no dark spat; pelvic
fins with membrane between outer rays finely
spotted, remainder of fin hyaline.

CoLouR IN LiFE; Body light silvery, shghtly
darker to dusky above; a dull golden-silver to
golden-yellow band longitudinally on sides below
lateral line; pelyic and anal fins pale yellow to
bright yellow; pectoral fin with a darker dusting
of fine black-brown spots, base without a black
spot.

SWIMBLADDER: As for Sillage ciliata, see Fig.
9A-D.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

The lateral line scale counts for south-east
Queensland are greater than those from Western
Australia, and the verlebrae counts have one or
two additional modified vertebrae. A series of
samples from northern Australia is required to
verify this variation.

DISTRIBUTION

Shark Bay, Western Australia, Northern
Territory, Queensland south to Moreton Bay, and
southern coast of New Guinea.

BIOLOGY

Lenanton (1969a, 1969b) has desembed the
Shark Bay fishery and records that the juveniles
ol this species, together with those of Sillago
schomburekii. ‘remain in the Warmer waters of
the shallow mangrove creek shorelines and
protected inlets. On reaching maturity Si//ago
analis preter the muddy, tidal streams but Si//ago
schomburgkii are located on the more open,
sandy banks’. Spawning takes place from
September to January.

The juvenile fish are marked with about 8 dark
blotches on the mid-lateral line, 12 blotches along
the dorsal line al the base of the fins, and about 7
blotches between the dorsal and Jateral series
One specimen irom Moreton Bay had 10 evenly
spaced faint dark bars on the upper sides that
reached the lateral line anteriorly but terminated
before the mid-lateral line posteriorly; a dark
longitudinal mid-lateral stripe may be present.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

19

TABLE 10: FREQUENCY DistRInUTIONS OF DorSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SYLLAGO ANALIS

Dorsal rays 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18
Anal rays 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 7 1S 16 17
Western Australia I 6 3 - 3 22 24 1 1 - I
Northern Territory - i ! 7 - 1 31 3 - 4 3
Queensland - 2 6 - - 6 72 1 - ! 2
New Guinea = - - | - 1 7 | - - -
TABLE 11: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO ANALIS
Lateral Line Scales 354 55 56 57 58 59 60 6l
Western Australia 4 § 16 15 12 11 1 i]
Northern Territory - 3 8 7 6 3 3 3
Queensland - - - § 8 29 27 15
New Guinea ~ - 4 - 3 3 3 =
TABLE 12: VERTEBRAE OF S/LLAGO ANALIS
Abdominal 13 4 14 14 14 14 I4
Modified 6 4 5 6 6 7 8
Caudal 14 15 14 13 Id 12 MW
Western Australia 1 - 21 7 ! - -
Northern Territory - - 10 3 - - -
Queensland ~ = 4 20 ~ q
New Guinea - | 5 2 1 - -
Sillago analis is most abundant in silty areas of REMARKS

Shark Bay and Moreton Bay, and is common
among mangrove areas inside Exmouth Gulf.
This species grubs in the silty-sand substrates for
worms and has been observed to ‘plough’ up the
bottom with the snout. The small fish may be seen
feeding in very shallow water where they occur in
schools moving slowly across the bottom; on
occasions a fish will hover motionless, and then
dart the snout into the ground to seize prey. Food
is predominantly marine worms and the fish move
across the sand with the first ray of the ventral
fins in contact with the substrate. A number of
Sillago species maintain ventral ray contact with
the bottom whilst feeding, the juveniles usually
have the first one or two ventral rays elongate.
The highly developed sensory canal system on the
head, particularly the lachrimal and sub-
preopercular canals, may receive vibrations from
prey organisms in the sand, as S. analis has been
observed to dig into the bottom to capture prey,
and then move slowly across the bottom ta
abruptly stop and dig again; this behaviour does
not appear to be of random nature.
The maximum size attained is about 45 cm.

Sillago nierstraszi is almost certainly a senior
synonym of 5. analis. The holotype of S.
nierstraszi was unavailable for study. Sillago
ciliata is very similar in all characteristics and
both species may be found together along the east
coast of Queensland. S$. ciliata can be
distinguished trom S. amalis by the presence of a
black spot on the pectoral base, The juveniles are
remarkably similar and not all specimens appear
to have the pectoral base slightly darker in
Moreton Bay specimens; if hybridisation occurs
the gene flow between species must be slight, as
the great majority of specimens from eastern
Queensland are clearly identifiable.

Sillago ( Parasillago) nierstraszi Hardenberg

Rough Whiting
Sillago nierstraszi Hardenberg, 1941, p, 288 (Merauke,
New Guinea). Munro, 1958. p. 178.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Type: The location of the holotype is unknown. Dr
W. Saetikno, of the Museum of Zoologicum Bogoriense
informs me that the holotype is not present in that
Museum,

20 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

DIAGNOSIS
Possibly a senior synonym of Si//lago analis.
DESCRIPTION (from Hardenberg, 1941)

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17; anal II, 17; pectoral 14.
Lateral line scales 5 (50+ ?). TR. 4-1-13.

Height 5.2, head 4 in length. Rostrodorsal
profile slightly convex. Scales on head ctenoid.
Eye 6 in head, more than twice in snout.
Interorbital space about 1.5 in snout, which goes
2.2 in head. Mouth small, terminal, far before
eye. Lower jaw included. WHindborder of
praeoperculum with fine crenulations. A small
but strong spine on operculum. Two series of
scales on cheeks, four on operculum. Villiform
teeth in jaws and on vomer and palatines. Dorsals
approximate. Longest rays of first dorsal
somewhat longer than head without snout.
Second dorsal gradually decreasing in height
posteriorly, longest rays about as long as
postorbital part of head. Anal decreasing in
height posteriorly, its longest rays shorter than
postorbital part of head. Unpaired fins with inter-
radial scales. Caudal somewhat emarginated.
Pectorals and ventrals about equally long, about
as long as head without snout. Colour of formol
specimen completely faded.

DISTRIBUTION
Known only from the Holotype.

REMARKS

Hardenberg (1941, p. 288) states that this
species is related to Si/lago macrolepis according
to the lateral line scales (macrolepis has 52-56
lateral line scales), but differs in the TR count, the
smaller eye, the low anal ray count, and in having
ctenoid scales on the head. In most features
Sillago nierstraszi is similar to Sillago analis and
may prove to be a senior synonym. It is unlikely
to be a junior synonym of Sil/ago ciliata as the
location is outside the range of that species and
the black pectoral spot of S. ciliata is present in
preserved specimens retained in formalin or
alcohol for many years. The location of the
holotype is unknown and therefore the vertebrae
count and the correct number of lateral line scales
was not available to me. Further collecting at the
type locality may establish the identity of S.
nierstraszi.

Sillago (Parasillago) vittata new species

Banded Whiting
(Figs. 4B, 10C, 13M-O, 14L, 17)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Type: Holotype: SL 209 mm, collected in 17 to 20
fathoms north-east of Rottnest Island, Western

Australia, September, 1965, R.J. McKay. Registered
WAM P14172 in the Western Australian Museum.

PARATYPES: WAM P19230, Maud Landing; WAM
P14158-71, WAM P14173-6, NE of Rottnest Island;
WAM P14983, WAM P15242-46, Shark Bay; WAM
PO 190-204, Dirk Hartog Island, Shark Bay.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17-19; anal fin II, 16-18;
lateral line scales 65-70. Swimbladder with a
median anterior extension and very rudimentary
anterolateral projections. Pectoral fin base with a
dusky spot, and body with 8-11, light brown to
rusty-brown very narrow bars extending from the
back obliquely forwards to touch or almost touch
a conspicuous silvery mid-lateral longitudinal
band.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the holotype and 24 paratypes from
NE of Rottnest Island, and Shark Bay, SL
159-231 mm. Characters for the holotype given in
parentheses).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17-19 (XI, 1, 18); anal fin IT,
16-18 (ii, 17) (Table 13). Lateral line scales 65-70
(67) (Table 14). TR. 6-7 above, 7-9 below (7/9), 6
scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal origin.
Cheek scales in 3 rows, the upper row mostly
cycloid, the lower rows ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
greatest depth of body 19-21 (21.0); head length
27-31 (30.6); snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32
(31.2); snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 33-36
(36.4); snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 56-60
(59.4); snout tip to anal fin origin 57-61 (58.9);
least depth of caudal peduncle 7-9 (8.1).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 40-47 (44.5); horizontal diameter
of eye 16-21 (20.3); least width of interorbital
16-20 (17.2).

VERTEBRAE: 13-14+ 8-12+7-10, 13-14
abdominal, 19-21 caudal, total 32-34 (Table 15).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Head and body pale
sandy brown to light fawn, a distinct silvery mid-
lateral band is present, opercles and breast
silvery, pale below; 8-11 very narrow (about scale
width) brown bars extend from the dorsal mid-
line obliquely forwards and downwards to touch
or almost touch the mid-lateral band, the bar
between the dorsal fins and the next posterior one
frequently superimposed on the mid-lateral band;
spinous dorsal fin with brown blotches and the tip
dusky, the rayed dorsal fin with 2 to 3 rows of
spots forming longitudinal lines; anal ventral, and
caudal unmarked; pectoral fin hyaline with the
base silvery and a dark, round, purple-brown or
brown spot formed of fine dots superimposed on

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 21

the area between the gill opening and pectoral
base; belly pale with the mid-line silvery-white;
breast silvery white, opercle and preopercle
silvery.

COLOUR IN LIFE: Head and body light tan
above paler below; with the breast and ventral
surface of belly silvery-white with blue, mauve,
and yellow reflections; opercles silvery with
lemon-yellow to yellow blush and fine black
dusting above; 8-11 rusty-brown to brown
oblique bars of about half a scale in width extend
from the dorsal midline forwards and downwards
to touch or overlap the distinct silvery-white mid-
lateral band that commences behind the opercles
and extends to caudal fin base; pectoral fin pale
lemon-yellow to hyaline with a large rounded
dark brown to pale bluish-brown spot on a silvery
background just before the base; spinous dorsal
fin with the membrane white below, yellowish
above, with some brown blotches and black
dusting apically, rayed dorsal fin white at base,
lemon above, and with about 3 rows of brown
blotches forming longitudinal lines; anal fin
bright yellow with a pale base and white margin;
ventral fins white with a pale lemon-yellow
centre; caudal fin lemon-yellow to yellow.

SWIMBLADDER: Similar to Sillago robusta and
Sillago bassensis bassensis in having a median
anterior extension and rudimentary anterolateral
projections; a duct-like process is present on the
ventral surface; posterior extension single and
tapering.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

No geographic variation found.

DISTRIBUTION

Maud Landing southwards to Rottnest Island,
Western Australia.

BIOLOGY

Inside Shark Bay this species was known as the
‘bastard whiting’ by fishermen who found that on
occasions S. vittata comprised up to 20 percent of
the whiting catch near ‘The Loop’ grounds, Dirk
Hartog Island. This species is most common near
weed banks and coral reefs in shallow-water and
is associated with S§. maculata burrus, S.
schomburgkii and S. analis, At Maud Landing S.
vittata may be taken by hook and line from the
beach but off Rottnest Island large catches may
be taken by trawl net in 17 to 20 fathoms where
the species is in association with S. robusta, S.
bassensis bassensis, and S. maculata burrus, In
southern waters S. vittata is not captured in
shallow water and was unknown until exploratory

trawling by L.F.B. ‘Bluefin’ off Rottnest Island.
Reports of ‘narrow-barred whiting’ off Fremantle
by line fishermen operating in 20 to 30 fathoms
possibly refer to S. viftata as the school whiting S.
bassensis bassensis is well known to fishermen as
‘poddy whiting’ on the south-western coast of
Australia.

Maximum length recorded is approximately 30
cm, but unverified reports of larger fish from
Shark Bay were received; one large specimen was
of a golden-yellow colour with brown bars.

REMARKS

Sillago vittata may be separated from Sillago
maculata burrus by colouration, the morphology
of the swimbladder, in having mostly ctenoid
cheek scales, and by vertebrae counts. The fin ray
counts of S. vittata are normally 18 dorsal and 17
anal (20 dorsal, 19 anal in S. maculata burrus).
The eye width-snout length relationship is
different in most specimens (Table 16).

From Sillago bassensis bassensis this new
species differs in colouration; the oblique bars are
more distinct and pectoral fin has a dark round
blotch or spot before the base. The fin ray counts
are usually 18 dorsal and 17 anal in S. vittata, and
18 dorsal and 19 anal in S. bassensis bassensis.
The vertebrae are typically 13+12+9 or
13+134+8, 13+21 in S. bassensis bassensis and
13+11+9, 13+20 in S. vittata. The frontal bone
arches are wider in S, vittata than in S. bassensis
bassensis, and the shape of the suborbital shelf is
quite different (Figs. 13M-O).

DERIVATION
From the latin ‘vittatus’ meaning banded.

TABLE 13: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGO VITTATA
Dorsal rays 17 18 18 18 19 19
Anal rays 17 16 17 18 17 18
Rottnest Island 1 1 13 - 3 1
Shark Bay 2 1 18 1 1 1
TABLE 14: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL

LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO VITTATA

Lateral line scales 65 66 67 68 69 70

Rottnest Island 3 6
Shark Bay 2 2

ins
te

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Eyt WiptH AND SNouT LENGTH RELATIONSHIP IN SILLAGO WiITTATA, SILLAGO

TABLE 15: VERTEBRAE OF S/LLAGO WITTATS
Abdominal 13 13 13 13
Modified i) i 12 12
Caudal 10 9. 7 8
Rottnest Island - - - 1
‘Shark Bay 1 20 1 1
TABLE |:

MACULATA BURRA AND SILLAGO BASSENSIS BASSENSIS
Snout length 1.4 1.6
Eye diameter 1.5 1.7
S. vitlata > >
S. maculata burra 4 3
S. bassensis: bassensis - 10

Sillago (Parasillago) maculata maculata Quoy
and Gaimard

Trumpeter Whiting
(Figs. 3C, 7B, 13P,. 14G, 16)

Sillage maculata Quoy and Gaimard, 1824, p, 261, pl.
5, fiy. 2. (Sydney, New South Wales). Cuvier,
1829, p. 411. Bleeker, 1849, pp. 5, 8, 10, 14, 62;
1858, p. 161; 1874, p. 7) (part), Giinther, 1860, p.
245, Steindachner, 1866, pp. 444-5; 1870, p. 562.
Castelnau, 1875, p, 16; 1879. p, 380. Alleyne and
Macleay, 1876, p.. 279. Klunzinger,. 1879, p. 370,
Schmeltz, 1879, p. 44. Macleay, 1881, p. 201.
Tenison - Woods, 1883, p, 65, pl. 23. Pohl, 1884,
p. 32. Ogilby, 1886, p. 31; 1893, p. LOL. Johnston,
1891, p.33. Cohen, 1892, p, 16, Waite, 1898, p. 30;
1889, p. 109: 1902, p. 190; 1904, p, 31. Stead, 1906,
pp. 574-6; 1908, p. 64. McCulloch, 1911, p. 61;
1921, p. 61, 1927, p. 51, pl. 2), fig. 1846. Weber,
1913, p. 267. Fowler, 1925, p, 248; 1933, pp. 423-5
(part). Barnard, 1927, p, 3508. Weber and de
Beaufort, 1931, p. 174 (part). Borodin, 1932, p. 85.
Herre, 1939, p, 327; 1953, pp. 478-9 (part). Smith,
1949, p, 204. Roughley, 1951, p. 48, pl. 16. Munro,
1955, p. 122; 1958, p.. 178; 1967, p. 347. Palekar
and Bal, 1955, p. 128 (pari), Scott, 1959, p. 56.
Marshall, 1964, p. 169, pl, 34, Whitley, 1964, p. 43.
Grant, 1965, p. 86, fig.; 1972, p. 246, fig. Maclean,
1971, pp. 87-92.

? Sillage gracilis Alleyne and Macleay, 1877, p. 279, pl.
6, fig. 2 (Torres Strait, Darnley Island or Hall
Sound), Macleay, 1881, p. 202. McCulloch, 1911,
p. 60,

Types: Sillago maculata Quoy and Gaimard. A
radiograph of the holotype registered A. 3134 in the
Museum National D'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, was
forwarded by Dr. M. Blanc. The vertebrate number
14-8-13,

Sillago gracilis Alleyne and Macleay. Two specimens

were examined by McCulloch (1911, p. 60) who states ‘1

am unable to find any specimens marked as the types of

1,8 2,0 2.2 2.4 2.6
19 2.1 2,4 2.5 2.7

s 4 13 5 2
19 6 | - -
12 6 | = =

Sillago egracilis, Alleyne and Macleay, in the Macleay
Museum, but there are two small specimens. labelled
“Sillago sp? Torres Straits’’, which | have no doubt are
the types. Through the kindness of Professor Haswell
and Professor David, | have been allowed to borrow
them for examination. One is a little larger than the
other, and from the snout tothe end of its broken tail is
almost 82 mm long, which is exactly the length of the
figure of S.gracilis. In other details also, such as the
form of the damaged tail and the pronounced shrinkage
marks on the head, it agrees perfectly with the figure,
though jt has lost all trace of the colour markings with
the exception of the silvery lateral band. Both differ
from the description in the number of fin-rays in the
dorsal and anal, there being only one spine and twenly
rays in each instead of one, twenty-one as stated’.
McCulloch regards S.graci/is as a junior synonym of
Sillago maculata, Stanbury (1969) does not mention
Sillago gracilis in his list of the type specimens in the
Macleay Museum. The coloration as described by
Alleyne and Macleay is that of a juvenile Si//avo species.

OTHER MATERIAL: Queensland (193) QM 112902 (12),
Bribie Island; QM 12927, Brisbane River; QM 112763
(90), Brisbane Fish Markets; QM 112692 (17), QM
112697 (11), OM 112701 (40), Deception Bay; WAM
P13711-22, WAM P13827-34, QM12928, QM 112701,
Moreton Bay, New South Wales (35); USNM 93125,
Neweastle; USNM 59933, WAM P15531-9, WAM PO
273-90, Sydney; QM 111629, Wallis Lake.

DIAGNOSIS

A black spot at base of pectoral fin, dark
blotches on body; anterolateral extensions of
swimbladder recurved posteriorly to reach level of
vent.

DESCRIPTION
(Based on 27 examples from New South Wales,

and 19 examples from Queensland. SL 140-216
mm),

McKAY; REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 23

Dorsal fins X[-NI, 1, 19-21; anal fin 1], 19-20
(Table 17). Lateral line scales 71-75 (Table 18),
TR, §-9 above, 9-11 below, 5-6 scales between L.
lat. and spinous dorsal otigin. Cheek scales in 3-4
raws, cycloid with an occasional few ctenoid
scales,

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(Modal frequency within parentheses): Greatest
depth of body 19-23 (21); head length 26-29 (27);
snout tip to ventral fin origin 31-35 (32); snout tip
to second dorsal tin origin 53-57 (55); snout tip to
anal fin origin 56-60 (59); least depth of caudal
peduncle 7-8 (8),

Proportional dimensions as percen| of head;
Length of snout 37-44 (40); horizontal diameter
of eye 20-25 (22); least width of interorbital 18-22
(20).

VGRTEBRAE; 13-15 abdominal, 8-i1 modified,
10-14 caudal; 13-15 + 20-22, total 34-36 (Table
19),

CoLouR IN ALCOHOL: Body light brown to
brown, darker above; back and sides with seven
ro fine irregular dusky blotches directed obliquely
forwards in most specimens; a conspicuous
median, longitudinal silvery band on sides; lower
sides silvery to white; spinous dorsal fin blotched
with brown; soft dorsal with three to five rows of
broWn Spots on the membranes; anal fin pale
yellow; pectoral fin Finely dusted with brown to
black spots, and with a brown to black spot on
the base,

COLOUR IN LIFE: Body sandy-brown to olive-
green above; back and sides with dark brown
irregular blotches; longitudinal lateral band
silver, to pale golden silver, outlined in pale
mauve brown; sides silvery-brown to ereamish or
white with blue reflections. Head dark olive-
brown, greenish, or pale brown above, cheeks
and opercles golden-green with a darker blotch on
the opercles of some specimens; spinous dorsal
whitish, with the membrane mottled with olive-
green or brown; soft dorsal with about five rows
of brownish-green spots; anal and ventrals golden
to yellow with the margins cream; pectoral straw-
yellow to pale green-yellow, with a blue-black
basal spot; caudal olive brown ta dark greenish-
brown, with the margin dark brown to black.

SWIMBLADDER: A short anterior median
extension and two anterolateral extensions are
present; at the base of the anterolateral
extensions is a most complex system of tubular
canals that anastomose and join the swimbladder
at four positions anteriorly; the lateral extensions
reach to the duct-like process on the ventral
surface; posterior extension of the swimbladder
single (Fig. 7B),

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

Samples from eastern Australia show tio
geographic variation. Specimens with [3
abdominal vertebrae are usually quite small in
length and the first haemal arch is very narrow
and often hairhke,

DISTRIBUTION
East Coast of Australia.

Biology

Ogilby (1893, pp. 100-2) states that this species
spawns during March and April. ‘The ova 1s
deposited on sandy beaches in sheltered bays and
lakes, and in estuaries, water of no great depth
being selected’. Ogilby further describes the
behaviour of the fry in shallow water — ‘each of
these young fish is in possession of a hole in the
sand, but whether self-excavated or having been
deserted by, or taken from, its rightful owner, we
are not in a position to state; at the mouth of the
hole, which is only just large enough to admit of
the passage of its body, the little creature lies, and
on the approach of danger, or even the passage of
a dark cloud over the sun, immediately
disappears, the anterior half of the head,
however, as quickly reappearing, thus showing
that close beneath the surface a chamber must
exist, sufficiently large to permit of their turning
around with ease; should any movement occur in
their neighbourhood to cause them Turther alacm
when in this position they are able to back down
again into their hiding place with great celerity,
but if perfect quiet is maintained, they soon
emerge and take up their original position near
the opening’.

The food and feeding of this species is reparted
by Maclean (1971), the diet of juveniles being
largely small crustaceans and that of the adult fish
mostly polychaete worms.

Sillago maculata maculata is found on silly
and muddy substrates, frequenting the mouths of
rivers, estuaries and mangrove creeks. Large
numbers are seine-netted in the shallows and
taken by trawl net in Moreton Bay. Good catches
are made by hook and line, The juveniles are most
abundant in estuaries and shallow water during
the summer months.

REMARKS

S.maculata maculata is one of three
subspecies. All subspecies are similar in
colouration and morphology, and differ mainly
in the shape of the swimbladder and the vertebrae
counts.

ta
>

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

72 73 74 75

TABLE 17: Frequency DistRibl Tons OF Dorsal
AND ANAL Fin RAYS OF SILIAGO MACULATA
MACULATA
Dorsal rays 19 19 20 20 20 21
Anal rays 19 20 18 %J9 20 20
Queensland 1 i 1 78 Bl 1
New South Wales 5 1 - 12 WW -
TABLE 18: FREQUENCY DisTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF SizLaGco
MACULATA MACULATA
Lateral line scales 69 70 7
New South Wales | -

Queensland 5 is 3 2 5
2

TABLE 19: VERTEBRAE COUNTS OF S/LLAGO MACULATA MACULATA

Abdominal 13 13 13 13 I4 14 14 i4 14 I4 14 14 15
FPrecaudal 9 9 10 10 8 8g 8 9 9 10 10 Wl 8
Caudal 12 13 I 12 12 13 14 12 13 lt 12 10 12
Queensland i 3 | 2 i 39 - 82 3.6 3 1 4

i = S6 | “Me a = = -~ |

New South Wales - 1 -

Sillago (Parasillago) maculata burrus Richardson

Western Trumpeter Whiting
(Figs. 3D, 10B, 14H, 16)

1842, pp. 128-30.
1843, pl 2, fig. J.

Sillago burrus Richardson,
(Northwest Australia);
Castelnau, 1878, p. 232.

Sillazo maculata burra, Whitley, 1948, p. 19.

Sillago maculata, Paradice and Whitley, 1927, p. 89.
Taylor, 1964, pp. 174-5.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyre. Sillaze burnis Richardson, Based on a drawing
by Lieutenant Emery, no type specimen available. The
description given by Richardson (1842, pp, 128-30)
agrees in all essential details with the subspecies of
S.maculata from Western Australia, Northern Territory
and Gulf of Carpentaria. Richardson states that *it is
banded on the sides like Sillago maculata of MM. Quoy
and Gaimard, which inhabits Port Jackson, but it wants
ihe silvery lateral stripe, shows spots on the dorsals, and
has a higher and more elliptical body than that species’.

| have examined specimens of Sil/ago maculata from
Western Australia, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland
and New South Wales that have the lateral silvery band
reduced, inconspicuous or entirely absent. Richardson’s
species Was listed as a Synonym of S.maeculata by Fowler
(1933, pp. 424-5) and Taylor (1964, p, 175), Stokes
(1846) records (he voyage of ‘HMS Beagle’ during the
exploratory surveying of the forth-west coast of
Australia, Lieutenant Emery departed HMS Beagle in
March 1841 for England, and his sketches were used by

Richardson as a basis for deserjption of some
Australian fishes. Efforts to locate the illustration of
S.burrus (No. 37 of Emery) were without success.
Emery numbered all his sketches and his number 4 is
listed as Tale Bay. At the Houtman Abrolhos Islands
(April 10, 1840) Stokes (1846, p. 161) wrote ‘There were
not many varieties of fish, the most abundant being
snappers; of those that were rare Lieut. Emery made
faithful sketches’. Emery made sketches No. 9 to 17 at
the Abrolhos, and at Depuch Island on June Yth, drew
sketches 22, 25, 26, 27 and 29..On July 14 ‘HMS Beagle’
anchored at Turtle Island and Bedour Island and then
sailed direct for Timor Island, arriving on July 24, The
vessel departed Timor on August 6 and arrived at
Bedout Island, Dampier Archipelago on August 17.
Boats were sent to examine the coast to the southward
of Cape Lambert with the neighbouring islands; an
extent of almost 45 miles was examined. Extensive areas
of mud and sand flats were encountered and between
Picard Island and Cape Lambert the shore is cul by
mangrove creeks. From Delambre Island the HMS
Beagle proceeded to the Montebello Islands, anchoring
on the eastern side of Tremouille Island on August 31st.
Anchorage was next made at Barrow Island where
Lieut. Emery made sketch number 42. Drawings
numbered 36, 37, 38 were recorded by Richardson
(1842) as north-west coast of Australia, and sketch
number 42 as Barrow Island (Richardson 1843, lcones
Piscium, pl. jii, fig. 2). The area of capture of Sillago
burrus is therefore between Depuch Island and Barrow
Island. Timor is also a possibility but almost certainly
would have been mentioned by Emery.

MeKAY: REVISLON OF SILLAGINIDAE

Specimens were unavailable to Richardson and the
description is based on sketch 37 by Lieut. Emery, the
onginal of which has apparently been lost (Pip. 3D),
Allen (1972, p. 95) has crected a nearype of 4 mipAiprian
rubrocincius Richardson, 1842; 1 follow his example by
herewith designating CSIRO C2591, 140 mm in
standard Jength, collected at Dampier Archipelago.
Western Australia as the neotype of Sil/ago hurries
Richardson, 1842,

OVER MareriaL: Western Australia (110); WAM
PO 618 WAM PO 751, Admiralty Crult; WAM
Pi4863, WAM PO 325-9, Canning River; CSIRO
C2641, WAM PO 867-935, Cockburn Sound; CSIRO
©2591, C2643, Dampier Archipelago; CSIRO C2457-8,
WAM PO 330-4, Exmouth Gulf; AMNH 4770,
Mandurah; WAM PO 466-8, Nichol Bay; CSIRO
C2369, Rockingham; CSIRO C2318, WAM P1[3224-35,
WAM P14142-350. WAM PI4176, WAM P14535-%,
WAM = P14984-98, WAM P15/29-40, WAM
P15222-30, WAM P15247-58, WAM PO 160-7, WAM
PO 180-4, WAM PO 971-3, Shark Bay; WAM PQ 749,
WAM PO 754-7, Swan River; Northern Verritory (46);
WAM P14433, WAM P14493-506, Darwin; USNM
174058-60, Groote Eylandi; USNM 174064, Port
Bradshaw; USNM 174061, Port Longdon; QM 113162
(3), QM 113155 (18), QM 113166, Shoal Bay.
Queensland (22); CSIRO A 1222, Gilbert River; WAM
P2810, AM 115537-60, Gulf of Carpentaria. New
Guinea (3); QM 113214, Dams Island, Indonesia (3)
Bernice P. Bishop Museum 19453, Ambun, Molucca
Islands.

DIAGNOSIS

Similar to Silfago maculata aeolus in
colouration but with 34 to 36 (rarely 34) vertebrae
(13-14 abdominal, 20-22 caudal); usually 19-20
anal rays (rarely 18). The swimbladder has four
anterolateral extensions that are more complex
than S.maculata weolus, but much shorter than
S.maculata maculata.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the neotype, 29 specimens from
Shark Bay, W.A., and 14 specimens from
Darwin, Northern Territory),

Dorsal fins Xl, {, 19-21; anal fin Tl, 18-20
(Table 20). Lateral line scales 69 10 76 (Table 21).
‘YR 8-10 above, 9-11 below, 5-6 scales between
J,, lat. and spinous dorsal origin. Cheek seales in
2-3 rows, all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(moda! frequency within parentheses):

Greatest depth of body 20-23 (21); head length
26-31 (29); snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-33
(30); snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 30-35
(34); sneut tip fo second dorsal fin origin 54-58
(55); snout tip to anal fin origin 55-60 (57); least
depth of caudal peduncle 7-9 (8).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:

tw
wn

Length of snout 39-45 (41) Shark Bay, 36-41 (39)
Darwin; horizontal diameter of eye 19625 (22),
feast width of interorbital 17-2) (19) Shark Bay,
17-20 (18) Darwin

VERTEBRAE: 13-14 abdominal, 7-! 1 modified,
11-14 caudal total 34-36 (Table 22).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light sandy brown
to brown, darker above; sides with nine to eleven
dusky brown spots situaied on a silvery mid-
lateral stripes above which and situated almost
between the lateral spots are ten to eleven oblique
blotches that widen ventrally; lower sides paler,
breast and mid-line of belly silyer; spinous dorsal
fin blotched with brown in one to three vague
bands; soft dorsal with three to four dark spots
on membrane forming Jongitudinal lines; anal fin
hyaline; pectoral fin hyaline, the base silvery with
an overlay of purple brown to blackish pigment;
caudal with thie upper arid lower margin finely
spotted,

In colouration S.maeulate burrus is very
similar to S.mnaculata maculata but in the latter
apecies the upper and lower blotches are
frequently joined, at least posteriorly; the upper
blotches are generally larger; the black spot at the
base o! the pectoral fin is more distinct; the belly
is not silver, and the opercle js dull or with the
inner dark blotch showing through (inside of
opercle of S. muculata burrus is white). The lateral
silvery stripe is usually more noticeable in the
western subspecies but may be quite faded, The
eastern subspecies frequenily has the upper and
lower margins of the caudal fin very dark brown
to black. The abdominal walls of the western
subspecies is usually white or silvery whereas they
are pale flesh coloured in the eastern subspecies,
Some of the colour differences between Arnhenti
Land specimens and those from New South Wales
had been noted by Taylor (1964, p. 175). Whitley
(1948, p. 19) used S.waculeta burra for the
western population but gave no reasons for doing
so and later abandoned the subspecific distinction
(Whitley, 1964, p. 43).

SWIMBLADDER: A short anterior median
extension and four anterolateral rudimentary
extensions, the first two continuous, the posterior
ones less well developed and normally separate; a
duct like process on the ventral surface is present
and the posterior extension ts single. The lateral
extensions are very much reduced in size to those
of the eastern subspecies S.mmaculata maculata,
and resemble the rudimentary ones of S. maculata
gevlus with the exception that four openings
occur into anterolateral extensions of §. maculata

26

burrus, the extensions are more complex, and the
first two are continuous (Fig. 10B).

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

Little variation between samples was noticed,
however, the length of the snout and the width of
the interorbital space was slightly greater in the
Shark Bay samples than those from Darwin.

DISTRIBUTION

Western and northern coast of Australia,
southern New Guinea, and Indonesia.

BIOLOGY

The western trumpeter whiting appears to be
similar in many respects to the eastern subspecies.
The western subspecies is most abundant on silty-
sand or muddy substrates, the large adults feeding
near gutters and sandbars inside Shark Bay and
may be found on quite sandy bottoms. The
juveniles frequent seaweed banks and broken
bottom, and occur in large numbers near
mangrove creeks. The juveniles and adults are
commonly trawled in association with the western

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

population of Si/lago robusta, and Sillago lutea in
depths to 20 fathoms.

Juveniles enter the coastal rivers and in the
Swan and Mandurah estuaries in Western
Australia the juveniles may be common
throughout the summer months when they are
netted by prawn fishermen operating in shallow
weedy areas. Offshore on the lower west coast of
Western Australia Sil/lago vittata is commonly
trawled with Sillago bassensis bassensis on sand
substrates. Sillago maculata burrus is only
occasionally taken in association with the latter
species, but becomes much more abundant
further northwards. Inside Shark Bay the western
trumpeter whiting may be associated in shallow
onshore waters with Sil/lago analis, Sillago
schomburgkii and Sillago vittata.

REMARKS

It is postulated that Torres Straits, during the
last glaciation, became a land barrier isolating the
eastern and western populations of Sillago
maculata.

TABLE 20: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DoRSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF

SILLAGO MACULATA BURRUS

Dorsal rays 19 19 20
Anal rays 18 19 18
Western Australia 3 7 6

Northern Territory - - -
Gulf of Carpentaria - - -
New Guinea - i -
Indonesia - - -

TABLE 21;
MACULATA BURRUS

2 2 2) 21
i9 20 19 20
75 2 -
44 i =
4 - - a
2 s ’ =
Boob - 1

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL Line SCALES OF S/LLAGO

Lateral line scales 69 70 71
Western Australia - - 6
Northern Territory l 7 9
Gulf of Carpentaria - - -
New Guinea - ~ -

2 73 74 75 76

2

| we om

—-H hE
i
\

Indonesia - - 2

TABLE 22: VERTEBRAE COUNTS OF SILLAGO MACULATA BURRUS

Abdominal 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 i4 14 14 14 14
Modified 9 9 11 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10
Caudal 12 13 11 14 12 13 14 li 12 13 ll 12
Western Australia 1 1 1 - 3 19 1 1 60 - 18
Northern Territory - - - ] 7 - - - - ~ - -

New Guinea - - - ]

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 27

Sillago (Parasillago) maculata aeolus Jordan and
Evermann

Oriental Trumpeter Whiting
(Figs. 3E, LOA, 13Q, 141, 16)

Sillago aeolus Jordan and Evermann, 1902, p. 360, fig.
24 (Keerun, Formosa). Jordan and Richardson,
1909, p. 192.

Sillago macrolepis: Evermann and Seale, 1907, p. 187
(nonSi/lago macrolepis Bleeker).

Sillago maculata: Kner, 1865, p. 127. Bleeker, 1874, p.
71 (part). Pellegrin, 1905, p. 83. Seale, 1914, p. 69.
Weber and de Beaufort, 1931, p. 174 (part).
Fowler, 1933, pp. 423-5 (part); 1935, p. 150; 1937,
p. 238; 1949, p. 52. Martin and Montalban, 1934,
pp. 224-5, pl. 1, fig. 2. Suvatti, 1950, p. 394,
Herre, 1953, pp. 478-9 (part). Palekar and Bal,
1955, p, 128 (part), Shao and Chang, 1978, p. 5;
1979, pp. 695-705, Dutt and Sujatha, 1980, p. 372.
McKay, 1980, pp. 383-4.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Type: Si/llago aeolus Jordan and Evermann, A
radiograph of the holotype registered No. 7135 in the
Stanford University. The vertebrae count is 14-5-15.

OTHER MATERIAL: Singapore (2), QM _ 112884,
Changi Beach; Thailand (15); CAS 14160 Ban Paknam
Prasae; QM 112915, Chantaburi, CAS 14161, CAS
14166, Chol Buri; CAS 14168, Ban Pae, Royong
Province; CAS 14163 Goh Samed, Chumphon
Province; CAS 14194 Lem Saplee, Chumphon
Province; CAS 14171 Sattahip Bay, Rayong Province.
China (1); USNM 148381 Shanghai, Hong Kong (3);
USNM 5891, BM 1939,2.23.51, no locality. Taiwan (6);
USNM 192874-5 Ma-Kung Market, Peng-Hu Hsien,
WAM P0472, THUP 00983, Taichung. Philippines
(188); Cebu, USNM 145081 Cebu Market, Panay,
USNM 102498, USNM 102501, USNM 102549, USNM
102582, USNM_ 102683, USNM_ 106797-8, USNM
106800, USNM 10683-4, USNM 106806-10, USNM
106812-3, USNM 112831, Hoilo; USNM 56215, Bulan;
Samar, USNM 145076, Cavite.

DIAGNOSIS

Very similar to Sillago maculata burrus in
colouration but has the most posterior mid-lateral
dark brown blotch elongate and reaching caudal
flexure; swimbladder with three rudimentary
anterolateral extensions instead of four. Differs
from Sillago maculata maculata in lacking well
developed anterolateral extensions reaching to
level of vent.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 27 examples: China 1, Hong Kong 2,
Philippine Islands 10, Taiwan 4 and Thailand 10).
Dorsal fins XI, 1, 18-20; anal fin II, 17-19
(Table 23). Lateral line scales 67-72 (Table 24).
TR. 8 above, 9-10 below, 5-6 scales between L.

lat. and spinous dorsal origin. Cheek scales in 3-4
rows, all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(modal frequency within parentheses): Greatest
depth of body 20-22 (21); head length 27-31 (28):
snout tip to ventral fin origin 30-33 (31); snout tip
to spinous dorsal fin origin 30-35 (33); snout tip
to second dorsal fin origin 54-58 (57); snout tip to
anal fin origin 57-61 (60); least depth of caudal
peduncle 7-8 (8).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 36-40 (38); horizontal diameter
of eye 20-26 (26); least width of interorbital 18-20
(19).

VERTEBRAE: 13-14 abdominal, 4-7 modified,
14-16 caudal; 14+ 20, total 34 (Table 25).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light brown,
slightly darker above, with two longitudinal rows
of elongate short dark brown bars; the anterior
bars inclined, especially above the lateral line; the
posterior bars slightly inclined above; but
generally horizontal below the lateral line;
spinous dorsal fin finely speckled with black,
especially the outer part of the membrane; soft
dorsal with two longitudinal brown bands on the
membranes; anal fin hyaline; pectoral fin with a
conspicuous dark brown to black bar or spot
across the base; upper part of head brown. The
colouration of this subspecies greatly resembles
Sillago maculata burrus in having the posterior
dark bars separate from the mid-lateral blotches
in almost all specimens but differs in having more
elongate mid-lateral blotches, lacks the silvery
belly, and generally has a less distinct silvery mid-
lateral stripe; the abdominal walls are flesh
coloured not silvery; the most posterior mid-
lateral dark brown blotch is elongate and reaches
the caudal flexure, whereas in S. maculata burrus
there are normally two almost round blotches,
one on each side of the caudal flexure.

SWIMBLADDER: An anterior median extension
to the basioccipital is present and well developed;
three rudimentary and often convoluted
extensions are present on the anterolateral
surface; a duct-like process present; posterior
extension single and tapering (Fig. 10A).

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

None found throughout the known range of the
subspecies.
DISTRIBUTION

Singapore, Thailand, China, Hong Kong,
Taiwan and Philippines. Possibly distributed
throughout the Indo-West Pacific from South

28 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Africa to China and Philippines, but not recorded
from Australia or southern New Guinea.

BIOLOGY

Little known. Maxwell (1921) records juveniles
burrowing in the sand. Attains approximately 30
cm.

REMARKS

Sillago maculata aeolus is the northern
representative of S. maculata maculata.

TABLE 23: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGO MACULATA AEOLUS
Dorsal rays 18 18 19 19 19 20
Anal rays 17. 18 #17 1g 19. obs
Singapore - - - 1 - 1
Thailand - 2 4 11 1 -
China - - - ~ - 1
Hong Kong - - - 2 - -
Taiwan 1 - - 4 - 1
Philippines 1 ~ 25 - -
TABLE 24: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL
LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO MACULATA AEOLUS

Lateral line scales 67 68 69 70 71
Singapore ~ =— 2 es &
Thailand - 3 8 - -
China - - - 1 -
Hong Kong 1 - = 1 -
Taiwan - 1 1 1
Philippines - 6 3 1 =
TABLE 25: VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGO MACULATA
AEOLUS

Abdominal 14 14 14 #13 13
Modified 4 3 6 6& 7
Caudal 16 15 14 #15 14
Singapore - - = 1 1
Thailand lL. & 2) sae
China ~~ op JT Ftea
Hong Kong - 1 1 - =
Taiwan Oe 12 ae
Philippines - 6 6 = =

Sillago (Parasillago) bassensis bassensis Cuvier

Western School Whiting
(Figs. 4A, 13U-V, 14J, 15)

Sillago bassensis Cuvier, in Cuvier and Valenciennes,
1829, p. 412 (Port Western, Bass Strait, Victoria).
Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, pp. 672-3, pl. 1, fig. 2.
McCulloch, 1911, p. 61 (part). Fowler, 1933, pp.
422-3 (part). Whitley, 1948, p. 19; 1964, p. 43.

Roughley, 1951, pp. 48-49 (part). Scott, 1962, p.
187.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: A radiograph of the holotype, registered
A3135 in the Museum National D’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris, was forwarded by Dr M. Blanc, the vertebrae
number 13-13-8. Cuvier (1829, p. 412) give the type
locality as ‘Port Western in Bass Strait’ but the holotype
has the locality recorded as ‘Port du Roi Georges’
‘Quoy et Gaimard’. I have followed Cuvier and have
recorded the type locality as Western Port.

OTHER MATERIAL: Western Australia (79); WAM
P14756, Lancelin Island; CSIRO C2626, Cottesloe,
WAM P12881-5, South Fremantle; WAM P14348-80,
WAM P14476-8, WAM PO 1-2, WAM PO 31-45,
WAM PO56-7, north-east of Rottnest Island; CSIRO
C1433 south-west of Western Australia; WAM
PO810-21, Denmark; WAM P12698, Albany; WAM
PO 763-5, Cheyne Beach; CSIRO C1935 Starvation
Boat Harbour. South Australia (49); WAM PO
291-302, Streaky Bay; WAM PO 205-24, Coffin Bay;
WAM P15352, Port Clinton; WAM PO 240-5,
Adelaide Market; WAM PO 304-13 Port Noarlunga.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins X-XII, 1, 18-19; anal fin II, 18-20;
lateral line scales 66-73; no dark spot at the base
of the pectoral fin; a series of oblique broken
rusty-brown stripes on the back and upper sides,
without a longitudinal row of rusty-brown
blotches along the mid-lateral silver stripe.
Vertebrae 12-14 abdominal, 12-14 modified, 7-9
caudal, total 33-35.

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins X-XII, 1, 18-19; anal fin II, 18-20;
(Table 26). Lateral line scales 66-73 (Table 27).
TR. 5-6 above, 10-14 below, 5-6 (usually 5)
scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin
origin. Cheek scales in 3-4 rows, all ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 20-24; head length 26-30;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-33; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 32-35; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 53-57; snout tip to anal
fin origin 53-57; least depth of caudal peduncle
7-8.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 39-44; horizontal diameter of eye
19-26; least width of interorbital 17-21.

VERTEBRAE: 12-14 abdominal, 12-14
modified, 7-9 caudal; 12-14+ 20-22, total 33-35
(see Table 28).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body creamy-brown to
rusty-brown above, silvery-white below, the two
colours sharply separated by a silvery mid-lateral
band with a narrow rusty-brown longitudinal

MckK AT: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 29

narrow siripe above; back and upper sides with
irregular red-brown to rusty-brawn oblique,
broken, or wavy stripes, and narrow blotches,
vaguely resembling those of Sillago maculara ;
dorsal [ing with rows of rusty-brown or reddish-
orange spots; anal fin yellowish or hyaline; other
fins pale cream, white,or hyaline. No black blotch
on the base of the pectoral fin.

CoLouRk IN. Life: Body cream-brown, sandy-
pink or pale rust-brown, the head, cheeks and
sides of the body with mauve, blue and pink
reflections; mid-lateral band silver; belly pink or
white; back and upper sides with oblique irregular
orange-brown or rust coloured narrow stripes,
sometimes broken into zroups of oblique dots or
blotches, Fins as described above. No rust-brawn
blotches mid-taterally.

SWIMBLADDER: A short blunt anterior median
projecuion is present, and a single long tapering
caudal extension is well developed. A duct-like
process from the ventral surface to the urogenital
aperture is present. | find no appreciable
differences in the swimbladder of the eastern and
western populations (fig. 9I-L).

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

The Western Australian and South Australian
specimens show no differences in colouration, Tin
Tays counts, or vertebrae counts.

DISTRIBUTION

Geraldton area Western Australia southwards
and along the southern coast to South Australia
and western Victoria; not yet recorded from
western Tasmania.

BIOLOGY

A very common whiting along the lower
Western Australian coastline, and bays of South
Australia. Frequenting the surf zone of beaches
and quiet waters of bays and sandbanks, this
subspecies is also trawled in offshore waters to at
least 23 fathoms and possibly much deeper.
Juveniles may be found in a few inches OF water
off white sand beaches, but are not recorded from
estuarine waters as are the juveniles of
Sillazinodes punctata, Sillage schomburgkii, and
Sillago maculata burrus.

The western School Whiting is reported to
move intro shallow waters in large schools during
the full moon. Maximum size attained is about 33
cm.

REMARKS

Sillave bassensis is the only whiting species with
a southern distribution that is known from
eastern and western Australia. Unconfirmed

reports of Sillaginodes punctata from southery
New South Wales and Lakes Entrance, Victoria,
have been made, but all specimens identified were
S. bassensis flindersi,

Previous authors (Munro 1949; Malcolm 1959;
Collette 1974) have shown that subspeciation on
each side of Bass Strait has occurred in the few
fishes that have been critically examined, 8.
hassensis is yet another such species and it
suggests that Bass Strait, during glacial periods
was a barrier subdividing previously continuous
species into separate populations for sufficient
lime for at least subspeciation to occur. The
differences between such subspecies may well
appear to be minor ones, nevertheless they are
constant and of a greater magnitude than those
between S. analis and S. ciliata which must be
regarded as valid species. Further collecting in the
Bass Strait area may show the S, bassensix
subspecies to be valid species.

Sillago (Parasillago) bassensis flindersi
Subspecies

Eastern Schoo! Whiting
(Figs. 9I-L, I4K, 15)

Sillavo bassensis: Cohen, 1892, p. 17. Stead, 19U6a, pp.
374-6; 1906b, p. 111; 1908b, p. 65, pl. 35
McCulloch, 1911, p. 61 (part); 1921, p. G1, pl. 21.
Fowler, 1933, pp. 422-3 (part). Roughley, 1951,
pp. 48-9 (part). Parrott, 1959, p. 201. Svott, 1962,
p. 187. Marshall, 1964, p. 170. Whitley, 1964, p,
43. Grant, 1965, p. §7; 1972, p. 247.

Silage maculata; Castelnau, 1872, p. 94. Waite, 1899,
p. 109 (non Sillege maculata Quoy and Gaimard),

Sillago ciliata: Johnston, 1883, pp, 80, 116; 1890, pp.
25, 33 (non Siflago cifief(g Cuvier).

MATERIAL EXAMIBED

Types; Holotype, SL 195mm, collected by J.R.
Paxton, W. Smith-Vaniz and R,J. McKay, Sydney Fish
Markets, consigned from Wallis Lake, New South
Wales, trawled, registered QM 113252 in Queensland
Museum.

PARATYPES: Queensland (19); WAM PO366-85,
Moreton Bay, New South Wales (51); OM 111109 (4),
Ballina; CSIRO C3523, Coogee; CSIRO C3522, Lake
Macquarie; CSIRO ©3520, C3524, Port Jackson; AM
IBi6h6-8 Pittwater; AM 1B5119, Port Stephens; AM
19575-7, near Sydney; OM 111630 (35), Wallis Lake,
AM 17657, USNM 59939, New South Wales. Victoria
(6); WAM PO793-7, WAM P19116, Lakes Entrance
Tasmania (95); AM 1)0001, east coast Flinders. Island,
OM 112311, QM 112695 (91) Swansea; CSIRO C3521,
AM B5569, Tasmania.

new

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fing X1, 1, 16-18: anal fin [1, 18-20;
lateral line scales 65-69; no dark spot at the base

30 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

of the pectoral fin; a series of oblique rusty-
brown stripes on back and upper sides, with a
longitudinal row of rusty-brown blotches along
the mid-lateral silver stripe. Vertebrae 13
abdominal, 9-11 modified, 9-11 caudal, total
32-34.

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 16-18; anal fin II, 18-20
(Table 26). Lateral line scales 65-69 (Table 27).
TR. 5 above, 10 below. Cheek scales in 3 rows,
ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 20-23; head length 25-30;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 27-33; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 33-36; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 55-57; snout tip to anal
fin origin 54-57; least depth of caudal peduncle
7-8.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 36-41; horizontal diameter of eye
20-25; least width of interorbital 18-21.

VERTEBRAE: 137 specimens, 13 abdominal,
9-11 modified, 9-11 caudal, 13+ 19-21, total
32-34 (see Table 28).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body pale sandy-pink to
pale brown above, silvery white below, the two
colours separated by a silvery lateral band with a
longitudinal row of pale rust-brown blotches;
back and upper sides with fairly regular brownish
oblique stripes almost a scale diameter in width.

COLOUR IN LIFE: Body pale sandy-brown to
pink with posteriorly directed oblique broken and
unbroken bands of rust-red to bright orange-
brown above the lateral line to the base of the
dorsal fins; a series of about a dozen similarly
coloured blotches situated just above a
conspicuous silvery lateral band. Head olive-
brown to pink with tinges of pale blue and yellow;
opercle silvery with a few scattered blotches of
rust-red. Pectoral base and axilla dull yellow.
Spinous dorsal fin hyaline with scattered rust-red
spots; rayed dorsal fin with membrane hyaline
and rays with 4 to 5 red-brown spots. Anal fin
with membrane. hyaline and rays yellow-orange
with white margin. Ventral fin milk white or
hyaline, the membrane between the spine and the
first ray white, remainder of rays yellow with
white tips. Belly pale silvery-white with blue and
yellow reflections, the breast and undersurface of
head frequently dusted with fine black spots.
Colouration is very similar to S. bassensis
bassensis but the oblique stripes are wider, more
regular and without the appearance of fused dots
or spots; the mid-lateral blotches are absent in the
western subspecies.

SWIMBLADDER: See Sillago bassensis bassensis.
GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

No geographic variation was found between the
samples from Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria and eastern Tasmania.

DISTRIBUTION

Southern Queensland southwards to eastern
Victoria and the east coast of Tasmania.

BIOLOGY

This species is not well known in eastern
Australia and was, until recent years, almost
neglected. It was unknown in southern
Queensland until the development of offshore
prawn trawling (Grant 1965). A commercial trawl
fishery has commenced in New South Wales and
Victoria, where the subspecies is commonly
referred to as ‘spotted whiting’. Large catches
may be made in shallow water just off the beach
at Lakes Entrance (J.R. Paxton pers. comm.)
otherwise the eastern subspecies is a deeper water
inhabitant and has been recorded to a depth of 84
fathoms (Waite, 1899, p. 109 as ‘S. maculata’).
The deep water trawl females are normally in full
roe suggesting that the species spawns well
offshore along most of the coast but may
congregate around the vicinity of coastal lakes in
New South Wales and Victoria; the juveniles have
been found inshore.

Stead (1906a) correctly identified S. bassensis
and described the colouration of the eastern
subspecies. From his observations it seems that S.
bassensis flindersi at certain times of the year,
particularly from January to March, is found in
considerable numbers at the entrance to Port
Jackson, and is captured in abundance by means
of hook and line, being familiarly known to boys
as ‘School Whiting’.

Maximum size attained is approximately 32 cm.

REMARKS
See Sillago bassensis bassensis.

DERIVATION

Named in honour of Lieutenant Matthew
Flinders 1774-1814 who © circumnavigated
Australia.

Sillago (Parasillago) robusta Stead

Stout Whiting
(Figs. 4C, 11D-J, 13R-T, 14M-N, 18).

Sillago robusta Stead, 1908, p. 7 (Rose Bay, Port
Jackson, New South Wales). McCulloch, 1921, p.
61. Marshall, 1964, p. 170. Whitley, 1964, p. 43.
Grant, 1965, p. 87; 1972, p. 247, fig.

McKAY; REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

TABLE 26:

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL AND ANAL Fin Rays oF SiccaGo

HASSENSIS BASSENSIS* AND SILLAGO BASSENSIS FLINDERSI*

Dorsal rays 16 #16 #17)06«17)06«17)0 618lhUI8 18 Osa
Anal rays 19 18 38 19 20 78 9 20 1 19
*Western Australia - - - - - 1 38 4 ] 1
*South Australia — - ~ - - 6 25 ! 1

* Victoria I - ~ 3 - - - - -

+ Tasmania 4 3 22 60 3 = 1 2 -
+New South Wales — - 5 38 ] - 1 1 - -
+ Queensland - - 2 15 3 - - - - -

TABLE 27: Frequency DistRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF S/LLAGO

BASSENSIS BASSENSIS* AND SILLAGO BASSENSIS FLINDERSI*

Lateral Line Scales 6 66 67 68 6 7 Ti 72 «73

*Western Australia - 1 - 3.006 10 3=610 3 4

“South Australia - i i} 3 4 8 6 2 I

* Victoria 1 2 1 - - - - - -

~ Tasmania 4 10 28 9 1 - - - -

~New South Wales 1 9 IB 14 4 - - -

* Queensland ~ - 3 = = = L =

TABLE 28: VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGO BASSENSIS BASSENSIS* AND SILLAGO BASSENSIS FLINDERSI~

Abdominal 13, 13) «130: «13 «13 13) 13) 13) 13) «130 sd13s« 13s «d12sd12:ss14
Modified 9 Ww 10 9 10 Il 11 122 2 13 13 14 =~ (13 «6«14=« 2 13
Caudal ‘Cy ies: aa es Os 0: Rs a ee i, Sa
*Western Australia ape te eee =) rT 2 6 CeCe
*South Australia - - = - = - = = §8 30 | - 4 1 2
* Victoria ~ -— = = 39 2 -— S&S -— +e = =— = &
~ Tasmania seem € 17 42° % 2] = = = =F = & = =
~ New South Wales - 1 b & ZG Bo = Pee - = 6 -~ eB we
* Queensland f= 112 6 = = = = = = = = = =
Sillago auricomis Ogilby, 1910, pp, 97-8 (Between north-east of Rottnest Island; CSIRO ©2627-8,

Moreton Island and Hervey Bay). Whitley, 1932, p.

344. Ladiges, Von Wahlert, and Mohr, 1958, pp.

164-5.
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyres, Sillago robusta Stead. Not examined. The
location of the holotype is unknown.

Sillago auricomis Ogilby. A photograph of a syntype
registered 13.406 in the Zoologisches Staatsinstitut und
Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg, was kindly provided
by Dr W. Ladiges, and leaves no doubt that S§.
auricomis is a junior synonym of S. robusta.

OrHer MATERIAL: Western Australia (254); WAM
PO 936-59, Lat, 17°26'S. Long. 121°54'E; CSIRO
A1284, Exmouth Gulf, WAM PO 936-59 Pt. Coulomb;
WAM PO 46-55, WAM PO 107-131, WAM P13236-9,
WAM P13245-31, WAM P13994-14000, WAM
P14543-50, WAM P14577, WAM P15051-70, WAM
P15079-92, WAM P15113-27, WAM PI5141-192,
WAM P15231-41, WAM P15354-68, Shark Bay:
WAM PO 6-7, WAM PI4177-8, WAM P14338-47,

Cottesloe, near Fremantle. Northern Territory (10);
WAM P14450-55, WAM P14484-87, 50-56 miles
south-west of Darwin, Queensland (27); WAM PO
462-3, QM 112903 (7), Bribie Island; QM 19956, QM
19988, Point Cartwright; QM 12971, QM _ 1504-5,
Double Island Point: CSIRO A1042, A1043, A1038,
A104], off Point Lookout, Stradbroke Island; QM
112735 (3), WAM PO 459, Moreton Bay; QM 112902-3,
South Head, Bowen; WAM P14540-2, near Tweed
Heads, AM [15557-186, Gulf of Carpentaria. New
South Wales (28): OM 17758, Ballina; CSIRO A1634,
Botany Bay; CSIRO C3478, Botany Heads; CSIRO
C1959 Eden, Twofold Bay; AM 1B2542 Evans Head;
AM [B1126 Jervis Bay; QM 12973, Manning Head; QM
12972 Shoalhaven Bight; QM 111631 (20) Wallis Lake.

DIAGNOSIS

A small species taken by trawl net. Dorsal rays
16-18, anal rays 16-19, lateral line scales 64-70;
13 abdominal, 20 caudal vertebrae, total 33. First

Br MEMOIRS OF THE QUEBNSLAND MUSTUM

uorsal spine of large specimens with a sharply
keeled anterior edge; the base yellow and
remainder of keel dark brown to blackish.
DESCRIPTION

(Based on 36 examples from Western Australia-
SL 100-166mm).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 16-18; anal fin I. 16-18
(Table 29). Lateral line scales 65-70 (‘Table 30);
TR, 9-12 above, 10-12 below, 5-6 (usually 5)
scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin
origin. Cheek scales in 2-3 rows, all crenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of ‘SL.
(modal frequency within parentheses): Greatest
depth of body 18-22 (20); head length 27-30 (28);
snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32 (31); snout tip
to spinous dorsal fin origin 31-36 (32-33); snout
lp to second dorsal fin origin 55-59 (57); snout
tip to anal fin origin 55-60 (58); least depth of
caudal peduncle 7-9 (8).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 35-43 (38); horizontal diameter
of eye 22-26 (23-24); least width of intcrorbital
18-21 (20).

VERTEBRAE: Western population 1|3+9-
12+8-L1, 13 abdominal, 20 caudal, total 33;
eastern population 13+ 5-114 9-15 (Table 31).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Body creamy-yellow to
sandy-white, white below, with a silvery-white
mid-lateral band; head sometimes with a darker
line below the suborbital shelf; fins without
markings, no dark spot at pectoral base. A small
dark spot is usually present just above the base of
the first dorsal fin spine,

COLOUR IN LIPE: Body creamy-yellow to pale
sandy pink above, silvery-white with refiections
of blue and mauve below, the two colours sharply
separated by a silvery mid-lateral band that may
be ill-defined in some specimens; head with a
yellow blotch on the cheeks; body and fins
generally without markings; a small lemon-yellow
to bright yellow spot on the base of the first
dorsal spine, above which is frequently a dark
spot or blotch on the keel, Specimens from Shark
Bay, Western Australia have the following
colouration: Dorsal surtacé of the body pale
lemon-yellow, with @ faint mid-lateral silver
band; some very. faint pale gold stripes directed
forwards at an angle of 50° above the mid-lateral
hand; cheeks yellowish with a darker mark and a
faint yellow spot on the upper margin of the
operculum; spinous dorsal fin lemon, the base
hyaline, a faint dusting of black spots on the
upper margin, and a bright yellow spot at the
origin with two more yellow spots on the first two
spines; soft dorsal with the outer half lemon and

finely dusted with black; anal pale-whitish of
hivaline; peetoral with the upper hall bright
orange to yellow, finely dusted with black, and
with the inner surface of the base having a bright
yellow spot in some specimens; caudal with the
margin and outer rays Jemon, dusted with black.

Specimens from Wallis Lake, New South Wales
have the body coloured pale translucent sandy-
brown to pink with blue reflections on scales} a
silvery mid-lateral band js present In all
specimens, Head pale-brownish above, finely
dusted with dark brown; checks with a bright blue
to muuve stripe under the eye, below which is an
arca of bright lemon-yellow; preopercle with bluc
reflections; opercle generally bluish, a darker steel
blue spot just below opercular spine and a bright
lemon spol more ventrally; eye with the dorsal
part of the iris purple-blue, the remainder of the
iris silyer wilh yellow blotches, Belly pale silvery
to white with bloe and pink reflections. Dorsal fin
with the base of the first spine white, the
remainder of the spine black; upper part of
spinous dorsal dark speckled, the lower one
third of the membraneous portion of the fin with
a bright yellow horizontal band: second dorsal fin
with a bright lemon to yellow horizontal band
situated about one third the hewht of the fin.
Anal tin with the rays and margin white, the base
yellow. Pelvic fins pale white to hyaline. Pectoral
fin hyaline, the base with blue reflections and the
axilla bright orange-yellow or Jemon-yellow.
Caudal fin pale lemon with a darker speckled
margin,

SWIMBLADDER: “The Western Australian
specimens have a fairly simple swimbladder that
differs from Queensland und New South Wales
material in lacking anterolateral extensions; the
two populations appear to have quite constant
swimbladder diflerences, The posterior extension
is single, a duct-like process from the ventral
surface to the urogenital aperture is present.
GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

This species can be divided into two distinct
populations, one on the eastern coast of Australia
and one along the western and northern coasts to
the Gulf of Carpentaria. The shape of the
swimbladder differs slightly (Fig. !1D-J) the
development of the first dorsal spine keel in the
eastern populations is quite pronounced but only
very slightly so in the western population; the
posterior third of the modified caudal vertebrae
completely Surround the posterior extension of
the swimbladder in the castern population, but
remain open ventrally in the western population;
the shape of the suborbital shelf differs (Fig.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 33

13R-T), Additional specimens are required from
the northern coast of Australia 10 determine the
distribution of both populations, and a full
osteological comparison is necessary before a
subspecific name is provided for the western
population. Both populations are structurally
very similar and show obvious relationships,
especially in colouration.

DISTRIBUTION

Endemic to Australian waters from Fremantle
northwards along the northwestern and northern
coasts to the Gulf of Carpentaria (western
population), and from eastern Queensland and
New South Wales (eastern population).

BIOLOGY

Sillago robusta is an offshore species inhabiting
sandy substrates. Inside Shark Bay, Western
Australia, and Moreton Bay, Queensland, the
species is quite common and is usually associated
with Sillago maculata subspecies. In more
northern areas in sandy-mud or turbid silty areas,
Sillago lutea sp. nov. is the habitat equivalent.
Inside Exmouth Gulf, W.A., Si/lago lutea is very
abundant on the mud or mud-sand substrates but

is not found south of Shark Bay where clearer
water is found, or north off Point Coulomb
(17°26‘0**, 121°54'8**) in 28 metres on silty-sand
bottom. Sillago robusta attains sexual maturity
below SL 13cm and rarely exceeds 17cm SL in
Western Australia, although the species has been
recorded to 28cm in length by trawling vessels
working in depths of 35 fathoms off southern
Queensland (Grant 1965).

REMARKS

Sillago auricomis Oxilby is clearly referable to
S. robusta on the basis of the original description.
Ogilby, in unpublished notes on S. auricomis lists
the species with ‘? S. robusta * alongside and
notes that the species is in ‘water of a moderate
depth (11 to 33 fath.) with a sandy bottom; not
found inshore’,

The specimen from the Gulf of Carpentaria
(AM 115557-186), 16°40°S, 140°53‘E; trawled in
7 fathoms, is clearly of the Shark Bay, Point
Coulomb, Darwin population, and not of the
eastern Queensland population; the isolating
mechanism is thus in the Torres Straits region and
was probably the land barrier across the Straits
during the last glacial period.

TABLE 29: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DoRSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF

SILLAGO RKOBUSTA

Dorsal rays 6 16 16 17 #17 «+17 «#«i7:~«(B OLB
Anal rays 17 ik 19 16 7 18 19 17 18
Western Australia 1 - - 3 140 18 - 5 8
Northern Territory - - - 1 8 ] - - -
Quéensland - - - ~ 2 hd 1 - 1
New South Wales - - 1 ~ - 2 2 - i
TABLE 30: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF S/LLAGO
RORUSTA

Lateral line scales 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Western Australia = - 7 27 19 #14 «#10 5
Northern Territory - - - 2 3 - 1 -
Queensland 3 4 2 3 L - - =
New South Wales 1 I 5 8 4 3 - -
TABLE 31; VERTEBRAF OF SILLAGO ROHUSTA

Abdominal 3. 33 % #8 YW3 13 ' I 15
Modified 5 6 7 8 9 10 iW 2
Caudal 5 4 13 #22 =U 10 9 8 7

Western Australia ~ = = x
Northern Territory — = = =
Queensland 1 | 2 8
New South Wales - - - Wd

34 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sillago (? Parasillago) boutani Pellegrin
Boutan’s Whiting

Sillago boutani Pellegrin, 1905, p. 86 (Baie de Hatan,
Along, North Vietnam). Fowler, 1933, pp.
421-422.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

TYPE: Sillago boutani Pellegrin. A radiograph of the
holotype, registered 05-218 in the Museum National

D’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris, was kindly forwarded by

Dr M. Blanc. The vertebrae number 13-4-21, a total of

38; dorsal fins XI, 1, 21; anal fin II, 22.

OTHER MATERIAL: BMNH no No., China; BMNH

§§-12-27-109, China.

DIAGNOSIS

A valid species with 38 vertebrae,
13-14+ 3-44 21; dorsal fins XI, 1, 21; anal fin II,
21-22.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 2 specimens from China. SL 113 and
71mm).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21; anal fin I], 21-22. Lateral
line scales 76, 5 scales above and 12-13 below.
Cheek scales in 2-3 rows, the first row largest and
cycloid, the lower rows have many ctenoid scales.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 14.9 and 15.6; head length
27.4, 28.2; snout tip to ventral fin origin 31.0,
29.6; snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 34.5,
34.5; snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 55.0,
53.5; snout tip to anal fin origin 54.0, 53.5; least
depth of caudal peduncle 6.6, 7.4.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 38.7, 40.0; horizontal diameter
of eye 19.4, 22.5; least width of interorbital 19.4,
20.0.

VERTEBRAE: 13-144 3-44 21,
abdominal, 24-25 caudal, total 38.

SWIMBLADDER: Present but not examined.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: After Pellegrin; Body
olive-yellow dorsally, paler on the sides and
abdomen; cheeks and part of operculum orange-
yellow; one or two lines of orange-yellow run
along the sides of the body; fine uniformly
greyish with some indication of dots on the rays
of the second dorsal.

DISTRIBUTION

Gulf of Tongking, and China.
REMARKS

This species is rare in collections, and may be
misidentified as Sillago sihama as were the two
specimens received on loan from the British

Museum (N.H.). Si/lago boutani may be
recognised by the lateral line count of 74-76, and

13-14

in having 38 vertebrae. Fowler (1933, p. 422)
mentions that Si/lago bostockii Castelnau is close
to S. boutani in fin rays counts and number of
lateral line scales. Sillago bostockii is a synonym
of Sillago schomburgkii, and although the
vertebrae total 37, the abdominal vertebrae in the
latter species number 16 instead of the 13-14
found in Sillago boutani.

Sillago ( Parasillago ) schomburgkii Peters

Yellow Fin Whiting
(Figs. 4D, 11C, 13W, 140, 18)

Sillago schomburgkii Peters, 1865, p. 319 (Adelaide,
South Australia). Scott, 1962, pp. 187-8, fig. .
Whitley, 1964, p. 43. Lenanton, 1969a, pp. 4-11;
1969b, p. 5.

Sillago bostockii Castelnau, 1873, p. 133 (Swan River
and at sea, Western Australia). McCulloch, 1911,
pp. 60, 63; 1912, pp. 87-8. Whitley, 1948, p. 19;
1951, p. 65.

Sillago bassensis: Waite, 1902, pp. 190-1; 1921, p. 101;
1923, pp. 123-4; 1928, p. 7 (non Sillago bassensis
Cuvier).

Sillago frazeri Whitley, 1944, p. 270 (Leschenault Inlet,
Bunbury, Western Australia); 1948, p. 19; 1951, p.
65. Roughley, 1951, p. 49.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Sillago schomburgkii Peters. Not examined.
Location of holotype not known.

Sillago bostockii Castelnau. Not examined. Location
of holotype not known.

Sillago frazeri Whitley. Holotype WAM P2698 in
Western Australian Museum. SL 93mm; vertebrae
16-10-11, total 37. Paratype WAM P2698, SL 68mm,
Whitley (1951, p. 65) placed S. frazeri into the
synonymy of S. bassensis, but an examination of the
holotype and a radiograph of the axial skeleton shows
this species to be a junior synonym of S. schomburskii.
Whitley describes the juvenile colouration of this
species.

OTHER MATERIAL: Western Australia: WAM PO 3
Mandurah; WAM PO 5 Mandurah; WAM PO 8-18
Shark Bay; WAM PO 21-26 Shark Bay; WAM
PO185-189 Dirk Hartog Island, Shark Bay; WAM PO
303 Mandurah; WAM P7605 Carnarvon; WAM
P7676-79 Denham, Shark Bay; WAM _ P12691-93
Murchison River; WAM P12694-97 Shark Bay; WAM
P12764-72 Bush Bay, Shark Bay; WAM P12816-21
Bush Bay, Shark Bay; WAM P13186-88 Newbeach,
Shark Bay; WAM P13193-202 Newbeach, Shark Bay;
WAM _ P14707-17. Denham, Shark Bay; WAM
P14743-44 Denham, Shark Bay; WAM P14752 Shark
Bay; WAM P15031-46 Denham, Shark Bay; WAM
P15194-221, Bibbadjiddy, Shark Bay; WAM
P15212-221, Monkey Mia, Shark Bay; WAM P15558
Geraldton; CSIRO (C2303 Exmouth Gulf. South
Australia: WAM P15265-77 Point Prime; WAM
P15293-322, WAM P15323-44 Point Clinton; WAM
P15505-519 Port Augusta; SAM F829, SAM F1238-9,
SAM F1242, St. Vincent Gulf.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins X-XII, 1, 19-22; anal fin II, 17-20;
lateral line scales 66-76. Vertebrae total 37.
Swimbladder without a median anterior
extension.

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins X, XI, XII, 1, 20-22; anal fin II,
17-20 (Table 32). Lateral line scales 67-76 (Table
33); TR. 6-7 above, 8-10 below, 5-6 (usually 5)
scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin
origin. Cheek scales in 4-5 rows, all ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(modal frequency within parentheses): Greatest
depth of body 19-22 (20); head length 24-27 (26);
snout tip to ventral fin origin 26-30 (28-29);
snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 30-33 (32);
snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 51-56 (53);
snout tip to anal fin origin 57-61 (58); least depth
of caudal peduncle 9-10 (9).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 39-44 (42); horizontal diameter
of eye 17-20 (18); least width of interorbital 16-19
(17).

VERTEBRAE: 16-17 + 8-11 + 10-13, 16-17
abdominal, 20-21 caudal, total 37 (Table 34).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body sand-brown to
pale silvery-grey, slightly darker above; a narrow
pale silvery mid-lateral band, with a brownish
band above, both bands may be indistinct; dorsal
fins with rows of small brownish spots; anal fin
pale yellowish to yellow with a white or cream
margin; pectoral fin hyaline with some dusting of
very fine spots, no dark mark or blotch at the
base; caudal greyish. Juveniles have a series of
dark blotches along the back and a row of 8-10
dark brown to black blotches along the sides from
behind the pectoral fin to the caudal fin base.

SWIMBLADDER: The anterior margin is incised
and without a median extension or anterolateral
tubular projections; the posterior extension is

ioe)
Ww

single and narrows rapidly to a slender tube; a
duct-like process is present on the ventral surface
(Fig. 11C).

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

No geographic variation was found between
Western Australia and South Australian samples.

DISTRIBUTION

Western Australia from Shark Bay southwards
along the southern coast of Australia to eastern
South Australia. One unconfirmed report of this
species from Exmouth Gulf, W.A.

BIOLOGY

Sillago schomburgkii frequents inshore sand
banks, bars and spits, and congregates in sandy
hollows. At high tide this species moves in schools
across the sand flats and retreats to the slopes of
the banks when the tide falls. The Western Sand
Whiting enters sandy estuaries in large schools,
and may penetrate to the limit of the brackish
water. At Mandurah and Leschenault Inlet,
W.A.; large schools appear during the summer
months. The Swan River once supported a large
population of this species, but in recent years,
apart from a few large catches during September,
1967, S. schomburgkii rarely enters this estuary,
as the substrate has become more muddy due to
reduced freshwater discharge following the
construction of reservoirs.

Mr H. Nicholls (pers. comm.) informed me
that schools of this species were netted in sandy
areas to the north of Exmouth Gulf, and can be
taken at Maud Landing, W.A.

The spawning season commences in September
and is completed by January in Shark Bay
(Lenanton 1969a). The juveniles frequent the
shallows of protected bays and inlets and move
into deeper water at maturity. The species attains
a length of at least 36 cm.

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGO

20 21 21 21 22 22 22
19 17 18 19 18 19 20

- 27 532 2 1 - -
1 5 42 7 15 7 1

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF S/LLAGO SCHOMBURGKII

70 #71 72 #73 #74 $+ 76

TABLE 32:

SCHOMBURGKII

Dorsal rays 19 19 20 20
Anal rays 17 18 17 18
Western Australia - 2 10 13
South Australia 1 = 2 5
TABLE 33:

Lateral line scales 66 67 68 69
Western Australia 5 11 15 13

South Australia - 1 6 7

36 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 34: VERTEBRAE OF S/LLAGO SCHOMBURGKI

Abdominal 16 16 16 16 17 17
Modified 5 9 10 i 9 10
Caudal 13 12 1 10 11 10
Western Australia t 3) #19 1 1 1!

‘South Australia - 14 6 = & a

Sillago (Parasillago) attenuata new species

Slender Whiting
(Figs. IZA, 13C, 16)

MaTeRiAL EXAMINED

Types: Holotype: SL 11! min collecred by Mr
Erdman, April-June, 1948 at Tarut Bay, Ras Tanura
upper bay Zaal Island, Persian Gulf. Registered USNM
147959 in (he United States Mational Museum.

Paratyees; USNM 207449 (3) SL 110-189 mm, data
as above, collected with holalype, USNM 147959 (2
exchange specimens now WAM PO 491). USNM
147835 (13), SL 41.0-56.5 mm, & miles south of Al
Khobar, Persian Gulf. USNM 147598, SL 65 mm,
Chaschuse Island, near Damman, Persian Gulf.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins MH-XUI, 1, 19-21; anal fin I,
18-20; lateral line scales 73-77. Vertebrae total
37-39.

DESCRIPTLON

(Based on the holotype and 18 paratypes; 4
paratypes SL 106-189 mm, 14 juveniles SL 41-66
mm. Characters for holotype given in
parentheses).

Dorsal fins MII-XII1, 1, 19-21 (XTI, 1, 21);
anal IT, 18-20 (IT, 20), Lateral line scales 73-77
(76).

TR. 6-7 above, 8-10 below (6/8), 5 scales
between L. lat. and spinous dorsal origin. Cheek
seales in 2 rows, eycloid aboye, cycloid or ctenoid
below.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 15-17 (15); head length
26-28 (27), juveniles 27-29; snout tip to ventral
fin origin 29-30 (31), juveniles 28-31; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 31-33 (31), juveniles
32-36; snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 54-56
(35), juveniles 54-57; snout tip to anal fin origin
56-59 (58), juveniles 55-60; least depth of caudal
peduncle 6-8 (6), juveniles 6-7.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 38-41 (37), juveniles 34-39;
horizontal diameter of eye 21-24 (23), juveniles
25-29; least width of interorbital 15-17 (15),
juveniles 15-18.

VERTEBRAE; (Dissected) 15-2-20 (1), 15
abdominal, 22 caudal, total 37, (Radiographs)

total vertebrae 37 (1), 38 (9), 39 (1).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; (holotype), Body with
faint blotches in two series laterally, the upper
row of about 8-9 spots, the lower mid-lateral row
with 10 spots; a row of indistinet spots or blotches
along the base of the spinous dorsal fin; dorsal fin
with the anienor most interspinous membranes
dusted with black spots; membrane of the second
dorsal fin sparsely dotted black; tips of the caudal
fin dusted black, other fins hyaline. Juveniles
with a well defined mid-lateral horizontal row of
9 elozigale spots on body just below lateral line;
between the lateral line and the base of the dorsal
fins is a horizontal row of about 12 small spots
ending before the last ray of the dorsal fin; a
longitudinal row of very small spots along centre
of back, 2 spots predorsally, 4 sports below
spinous dorsal fin, 8-9 spots below second dorsal
fin and on caudal peduncle. (A darker spot is
occasionally present on upper part of the opercle
In some paratypes),

SWIMBLADDER: Almost transparent and a much
more delicate structure than other Si/lago species.
The one specimen examined has an elongate oval-
shaped bladder without anterior extensions and
possibly without a posterior extension: the most
posterior part of the swimbladder was damaged,
but two rudimentary posterior extensions may be
present as there were two round holes in this
tegion. A delicate duci-like process was present
on the posterior ventral surface (Fig_ 12A).

DISTRIBUTION
Persian Gulf.

REMARKS

Little is known of this species and further
material should be studied 1o elucidate the
structure of the swimbladder and the osteology.
Two species are known from the Persian Oulf, the
other species is represented by USNM 147959 (D.
XI, 1, 20-21, A. 1, 22; L, lat. 68-69, vertebrae
14-7-13 and is probably related to 8. sihame ; the
swimbladder was not studied,

DERIVATION

From the
attenuated.

latin ‘altenuatus' meaning

Sillago (Parasillago) asiatiea McKay
Asian Whiting
(Fig. 10E, 17)
Sillago asiatica McKay, 1983, pp. 613-4.
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyres: Holotype: SL 131 mm, forwarded by Mr T.
Woneratana from Chantaburi, Gult of Thailand, May,

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 37

1975, Registered QM
Museum.

PaRATYPes: QM_ 112913 (15), QM 113264 (4)
Chaniaburi, Thailand. QM 113262 (THUP 00344)
Taipei Markels, Taiwan,

DIAGNOSIS

Swimbladder with three anterior extensions,
the middle one projecting forwards and the
anterolateral ones recurved backwards along the
swimbladder; a single posterior extension.
Vertebrae total 34,

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the holotype).

Dorsal fins XI, i, 21 (XI, 1, 20-22); anal fin TI,
22 (II, 21-23) (Table 35). Lateral line scales 70
(67-70) (Table 36). TR. 4—5 above 8-9 below, 4
scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin
origin. Cheek scales in 2 rows, all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(range of paratypes within parentheses); Greatest
depth of body 17 (146-18), head length 27 (27-29);
snout tip to ventral fin origin 28 (28-30); snout tip
to spinous dorsal fin origin 34 (33-35); snout tip
to second dorsal fin origin 57 (55-58); snout tip to
anal fin origin 56 (55-57); least depth of caudal
peduncle 8 (7-8).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 36 (36-42); horizontal diameter
of eye 22 (19-23); least width of interorbital 19
(18-21).

VERTEBRAE: 13-14+5-7+ 13-16, 13-14
abdominal, 20-21 caudal, total 34 (Table 37).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Head and body pale
sandy brown to light fawn, an indistinct pale mid-
lateral band is present on some specimens but
absent on others; belly paler, almost white;
opercle and preopercle transparent with a
erescentic patch of fine black-brown spots in a
pigmented area the shape of the gill arches on the
inside of the gill cover, showing through. Fins
hyaline, the margins of the unpaired fins finely
spotted with brown; the upper and lower margins
of the caudal fin dark brown to almost black.

SWIMBLADDER: An anterior median extension
of the swimbladder projects forward 10 reach the
basioccipital; at each side of the base of the
median extension is 4 simple tubular extension
that is sharply recurved to extend along the
swimbladder posteriorly for a distance of a tenth
up to almost half its total length; a single tapering
posterior extension projects into the caudal
region; a duct-like process is present from the
ventral surface of the swimbladder to the
urogenital opening.

113263 in the Queensland

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

This new species is known from two localities
only.
DISTRIBUTION

Gulf of Thailand and Taiwan. This species is
possibly widespread.

REMARKS

This species was originally discovered in a small
sample of Si/laga from Taiwan, and at that time
was considered to be a subspecies of Sillage
Japonica. Further maternal from Taiwan
contained a specimen of Si//lago japonica with a
typical swimbladder and vertebrae count, Mr T,
Wongratana of the Marine Fisheries Laboratory,
Bangkok forwarded a number of Thai sillaginids
for identification and this collection provided
sufficient material of Sillaga asiatica to be
confident that the swimbladder shape and
vertebrae counts were beyond the yariation
encountered in Sillago japonica: The arches on
the frontal bones are wider than those of 8.
japonica, and the suborbital shelf is of different
shape.

Silago seringa Dutt and Sujatha is almost
certainly a senior synonym of §- asialica but is
reported to differ in having the swimbladder with
shorter recurved extensions and the postcoelomic
part of the swimbladder relatively shorter-

DERIVATION
From the latin “Asiatious’ meaning Asiatic.

TABLE 35; FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF S/LLAGO 4SIATICN

Dorsal rays 20 20° 21 2lo21 22 2
Anal rays BY. 22 .21 22 33 «22. 23
Taiwan - ] - - - - -
Thailand i 2 2 dg 1 2 2
TABLE 36: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL
Lint SCALES OF SVL4GO ASIATICA

Lateral line scales 6&7 «#68 69 = 70
Taiwan - - i] -
Thailand 1 5 6 5
TABLE 37; VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGO ASIATICA
Abdominal 3 4 14) 14
Modified 5 3 6 7
Caudal 1 15 4 13
Taiwan - - 1 -

Thailand j 3 3 2

38 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sillago (Parasillago) soringa Dutt and Sujatha
Soringa
Sillago soringa Durt and Sujatha, 1983, pp. 611-614,
Fig. 1.
Mareriat. EXAMINED

None. Holotype (F7734/2) and four paratypes
(F7735/2) in the Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta.

DIAGNOSIS

Swimbladder with three antenor extensions,
the middle one projecting forwards and the
anterolateral ones recurved backwards for a short
distance along the sides; a single short postenor
extension. Vertebrae total 34,

DESCRIPTION

(Based on Dutt and Sujatha).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21; anal fin I, 22. Lateral
line scales 64-68. TR, 3-4 above 9-10 below.
Cheek scales in 2 rows, upper row cycloid, lower
row ctenoid,

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 17-19; head length 28-29;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 30-31; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 34-35; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 56-58; snout tip to anal
fin origin 54-56; Proportional dimensions as
percent of head: Length of snout 38-40;
horizontal diameter of eve 24-29; least width of
interorbital 19-21.

VERTEBRAE; 34; 5-7 moditied.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Dorsal side and upper
flanks grey brown, becoming paler laterally;
lower flanks and yentral side milky white.
Spinous dorsal with minute discrete black dots on
membrane; they are more numberous towards the
distal half especially in the anterior half of the fin.
In the soft dorsal, running parallel 10 and clase to
the anterior edge of each ray, is a more or Iess
continuous grey band. The membrane of anal Tin
is also provided with minute black dots, but to a
lesser extent than the spinous dorsal. Pectorals
and ventrals hyaline with golden tinge. Caudal
hyaline, with fine black dots.

SWIMBLADDER: Lanceolate, with a median
finger-like extension and a pair of recurved
extensions at anterior end; the swimbladder bears
a single tapering posteoelomic extension and a
blind tubular duct which arises from the middle
of its ventral side, aboul 4/5 the distance from its
anterior end, to terminate blindly near the vent.

REMARKS

Although Dutt and Sujatha (1983) regard their
S. soringa as 4 distinct species, the close similarity

to S. astatica indicates that the latter species is a
junior synonym of S. soringa. | retain both
species pending a full study of the Indian
material.

Sillago (Parasillago) indica McKay, Dutt and
Sujatha new species
Indian Whiting
(Fig. 5E )
Sillago parvisqaamis: Dutt and Sujatha, 1980, pp.

372-374,
{non Sillage parvisquamis Gill),

MATERIAL ExamineD

Hororyee: Zoological Survey of India, Caleutta, SL
127 mm, Visakhapatnam, India, collected K, Sujatha,
June 8, 1979,

Panatypes; (data as holotype) BMNH London, SL
158 mm; QM 120386, SL 140 mm; MNHN Paris, SL 122
mm.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins MI, 1, 21-22; anal fin Tl] 22-23;
lateral line scales 68-70; total vertebrae 34 of
which 3 are modified: swimbladder with bifurcate
anterior extension, anterolateral extensions
recurved and extend to ventral duct, posterior
extension single; a dark band on sides sometimes
broken into blotches,

DESCRIPTION

(Based on material above and description by
Dutt and Sujatha).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21-22; anal fin H, 22-23
(21-23). Lateral line scales 68-70 (69-76, 80 in
one). TR. 6 above, 11-12 below, 5 scales between
L, lat. and spinous dorsal fin origin. Cheek scales
in 2-3 rows. all cycloid except for occasional
ctenoid scale posteriorly.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of bady 18-21; head length 28-29;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 30-31; snout trp to
spinous dorsal fin origin 33-34: snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 53-57; snout tip 10 anal
fin origin 54-57; least depth of caudal peduncle
7-8.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 37-40; horizontal diameter of eye
18-21; least width of interorbital 18-21,

VERTEBRAE: total 34, 3 modified.

COLOUR IN ALCGHOL: Body light tan with a
dark brown to blackish band commencing behind
the upper part of the opercle and curving down
below the lateral line for approximately two-
thirds its length and then continuing slightly
below or on the lateral line as a more or less

McK AY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAF 39

broken band or as distinct clongate spots or
blotches, to hypural flexure; head and cheeks
with fine black dots; belly and lower sides may be
densely dotted, almost blackish; interspinous
membranes of first dorsal tin with very numerous
black dots; interradial membranes of second
dorsal and anal fin dusted with black dots, most
concentrated immediately before each ray; caudal
dusted with black, lower lobe may be blackish.

SWIMBLADDER: Posterior extension single, long
and tapering to a fine point: anterior margin of
swimbladder with a well developed bifurcate
(rarely trifurcate) median extension that extends.
anteriorly to each side of the basioceipital; a very
fine anterolateral tubular extension extends
forward and then sends off a rather convoluted or
almost straight branch that recurves around the
lateral projections of the main body of the
swimbladder to the ventral duct or beyond; the
main body of the swimbladder has lateral horns
entering the musculature anteriorly and is
somewhat serrated posteriorly; the postcoelomic
extension commences abruptly and continues
posteriorly as a long gradually tapering fine tube;
the ventral duct arises somewhat posterior to the
postcoelomic extension and continues posteriorly
and ventrally to behind the vent (Fig. 5E). In two
of the three specimens examined the fine
anterolateral tube that extends alongside the
swimbladder is joined to and appears to
communicate with the second lateral horn-like
projection of the swimbladder.

DISTRIBUTION
East and west coasts of India.

REMARKS

Sillago indica, reported as S. parvisquamis by
Dutt and Sujatha (1980) can be recognised by the
dark lateral band, low number of vertebrae and
the complex swimbladder that resembles that of
Sillazo sihama but differs in having a single
postcoelomic extension. This species was also
reported from Karwar by the above authors and
therefore has a Wide distribution in India. It was
not collected by the CMFRI survey at Cochin
(McKay, 1980).

As this revision was delayed by lack of
publishing funds T have included Sil/lago soringa
Dutt and Sujatha (1983) and have taken the
opportunity of describing Sillago indica pending a
revision of the sillaginid fishes of India by myself,
Dr 8. Dutt and Mrs K. Sujatha. The sillaginid
fishes of Sn Lanka and Burma are little known
and require detailed stuuy,

Sillago (Parasillago) macrolepis Bleeker

Large-scale Whiting
(Fig. 4B, 13.7, 18)

Sillago- macrolepis Bleeker, 1859, p. 166 (Batavia;
Bodeling, Bali); 1874, p. 72; 1877, pl. 389, fig. 1-
Giinther, 1860, p. 246. Meyer, 1885, p. 28.
Evermann and Seale, 1907, p. 87. De Beaufort,
1913, p. 120. Fowler, 1928, p. 235; 1933, p. 41h:
1934, p. 422. Weber and de Beaufort, 1931, p. [7],
Herre, 1933, p. 4; 1934, p, 58; 1953, p. 478.
Murro, 1958, p, 178; 1967, p, 346,

Material EXAMINED

Tyre: Not examined. Location of the holotype is
unknown.

OTHER MATERIAL: New Britain (4); CSIRO A139,
Ring Ring; CSIRO POi464, New Britain; CSIRO
FOUSS7 (2), Talasea. Philippines (10); Mindanao;
USNM 57903, Zamboanga; USNM 145117, Cotabato,
Mindanao River; USNM 150642 (2), Davao. Negros:
CAS-GVF 1606 (2), Dumaguete, Luzon; 2 specimens
from Manilla forwarded by the Nalional Museum, AM,
1,17482-018 (9), Lavoro Creek Guadalcanal, Solomon
Islands.

DIAGNOSIS

A species. with 51-56 lateral line scale, 19-21
dorsal rays, 19-2] anal rays, and no haemil
bridge overlying the swimbladder,

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fing Ni, 1, §9-21; anal fin I], 19-21
(Table 38). Lateral line scales 51-55 (Table 39),
TR. 4 above, 6 below. Cheek scales in 2 rows,
mostly cyeloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 18-20; head length 24-30;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 27-30; snout tip to
spinous dorsal origin 30-33; snout tip to second
dorsal fin origin 52-55; snout tip to anal fin origin
53-55; least depth of caudal peduncle 7-8.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Leneth of snout 27-29; horizontal diameter of eye
25-32; least width of interorbital 17-18.

VERTEBRAE: 14 abdominal, 20 caudal, total 34.

COLOUR JN ALCOHOL: Yellowish, darker
above, with a diffuse silvery longitudimal mid-
lateral band; dorsals dusky with a narrow
blackish margin. Juveniles with a series of small
brown spots, one on each side along the back al
the base of the dorsal fins; first dot al
commencement of spinous dorsal, second about
middle of spinous dorsal, third below fourth
dorsal ray, fourth below eleventh dorsal ray, and
last spot below end of rayed dorsal fin.

SwiMBLADDER: Well developed without
anterior and posterior extensions in juveniles; a

40 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

duct-like process present from the ventral surface
of the swimbladder to the urogenital aperture.
Adult specimens not yet examined.

DISTRIBUTION

Recorded from the [ndonesian Archipelago,
New Britain, Solomon Islands and the Philippine
Islands (see Fig. 18).

REMARKS

Evermann and Seale (1907, p. 87) recorded a
lateral line count of about 60 in two specimens
from Bulan, Luzon; lateral line scale counts |
have made on the material listed above range
from 51-35. Dutt and Sujatha (1980, pp. 372-74)
record §, macrolepis from Visakhapatnam, India.
Their material, with a lateral line scale range of 60
to 67 and with 3 modified haemal vertebrae,
belongs to S. (urea.

TABLE 38: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF Doksal
AND ANAL FIN Rays oF Sf LaAGO MACROLEPIS

Dorsal rays 9 199 #19 2 2
Anal rays 19 20 21 20 2)

New Britain - 3 7
Solomon Islands 2 7 — 2 _
Philippines 1 4

TABLE 39: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL
LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO MACKOLEPIS

Lateral line scales 51 S52 53 54 55

New Britain = -
Solomon Islands = -
Philippines | 1

nae
uo

Sillago ( Parasillago) argentifasciata Martin and

Montalban
Silver-Banded Whiting
(Fig. 5A)
Sillago argentifasciata Martin and Montalban, 1935,
pp. 226-7, pl. 1. fig. 3 (Lumbucan Island,

Palawan, Philippines), Herre, 1953, p, 478, No.
1175).
MatTariat. EXAMINED
Types: The holotype and two paralypes were
deposiled in the collection of the Fish and Game
Administration. Dr Ocampo, National Museum,
Manila informed me (pers. comm. September 27, 1966)
that the type specimens were destroyed during World
War Il.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17-18; anal fin 11, 17; lateral
line scales 66. No irregular dark blotches on sides;

a wide, brilliant, silvery, longitudinal band on
each side of the body. Cheek with three rows of
scales, those on the upper row cycloid, and on the
lower two rows ctenoid,

DESCRIPTION

(Based on Martin and Montalban 1935).

Dorsal fins XL, 1, 17-18; anal Fin 1, 17; lateral
line scales 66. TR. 5 above, 9 below. Cheek scales
in three rows, the upper row cycloid, the lower
Iwo rows ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 19-20; head length 29-30;
least depth of caudal peduncle 8.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 38-42; horizontal diameter of eye
28-29; least width of interorbital 18.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Dull silvery white; a
well-pronounced, brilliant, silvery, longitudinal
band, widest between the anterior portions of
anal and second dorsal, runs on side from above
base of pectoral to base of caudal; anteriorly this
band is below the lateral line and posteriorly its
upper edge touches it; breast and opercle brilliant
silvery; upper portion of each dorsal spine and
ray sparsely dotted with blackish; all other fins
hyaline.

DISTRIBUTION
Lumbucan Island, Philippines

REMARKS

Sillago argentifasciata was not included in the
large amount of material examined from the
Philippines. Further collecting at the type locality
and the designation of a neotype is necessary to
resolve the identity of this species. This species is
similar to Sillavo ingenuua any may prove lo be a
senior synonym; see also remarks under Sillaga
Ingenuua.

Sillago (Parasillago) hitea, new species

Mud Whiting
(Figs, 10D, 13H-I, 18)

Sillago macrolepis: Dutt and Sujatha, 1980, pp. 372-74
(non Sillago mucrolepis Bleeker).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Holotype: SL 130 mm, collected by trawl net
in Exmouth Gulf, Western Australia, February, 1968,
R.J. MeKay. Registered WAM P1I5928 in the Western
Australian Museum.

PARATYPES (377): WAM PO 605-17, PO 752-3, PO
822-64. Admiralty Gulf, WAM PO 676-82, Borda
Island; CSIRO C2361, Dampier Archipelago; WAM
P15878-910, PO 335-59, PO 361-5, PO 386-442, PO

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 4]

492-583, PO 601-4, PO 683-735, CSIRO C2553,
Exmouth Gulf; WAM PO 762, King Bay; WAM PO
787-92, PO 960-9, Mitchell River area; WAM PO 465,
PO 470-71, Nichol Bay; WAM PO 469, West Moore
Island; Western Australia. WAM P14261, P14398,
P14480-3, P15093-106, Darwin, Northern Territory.
WAM P13223, AM IB5890, QM 111101 (4), Gulf of
Carpentaria, Queensland.

OTHER MATERIAL: (4) Visakhapatnam, India, August
4, 1981, K. Sujatha, S.L. 108-120 mm.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 20-22; anal fin Il, 21-23;
lateral line scales 67-72. Normally 13 abdominal
vertebrae. Swimbladder with a median anterior
extension and with or without rudimentary
anteriorly directed anterolateral projections;
posterior extension single. A small species taken
by trawl net.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the holotype and 33 paratypes from
Exmouth Gulf, Western Australia. SL 120-141
mm. Characters for the holotype given in
parentheses).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 20-22 (XI, 1, 22); anal I],
21-23 (II, 22) (Table 40). Lateral line scales 67-72
(69) (Table 41). TR. 6-7 above, 9-11 below
(7/10), 5 scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal
fin origin. Cheek scales in 2 rows, mostly cycloid,
occasional specimens with a few ctenoid scales
posteriorly.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 16-20 (17.3); head length
27-29 (28.8); snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32
(29,2); snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 32-35
(34.6); snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 55-58
(55.4); snout tip to anal fin origin 52-56 (55.4);
least depth of caudal peduncle 7-8 (7.9).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 37-43 (40.6); horizontal diameter
of eye 20-24 (19.8); least width of interorbital
18-21 (19.3).

VERTEBRAE: 13-14+4-11+10-17, 13-14
abdominal, 20-22 caudal, total 33-35 (Table 42).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light sandy-brown
above, pale brown to whitish below, with an ill
defined silvery mid-lateral band; margins of
scales may be slightly darker giving a vague
meshwork pattern to the body above the lateral
line; fins hyaline, the spinous dorsal fine
membrane tipped with a fine dusting of black; no
dark spot at the base of the pectoral fin.

SWIMBLADDER: A_ short median anterior
extension and with the anteriorly directed
anterolateral projections rudimentary or well

developed; posterior extension single; a duct-like
process on the ventral surface present. The
swimbladder is similar to that of Si/lago japonica.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

Samples from Napier Broome Bay, and
Mitchell River at Admiralty Gulf had fewer
modified vertebrae (4-7) instead of the normal
(7-10) of the other samples from Admiralty Gulf
and elsewhere. Larger samples from Admiralty
Gulf should be counted for verification.

DISTRIBUTION

Exmouth Gulf, W.A., northwards and
eastwards to Gulf of Carpentaria. India and Sri
Lanka.

BIOLOGY

This species is commonly associated with the
Banana Prawn Penaeus merguiensis de Man in
northern Australia, and occurs most abundantly
on muddy or very silty substrates. Large catches
are taken by prawn trawlers but as the species
attains sexual maturity at SL 100 mm (ripe
females 104-120 mm) and grows to only 16 cm,
the catch is of no commercial importance at
present.

REMARKS

Sillago lutea may be confused with Sillago
sihama and Sillago japonica. The swimbladder
and cranial osteology is very similar to that of
Sillago japonica, and occasional specimens have
the same vertebrae count. Sillago lutea was
originally considered to be a subspecies of Sillago
japonica but as the majority of specimens have 13
abdominal vertebrae and a total of 33 rather than
14 abdominal vertebrae and a total of 34, and
attain sexual maturity at a smaller size, the two
species are believed to be valid ones despite an
obvious relationship. The scales between the
spinous dorsal origin and the lateral line afford
reliable external determination of the two species
as S. lutea has 5 scales and S. japonica 3.

This species may be widespread throughout the
Indian Ocean as a small sample from the southern
and middle part of the Pearl Banks, Gulf of
Mannar, Sri Lanka, appeared to be S. /utea witha
vertebrae count of 13-9-10, but with a slightly
more expanded tip to the subocular shelf.
Specimens from India agree well with Australian
material.

DERIVATION

From the latin ‘luteus’ meaning belonging to
mud.

42

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 40: Frequency DistRiBUTIONS OF DorsSAL AND ANAL Fin Rays OF

SILLAGO LUTEA

Dorsal rays 20 #20 20 21 24 21° Zw 2 2

Anal rays 2) 3B. ZR CZ! 22, GS BE QD 23

Western Australia 6 3 ~ 1 45 16 2 5

Northern Territory - 3 - 1 ll 3 - i

Queensland — L i - 3 = . - e

TABLE 41: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL LINE SCALES OF

SILLAGO LUTEA

Lateral line scales 67 68 69 70 71 72

Western Australia i i4 21 24 6 1

Northern Territory 3 5 2 1 l =

Queensland 4 > = “

TABLE 42: VERTEBRAE OF S/LLAGO LUTEA

Abdominal 33 13 1 13 13) 13) «13)6(«13 6B 6B OB OB 18s 13 13 14 144A
Modified 4 5 5 6 7 & § 8 9 y 9 10 10 1 11 8 9 9 10
Caudal 17 15 36 IS 4 #12 «13° «14 = 1206«13—6UWO lho OR 10 RB On 12 10
Western Australia 1 fi 2 oe PP 2dee tee: Gf = See Teh &— lb 3 i
Northern Territory — ~ = = 1 - | - 2 2 - 43 ! - - 1 - - =
Queensland >_ - = + - l - = 2 & Ss 9 & SS | = = &

Sillago (Parasillago) japonica Temminck and
Schlegel
Shiro-gisu or Japanese Whiting
(Figs. SB, 11A-B, 14Q, 16)

Sillago japonica Temminck and Schlegel, 1843, pp. 23,
24, pl. 10, fig. 1 (Japan). Richardson, 1846, p. 223.
Bleeker, 1853, p. 28; 1858, p. Ll; 1859, p. 163,
1875, pp. 69-71; 1877, pl. 389, fig. 6; 1879, p. 9.
Giinther, 1860, pp. 244-5; 1880, p. 66. Gill, 1861,
pp, 503-4. Steindachner and Doderlein, 1885, p.
192. Jordan and Snyder, 1901. p. 109; 1902, p. 487.
Smith and Pope, 1906, p. 478. Jordan, Tanaka and
Snyder, 1913, p. 187, Fowler and Bean, 1922, p.
69. Jordan and Hubbs, 1925, p. 248, Reeves, 1927,
p. 10, Mori, 1928, p. 6. Fowler, 1930, p. 654; 1931,
p. 302; 1949, p. 51. Weber and de Beaufort, 1931,
pp. 170, 173-4. Herre, 1945, p. 118; 1953, p_ 478.
Boeseman, 1947, p. 38, Tomiyama and Abe, 1958,
pp. 1171-6, Munro, 1958, p. 178; 1967, p, 347.
Hotta, 1961, p. 62. Whitehead and Joysey, 1967, p.
139,

Sillago sihama: Steindachner and Doderlein, 1885, p.
192. Nogusa, 1951, pp. 153-5; 1960, p. 26, Ueno
and Fujita, 1954, pp. 118-20, fig, 1. Okada, 1955,
p. 256. Hotla, 1961, p. 62, pl, 33, fig. 99-
Takahashi, 1962, p. 24, pl. 57. Kawanabe, Saito,
Sunaga, Maki and Azuma, 1968, p. 54. (non
Sillage sihama Forskal).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Tyre: Sillaga japonica Temminck and Schlegel. A
radiograph of the lectotype selected by Boesxerman (1947,

p. 38), registered Noa. 367 in the Rijksmuseum van
Natuurtijke Histoire, Leiden, was kindly forwarded by
Dr M. Boeseman, the vertebrae count of 14-8-13 agrees
well with materia! collected from Japan,

Orne Materiat: Japan (92); WAM 15523-6,
Tsuyazaki, Fukoka Prefecture, Kyushu; Dr Y. Okada
56-136, 56-138, Aiura Coast, Seseho City, Kyushu; Dr
Y. Okada 56-177-8, Kyushu, trawled; WAM PO 67-70
Tokyo; USNM 44876, USNM 26241, USNM 92787,
USNM 75968, USNM 57528, USNM 59670. USNM
$7591, AMNH 17126, Japan, no location; USNM
38795, USNM 49085, USNM 49804, USNM 71349,
Tokyo, AMNH 13165, Miyadsu, Kyoto; AMNH 8838,
QM 112698-9, QM 113261 (2), Sagami Bay; AMNH
3709, AMNH 3699, Shimnosaki market; AMNH 13162,
Toba, Honsu Island; USNM 151662, Mikawa Bay;
USNM 22593, Awa; USNM 71343, Tsurunga; USNM
71291, Shimizu; USNM 71348, Kaygoshima; USNM
59669, Yamagawa; USNM 151811, Toba market;
USNM 152510, Nagano Prefecture.

Korea, (2); USNM 143407, Fusan. Taiwan (8); WAM
PO 475, THUP 02372, QM 113276, Taipei; USNM
76635, USNM 76636, Takao. China (5); USNM 87031,
Foochow; USNM 130530, Ningpo, Chekiang; USNM
130476, Tsingtao, Shantung; USNM 86101, Wen-chou.
East Asia, USNM 37984, no locality.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21-23; anal fin II, 22-24;
total vertebrae 35 (8-9 modified vertebrae
overlapping posterior extension of swimbladder),

Swimbladder with anterior projecting extensions
and a single posterior extension.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE a3

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 24 examples from Japan. SL 103-208
mm),

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21-23; anal fin If, 22-24
(Table 43). Lateral line scales 70-73 (Table 44).
TR. 5-6 above, 8-10 below, 3 scales between L.
lat- and spinous dorsal fin origin. Cheek scales in
2 rows, Upper row usually cycloid. Lower row
with cycloid and ctenoid scales.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(modal frequency within parentheses): Greatest
depth of body [5-19 (17-18); head length 26-29
(27); snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32 (29);
snout tip to spinous dorsal fin ongin 31-36 (33);
snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 53-58 (56);
snout tip to anal fin origin 53-57 (56); least depth
of caudal peduncle 6-8 (7).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 34-42 (37); horizontal diameter
of eye 19-25 (20); least width of interorbital 18-22
(22),

VERTEBRAE: 14+86-9+ 12-13, 14 abdominal,
21 caudal, total 35 (Table 45).

CoLoUR IN ALCOHOL: (from Tomiyama and
Abe). Body greenish-grey above. the dorsal part
of the head being the darker, and whitish below;
anterior and posterior dorsal fins mostly hyaline,
the membrane between the first and second and
the second and third dorsal spines having, minute
dark brown dots; margins of dorsal fins with a
few dark brown spots; anal and ventral fins
hyaline; pectoral fins hyaline with the upper
margin and base dark greenish; caudal whitish
with dark margins.

SWIMBLADDER: Postenor extension single, long
and tapering to a slender point; anterior margin
of swimbladder with a long median extension
reaching to, or almost to, the basioccipital, and
on each side at the anterolateral surface, is a long
slender anteriorly directed blind tubular extension
almost as long as the median one (Fig. 11A~-B),
All specimens examined from Taiwan and Japan
(9) were as above, the specimens from Korea and
China were not examined, identification in the
latter examples was from vertebrae counts and
external characters.

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION
No geographic variation was observed.

DISTRIBUTION
Japan, Korea, China and Taiwan.
BIOLOGY
Nogusa (1951, 1960) has described the

chromosomes and Ueno and Fujita (1954) the

development of ithe egg; both authors referring
the species to Sillago sihama,

Sillago japonica 1s the common whiting of
Japan, occurring in bays on shallow sandy flats.
Tt attains at least 22 cm in length.

REMARKS

Sillago japonica is externally very similar to
Sillago sihama and has been frequently confused
with the latrer species. Positive identification is
afforded by the shape of the swimbladder and the
vertebrae count. Cranial osteology, otoliths and
hypural plate morphology also permits the
identification of S. japonica. | have examined
only two species from Japanese waters, S.
parvisquamis and 8. japonica. 1 suspect that a
third species may be discovered by trawling
vessels,

Sillage asiatica sp, nov. has been confused with
Sillago japonica ; the two species are sympatric in
Taiwan. The swimbladder morphology and
vertebrae counts allows the two species to be
readily identified.

TABLE 43; FrReQueNcY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN

RAYVS.OF SILLAGOJAPONICA

Dorsal rays21 21 2L 22 22 22 23

Anal rays 22 23 2 22 23 24 23 24
Japan i ol 1 7 so 10 1
Korea - - ~ ~ 2 ~ -
China - - - - 3 - 1
Taiwan - 1 - 2 4 < >
TABLE 44; FReQUENCY DisTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL

LINE SCALES.OF SILL4G0 JAPONICA

Lateral Line

Scales 68 69 70 7! 72 #73 «74
Japan ~ - 9 18 7 !
Korea - - ~ 1 1 - -
China - - - 2 - - -
Taiwan 1 - - - — ! -
TABLE 45: VERTEBRAE OF SuLaco

JAPONICA

Abdominal i4 14

Modified 9 8

Caudal 12 13

Japan 9 4

China 1 -

Taiwan 2 -

aa MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Sillago (Parasillago) ingenuua new species
Bay Whiting
(Fig. 8C, 14P)

Sillago argentifasciata, Shao and Chang, 1978, p. 9;
1979, pp. 695-705 Dutt and Sujatha, 1980, p.
371-375 (non Sillago argentifasciata Martin and
Montalban).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Holotype: SL 142 mm, collected form
Chantaburi Gulf of Thailand, May 1975, explosives,
forwarded by Mr T. Wongratana. Deposited in the
collection of the Marine Fisheries Laboratory,
Department of Fisheries, Bangkok, Thailand.

ParATyPEs: QM [12916 (14) data as above.
Deposited in the Queensland Museum.

OTHER MATERIAL: QM_ 116750-56, 116796-815,
Torres Straits, 1974.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17; anal fin Il, 17; lateral line
scales 66-70; no black spot on pectoral base;
swimbladder with a short median anterior
extension and about 5 small pointed anterolateral
projections (Fig. 8C); no wide distinct silvery
lateral band; 13 abdominal vertebrae; cheek
scales ctenoid.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the holotype and 14 paratypes SL
105-158 mm. Characters for holotype given in
parentheses).

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 17 (XI, 1, 17); anal fin II, 17
(II, 17); lateral line scales 66-70 (69). TR. 3-4
above 8-9 below (4/9). Cheek scales in 2-3 rows
(3) all ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 16-20 (18); head length
27-29 (27) snout tip to ventral fin origin 28-32
(29); snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 32-34
(33); snout tip to second dorsal fin origin 55-57
(57); snout tip to anal fin origin 54-58 (55); least
depth of caudal peduncle 6-8 (7).

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 37-42 (37); horizontal diameter
of eye 19-23 (23); least width of interorbital 19-20
(20).

VERTEBRAE: 13-9-11 (3), 13-10-10 (3),
13-11-9 (1); 13+9-11+9-11; 13 abdominal, 20
caudal; total 33.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Head and body pale
sandy brown to light fawn; no conspicuous mid-
lateral silvery band; no dark spot at base of
pectoral fin; all fins hyaline. The opercles are
almost translucent and the dark brown inner
surface shows through. Tip of snout dark in some
paratypes.

SWIMBLADDER: A short median anterior
extension is present in the 10 specimens examined,
but appears to be longer in the larger individuals;
five short, pointed anterolateral projections are
present, the anterior two on each side projecting
almost laterally, the posterior ones pointing
posteriolaterally; a single tapering posterior
extension; a poorly developed duct-like process is
present ventrally.

DISTRIBUTION

Known from the Gulf of Thailand, Taiwan,
Northern Australia and India.

REMARKS

Sillago ingenuua resembles Sillago lutea in
appearance and like the latter species may not
attain a large size. The fin ray counts and lateral
line scale counts agree to some extent with those
of Sillago argentifasciata, but the absence of a
well defined silvery mid-lateral band, the ctenoid
upper cheek scales, and the smaller eye of Sillago
ingenuua suggests that both species are distinct.
The swimbladder of this new species resembles
that of S. ciliata and S. analis, but the lateral line
scale count differs from both species and the
vertebrae count if quite distinct. The frontal bone
arches are considerably narrower than those of S.
ciliata and S. analis, and the suborbital shelf is of
very different shape.

DERIVATION

From the latin ‘ingenuus’ meaning free-born,
in reference to Thailand.
REMARKS

The peritoneum of S. ingenuua is black-brown;
S. lutea has the peritoneum pale, with scattered
black dots or speckled areas.

Sillago (? Parasillago) microps new species
Small-eyed Whiting
MATERIAL EXAMINED

Hovortype: SL 170 mm, collected by D.K. Lawless,
Taipei Market, Taiwan, registered USNM 208326 in the
United States National Museum.

PARATYPE: SL 198 mm, registered USNM 208327,
data as above.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fin XI, 1, 19; anal fin II, 19; a small eye
(14-16% head length); vertebrae 13-5-16; cheek
scales cycloid.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on the holotype and_ paratype.
Characters of the holotype given in parentheses).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 45

Dorsal fins (XI, 1, 19) XI, 1, 19; anal fin (II,
19) II, 19. Lateral line scales (68) 69. 5 scales
between L. lat. and spinous dorsal fin origin.
Cheek scales in 2 rows, all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body (18.3) 16.7; head length
(27.0) 27.8; snout tip to ventral fin origin (29.4)
30.8; snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin (34.7)
35.4; snout tip to second dorsal fin origin (56.5)
58.0; snout tip to anal fin origin (56.5) 57.5; least
depth of caudal peduncle (5.9) 6.6.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout (40.2) 43.6; horizontal diameter
of eye (16.0) 14.0; least width of interorbital
(15.6) 15.4.

Eye diameter as percent of snout length (37.8)
33.3.

VERTEBRAE: 13 abdominal, 5 modified, 16
caudal; 13+21; total 34,

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body very pale brown,
darker above, belly white; faint longitudinal pale
brown lines on lower sides; a_ longitudinal
greenish-grey mid-lateral band below lateral line;
fins translucent, the spinous dorsal with a dusting
of fine brown spots.

REMARKS

This new species is known only from the
holotype and one paratype from Taiwan,
collected with two specimens of Sillago
parvisquamis, and one specimen of Sillago
sihama. The cranial osteology and swimbladder
structure is unknown at present.

DERIVATION
In reference to the small eye.

Sillago (Parasillago) vincenti McKay

Estuarine Whiting
(Figs. 4B, 12B, 13E, 14C)

Sillago vincenti McKay, 1980, pp. 378-381, Fig. 1A-C
(Kavanad near Neendakara, Kerala State, India).

MATERIAL EXAMINED

HouoryPe: T116, SL 207 mm, Mandapam Camp,
India.

PARATYPES: AMS _ 1.21423-001 (1), CMFRI (4),
USNM (2), WAM P26850-001 (1), Mandapam Camp
(10); Kavanad, Kerala State, India. ANSP 143065 (2),
BPBM 22899 (4), BM 1980.4.2.1 (1), CAS 45628 (2),
CMERI (31 defleshed), MNNH 1980-1121 (1), NSMT -
P18653 (1), QM 117299 (2) IO 17778 -9 (otoliths), RUSI
(1), UMMZ 205336 (1), Mandapam Camp (10); Cochin,
Kerala State, India.

DIAGNOSIS

Body uniformly coloured, second dorsal fin
spotted; anal fin I] 22-24. Swimbladder with a

single posterior extension, a short bulbous
projection anteriorly with one to three
anterolateral lobate or recurved projections; no
tubular extensions anteriorly.

DESCRIPTION

Dorsal fins XI, 1, 21-23; anal fin Il, 22-24 (see
Table 46). Lateral line scales 70-74 (see Table 47).
TR. 5-6 above, 13-14 below. Cheek scales in 2
rows all cycloid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 16-20; head length 26-29;
snout tip to ventral fin origin 26-30; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 31-35; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 52-55; snout tip to anal
fin origin 54-55; least depth of caudal peduncle
6-7.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 40-46; horizontal diameter of eye
17-22; least width of interorbital 16-19.

VERTEBRAE: 14 abdominal, 4-6 precaudal,
14-16 caudal; 14+ 20, total 34 (see Table 48).

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light olive above;
belly whitish; margins of scales darker; spinous
dorsal hyaline with the tip of membranes dusky or
blotched; soft dorsal hyaline with 5-7 rows of
blackish spots; anal fin whitish.

COLOUR IN LIFE: Body and head sandy to light
olive above, scale margins darker, sides silvery
with a golden tinge, belly white; head with a
deeper golden tinge, the snout, preorbital and
suborbital areas translucent, showing the golden
surface on the lachrimal and suborbitals below;
the ventral surface transparent to translucent with
a pink hue. Eye with a silver iris, somewhat
golden on the outer surface, snout tip dusky and
the frontal bones outlined with darker
pigmentation; opercle yellowish-gold. Pectoral
fin base yellow to gold. Ventral fins white with
yellowish tips. Spinous dorsal fin hyaline with the
tip of the membranes dusky and blotched with
irregular areas of very fine dust-like black spots;
rayed dorsal fin hyaline to pale white 5-7 rows of
blackish spots that may become somewhat
confluent in large examples. Anal fin hyaline to
milk-white with white or yellowish tips. Caudal
fin hyaline to dusky with the lower lobe and
posterior margin darker in some specimens. Sides
of body without a well defined silvery lateral
stripe.

SWIMBLADDER: The anterior extremity has a
very short bulbous projection with one to three
anterolateral lobate or recurved projections (Fig.
12B). The posterior postcoelomic extension is
single and tapers to a point; a duct-like process is

46

present on the ventral surface and continues to
the vent.

DISTRIBUTION

Estuarine areas of Kerala State, India.
BIOLOGY

McKay (1980) reported females of 250 to 277
mm running ripe in late January to early

February. It occurs with Sillago sihama
apparently in mixed schools on muddy substrates.

REMARKS
This species is very similar in external
morphology to Sillago sihama. A dissection of the

posterior part of the swimbladder is required for
field identification.

TABLE 46: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGO VINCENTI

Dorsal rays 21 21 22, 22» 92 23 (23. <23
Anal rays 22 23 22 23 24 #=‘.22 23 + 24

Kerala State 2 1 26 0«31 3 1 9 1

TABLE 47: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL
LINE SCALES OF SILLAGO VINCENTI

Lateral Line Scales 70 71 72 73 74
Kerala State 4 31 25 ll 3
TABLE 48: VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGO VINCENTI

Abdominal 14 14 14 14

Modified 4 5 6 4
Caudal 16 15 14 17
Kerala State 1 15 2 1

Genus Sillaginodes Gill, 1861.

Sillaginodes Gill, 1861, type by original designation
Sillago punctata Cuvier, 1829.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal spines XII to XIII, dorsal rays 25 to 27;
anal fin with II spines and 21 to 24 rays; lateral
line scales 129 to 147; swimbladder with a
posterior extension but no duct-like process to the
urogenital aperture; vertebrae 42 to 44. One
species.

Sillaginodes punctata (Cuvier)
King George or Spotted Whiting
(Fig. 5C, 12F, 13X, 14S, 16)
Sillago punctata Cuvier, in Cuvier and Valenciennes,
1829, p. 413 (Port King George). Quoy and
Gaimard, 1834, pp. 671-2, pl. 1, fig. 1. Giinther,

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

1860, p. 245. Schmeltz, 1869, p. 16; 1879, p. 44.
Castelnau, 1872, p. 93. Klunzinger, 1879, p. 370.
Macleay, 1881, p. 201. Waite, 1904, p. 31; 1921, p.
100, fig. 152. Stead, 1906, p. 574; 1908, p. 66, pl.
36. McCulloch, 1921, p. 60. Fowler, 1930, p. 654.
Roughley, 1951, p. 49, pl. 17. Parrott, 1959, p.
201.

Sillaginodes punctata: Gill, 1861, p. 505.

Sillaginodes punctatus: McCulloch, 1927, p. 50, pl. 21,
fig. 183a. Waite, 1928, p. 7. Fowler, 1933, pp.
431-2. Sandars, 1945, p. 107. Whitley, 1948, p. 19;
1955, p. 331; 1962, p. 105; 1964, p. 43. Scott, 1962,
pp. 186-7.

Isosillago maculata Macleay, 1879, p. 34, pl. 4, fig. 3
(King George Sound).

Isosillago punctata: McCulloch, 1911, pp. 59-60.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Sillago punctata Cuvier. A radiograph of the
two syntypes registered A.3148 in the Museum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, forwarded by Dr M. Blanc,
shows the vertebrae to number 21-6-17 and 21-7-16.
The largest specimen approximately 285 mm in total
length is here designated lectotype.

Isosillago maculata Macleay. The location of the type
specimens are unknown, Stanbury (1969) makes no
mention of the types, and they are not listed in the
collection of the Australian Museum. McCulloch (1911,
p. 60) made an examination of the types and states ‘I
find that the number of spines and rays in the dorsal and
anal fins are incorrectly stated in the original
description. There are thirteen spines in the first dorsal
and one spine and twenty-four or five rays in the
second; the anal has twenty-four spines and rays in all.
In these and all other characters they agree with Sillago

punctata, Cuv. and Val.,........ z

OTHER MATERIAL: Western Australia (53); WAM PO
4, Mandurah; WAM P7197, Bussleton; WAM P7898,
Denmark; WAM PO 71, Frenchmans Bay, Albany;
WAM PO 73-91, Oyster Harbour, Albany; WAM
P15030, Oyster Harbour, Albany; WAM P15684-712,
Albany. South Australia (121); WAM PO 225-39,
Denial Bay, Ceduna; WAM P15384-422, Baird Bay;
WAM P15643-53, Port Lincoln; WAM PO 246-63,
Port Lincoln; WAM P15345-51, Dutton Bay; SAM
F1874-5, Cowell; SAM F1894 (2), F1899 (2), F1903 (2),
F1905 (2), F1925 (3), Shallowwater Point (Shoalwater
Point); WAM _ P15494-504, Port Augusta; SAM
F1861-2 (2), F1928 (3), Wallaroo; SAM F1927 (2), near
Moonta. Victoria (31); WAM PO 642-53, Port Phillip
Bay; WAM PO 736-46, San Remo; WAM PO 802-9,
Port Franklin.

DIAGNOSIS
A large species with 129-147 lateral line scales.

McK AY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 47

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 35 examples from Oyster Harbour,
near King George Sound, Albany, Western
Australia. SL 223-268 mm), Total known
variation within parentheses (see Tables 49, 50),

Dorsal fins XII-XIII, 1, 25-27 (MN-XI1I, 1,
25-27); anal fin 11, 21-23 (II, 21-24). Lateral line
seales 129-141 (129-147) (usually 134-139), TR.
13-17 above, 16-20 below, 8-10 scales between
the L. Jat, and spinous dorsal origin. Cheek scales
in 6-8 rows, the anterior scales cycloid, the
posterior scales ctenoid.

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL:
Greatest depth of body 14-18; head length 24-26;
snoul tip to ventral fin origin 26-29; snout tip to
spinous dorsal fin origin 30-32; snout tip to
second dorsal fin origin 49-52; snout lip (o anal
fin origin 57-60; least depth of caudal peduncle
5-6.

Proportional dimensions as percent of head;
Length of snout 40-45; horizontal diameter of eye
17-21; least width of interorbital 13-16.

VERTEBRAE: 20-23 abdominal, 5-7 modified,
14-18 caudal; 20-23 + 21-23, total 42-44 (Table
51),

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL; Pale golden-brown,
erevish-brown, or dark olive-green above;
whitish, pale brown or silvery below with
reflections of mauve, blue and green when fresh;
back and upper sides with oblique rows of small
round dark brown to rusty-brown spots, lower
sides with open-spaced rather scattered round
dark spots: belly white, without spots; dorsal fins
uniform dark greenish-brown to light brown
sometimes spotted with darker brown; anal fin,
pectorals. and ventrals pale brown to hyaline;
caudal greenish to brownish, finely dusted with
brown,

SWIMBLADDER: Very elongate with a single
slender tapering posterior extension; lwo
anterolateral extensions or horns project
anteriorly; anterior part of the swimbladder is
bound to the abdominal cavity by short collagen
fibres; no duct-like process to the urogenital
aperture is present. Cuvier (1829) states
incorrectly that the rear of the swimbladder is
forked,

GEOGRAPHIC VARIATION

No geographic variation was encountered,
Sandars (1945, p. 107) found that S. punctate was
host to two species of monogenetic parasites,
Microcotyle parasillaginae and M., sillaginae and
stated ‘Although the two parasites are very closely
related, they are certainly different species, bul

whereas M, sillaginge occurs only on fish from
Victorian waters, M, purasillaginae is from fish
from Western Australian waters’. The
distribution of both parasites may be of value in
delimiting two populations of S. puncrata for
closer study.

DISTRIBUTION

Jurien Bay, Western Australia southwards
along the southern coast of Western Australia,
South Australia and Victoria. Ogilby (1893, p. 99}
records this species as occasionally reaching as far
north as Port Jackson, N.S.W.

BioLoGy

Juveniles are common in tidal estuaries and
creeks, particularly those which flow into semi-
enclosed bays and coastal ‘lakes’. The juveniles
appear to be most abundant on Zostera and
Posidonia seaweed banks in shallow sheltered
areas, Moving oul into the deeper water of the
bays at a size of about 10 cm. Large catches of
small fish of 10-20 em are made in the sheltered
areas of large bays, especially during the summer
months, the larger fish although present
throughout the bay, are concentrated in deeper
water of | to 10 fathoms, generaily in sand gutters
or adjacent to banks. The largest adults observed
are normally solitary fish in deeper water of 7 to
10 fathoms where they are associated with broken
bottom, weedbanks or sand gutters. The offshore
range of the species is not known; adult fish are
taken along the coastal beaches and may enter
estuaries in considerable numbers during March
in Western Australia, Adult females with
developed ovaries are rarely netted in shallow
water but have been captured by spearfishermen
in 3 to 5 fathoms in coastal bays and offshore
waters in south-western Western Austraba.

Maximum weight attained is about 10 Ibs. Scott
(1962) reports that this fish can atain a length in
excess of 70cm. One 9 Ib, fish was taken by spear
at Triggs Island, Western Australia,

Important commercial fisheries are developed
in St. Vineent and Spencer Gulfs, at Kangaroo
Island, and the west coast bays to Ceduna, South
Australia. Smaller fisheries occur in Victoria, and
at Albany and Bunbury, Western Australia.

Genus Sillaginapsis Gill

Sillaginopsis Gill, t84l, p. S05, type by original
designation. Sillaggo dominu Cuvier, 1824
(= Chetlodipjerus panijus Hamillon ~ Buchanan,
1822).

Sillaginichihys Blecker, 1874, p. 63, type by original
designation. Sillggo dumina Cuvier, 142%,

48

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

TABLE 49: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF DorSAL AND ANAL FIN Rays oF
SILLAGINODES PUNCTATA

Dorsal rays 25 25 25 £26

Anal rays 21 #22 #23 21

Western Australia 4 5 - 1

South Australia 5 16 3 3

Victoria - 3 L -

TABLE 50: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL

2 27 27 «27
23 #22 23 #2
Svar ye
“M+. 2 |
4 1 2 —

Line SCALES OF SILLAGINODES PUNCTATA

Lateral line seales 128 130 132) #134) 136) «©138) «©1400 «142 «144 (146

129 131 133° 135 137) «1390 6141) 143)«(«145)—147
Western Australia L 3 - 6 8 5 3 ~ - -
South Australia ] 6 6 8 14 7 2 2 -
Victoria - = 1 2 = 1 1 i] 2
TABLE 51: VERTEBRAE OF SILLAGINODES PUNCTATA
Abdominal 20 21 2) #2) 21 21 #2 062f062k)6 62206 6220622062206 622 «O22 SB
Precaudal 6 5 =} 5 6 6 7 7 7 5 5 6 6 7 7 6
Caudal 17 16 17 18 16 17 14 15 16 16 \7 15 16 l4 15 15
Western Australia - - - - 3 1 - 3 2 2 - 2 Jl 1 1 1
South Australia 1 = z 2 4 - 1 2 1 5 3 4 1 - 2 -
Victoria - 1 - - i 3 - I 2 2 3 5 ] 3 - -
DIAGNOSIS Sillaginopsis panijus, Fowler, 1933, pp, 432-3. Palekar

Head much depressed; eyes small and partly
covered by the constricted orbits; mouth small
with the lower jaw shorter than the upper; teeth
villiform, in bands on jaws and vomer, the outer
row of teeth in the jaws slightly enlarged, with the
two anterior-most teeth in the upper jaw larger
than the remainder. Scales small, the lateral line
with 84 to 90 scales. Dorsal fins with 10 spines,
the second filamentous, and 25 to 27 rays; anal
fin with 2 spines and 24 to 27 rays. Branchiostegal
rays 5 or 6. Swimbladder absent or vestigial.
Vertebrae 15+27=42. One species.

Sillaginopsis panijus (Hamilton-Buchanan)

Gangetic or Flathead Whiting
(Figs. 5D, 13Y-Z, 14R, 16)

Cheilodipterus panijus (Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822, pp.
57, 367 (Ganges estuaries). Day, 1876, p. 315.
Sillago domina Cuvier, in Cuvier and Valenciennes,
1829, p. 415, pl. 69 (Pondicherry). Swainson, 1838,
p. 205. Cantor, 1850, p. 1003, Bleeker, 1853, p. 34;
1859, p. 167. Gunther, 1860, p. 246. Day, 1869, p.
299; 1876, p. 315; 1878, p, 264, pl. 58, fig. 3; 1888,
p. 791. Lloyd 1907, p. 228. Mookerjee, Ganguly
and Mazumdar, 1946, p. 564.

Sillaginopsis domina, Gill, 1861, p. 505. Fowler, 1930,
p. 654.

and Bal, 1955, p. 128. Misra, 1962, pp. 231-2. Dutt
and Sujatha, 1980, pp. 371-374.
Sillago panijus, Day, 1876, p.
Krishnayya, 1963, pp. 391-412.

315 footnote.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Types: Cheilodipterus panijus Hamilton Buchanan,
Location of holotype unknown.

Sillago domina Cuvier. Holotype dried skin registered
A5450 in the Museum National D’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris. No vertebrae count is possible.

OrHerR MATERIAL: WAM P15370-9 (15) Bay of
Bengal. SOSC 4 (5), Lat. 21°52'N, Long. 91°36'E.

DIAGNOSIS

Dorsal fins X, 1, 26-27; anal fin I, 24-26;
lateral line scales 84-88; total vertebrae 42; head
greatly depressed, eye very small.

DESCRIPTION

(Based on 10 examples from the Bay of Bengal
SL 95-293 mm),

Dorsal fins, X, 1, 26-27; anal fin I], 24-26.
Lateral line scales 84-88, TR. 6 above, 13 below,
6-7 scales between L. lat. and spinous dorsal
origin. Cheek scales in 3-4 rows, cycloid and
ctenoid (mostly ctenoid, but some cycloid scales
on all examples).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 49

Proportional dimensions as percent of SL
(modal frequency within parentheses). Greaiest
depth of body 14-16 (14-15); head length 28-30
(29); snout tip to ventral fin origin 30-33 (31);
snout tip to spinous dorsal fin origin 31-34 (33);
snout tip ta second dorsal fin origin 45-47 (47);
snout tip to anal fin origin 51-54 (54); least depth
of caudal peduncle 6,

Proportional dimensions as percent of head:
Length of snout 40-43 (43); horizontal diameter
of eye 3-11 (7), aspecimen of 95 mm was 10.7, all
others were less than 7.4; least width of
interorbital 14-18 (18),

VERTEBRAE: 15 abdominal, 27 caudal, total 42.

SWIMBLADDER: No swimbladder was observed,
although Cuvier (1929) states ‘The air bladder
appears like a silvery dot, the size of a pin-head,
suspended above the base of the stomach in a
transparent and very thin membrane’. No
aecessory duct.

COLOUR IN ALCOHOL: Body light brown above,
paler to whitish below. Fins pale brownish with a
light dusting of fine black spots.

DISTRIBUTION

Pondicherry northwards along the Coromandel
coast, Ganges delta, Burma, southwards to

Malaysia and rarely to the [ndonesian
Archipelago.
BioLoGcy

Sillaginopsis panijus attains a length of 44 cm,
and is a commercially important fish captured by
nets and longlines in the Hooghly and Ganges
delta. Krishnayya (1963) studied the otoliths and
size-age compositions of ihe commercial catches
from the Hooghly estuary and arrived at the
conclusion that S. panijus probably spawns twice
a year during the months November ta February
and August to September and the juveniles
migrate towards the upper reaches during March
and April and during December where they
remain for two to three months, Sexual maturity
is attained ata length of about 120 mm. Cuvier
(1829) found numerous small fishes and crustacea
in the gut contents. Mookerjee, Ganguly and
Mazumdar (1946) recorded the gut contents of 10
specimens and found them to be feeding primarily
on crustacea, algae, and fish.

REMARKS

The small eyes, flatrened head, [filamentous
second dorsal spine, and the lack of a
swimbladder suggests demersal adaptation to
muddy water conditions. Fowler (1933) placed
this species in a Separate subfamily

Sillagmopsinae, a procedure not adopted in this
revision.

TABLE 52: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF DORSAL
AND ANAL FIN RAYS OF SILLAGINOPSIS PANIIUS
Dorsal rays 26 26 26 #27 #27
Anal rays 24 #25 2% 25 26
Bay of Bengal 1 9 ! ! 3
TABLE $3: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTIONS OF LATERAL
Line SCALES OF S/LAAGINOPSIS PANHUS
Lateral line scales 84 85 86 8&7 88
Bay of Bengal 5 | 4 L 2
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

1 wish to express my appreciation to the large
number of colleagues who assisted me in
providing specimens for study or who through
friendly discussion encouraged me to continue
this revision (abbreviations refer to institutions
and are listed above). Dr T. Abe, Tokaiku
Fisheries Research Laboratories, Tokyo; Dr G.R.
Allen, WAM: Dr R.M. Bailey, University of
Michigan; Dr M. Blanc, MNHN; Mr B.K.
Bowen, Western Australian State Fisheries and
Wildlife Department; Mr B. Campbell, QM; Mr
N.J. Cross, Western Australia; Dr W.N.
Eschmeyer, CAS; Dr T.H. Fraser, USNM: Dr
W.C. Freihofer, SU; Dr R.W, George WAM; Dr
A.J. Gilmour, Fisheries and Wildlife
Department, Victoria; Mr D.L, Grey, Fisheries
Department, Northern Territory; Dr M. Hayashi,
Yokosuka City Museum, Japan; Dr C.L, Hubbs,
Scripps Institution of Oceanography; Mr B.
Hutchins, WAM; Dr H.. [da, University of
Tokyo; Mrs P. Kailola, FRSK; Dr L.W. Knapp,
SOsC; Dr E,A. Lachner, USNM; Mr R.
Lenanton, Western Australian Fisheries
Laboratories; Mr J.L. Maclean, Queensland; Dr
B, Malcolm, State Fisheries Laboratories,
N.S.W.; Mrs L. Marsh, WAM; Dr A,.G.K.
Menon formerly of ZSIC; Mr R. Moore, DASF,
Daru, Papua New Guinea; Mr 1.S.R,. Munro,
CSIRO; Dr |. Nakamura, Kyoto University,
Japan; Dr J. Nielsen, UZMK; Dr G.B. Ocampa,
Philippines; Mr OD. Oelrichs, Tewantin,
Queensland; Dr Y. Okada, Fisheries Research
Laboratories, Tokai University, Japan; Dr D.
Pathansali, Malaysia; Dr J, Paxton, AM; Mr R,
Plummer, Western Australia; Dr M.R. Qureshi,
Pakistan; Dr J.E. Randall, Bernice P. Bishop
Museum, Hawaii; Dr W,D.L. Ride, formerly of

50 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

WAM; Mr E.0,G, Seott, Queen Victoria
Museunt and Apt Gallery, Launceston; Mr T.
Scott, formerly SAM; Dr Senta, Singapore; the
late Professor J.L.B. Smith, RUSf; Dr W-.F.

Smith-Vaniz, Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadephia; Dr W. Soetikno, Museum
Zoologicum Bogoriense, Indonesia; Mr F.C.

Stinton, Bournemouth, Hampshire, U.K.; Dr
P.L. Talwar, ZSIC, Dr Y. Tominaga, University
of Tokyo, Japan; Dr J.P. Tonnier,
QO.R.S.T.0.M., New Caledonia; the late Mr.
G.P. Whitley, AM; Mr T. Wongratana, Marine
Fisheries Laboratories, Bangkok; Dr, Ming-jenn
Yu, THUP.

I am also indebted to Mrs P.L. Johnson,
formerly of the Western Australian Museum for
her illustration of the holotype of Sillago vittata.
Mrs Janet Byrne typed the manuscript, and Mr A,

Easton photographed illustrations of the
swimbladders.

LITERATURE CITED
ALLew, G-R., 1972. ‘The Anemonefishes (hei

Classification and Biology’. 288 pp., 140 figs
(T.F.H, Publications : Hong Kong),

ALLEYNE, H.G., and MaActeay, W.M., 1877. The
ichthyology of the Chevert Expedition. Proc. Linn,
Soc. N.S. W. 1: 261-81, pls. 3-4.

ArnouyT, J., and FourmManoik, P., 1967, Sur une
collection de poissons marins et de reptiles
provenant de |'Ille de Nossi-Bé (Madagasvar), Bull,
Mus, Hist. nat. Paris (2) 39 (1); 134-42.

Baba, C., 1916. On an ichthyobdellid parasitic on
the Australian sand-whiting (Sillago ciliata), Quart.
J, micro. Sel. (0.5,) 622 1-41.

BAiLeY, R.M. and Gosuine, W.A., 1955. Variation and
systematic significance of vertebral counts in the
American fishes of the family Percidae, Misc.
Publs Mus, Zool. Univ, Mich. No. 93; 1-44,

Bartow, G_W., 1961. Causes and significance of
morphological variation in fishes. Svs. Zool, 10:
105-17,

BARNARD, K.EH., 1927. A monograph of the marine
fishes of South Africa. Ann. S. Afr, Mus. 21:
419-1058.

BEAUFORT, L-F. de., 1913. Fishes of the eastern part of
the Indo-Australian Archipelago, with remarks on
ity zoogeography, Bijdr. Dierk, 19: 95-163.

Bianco, G.J., 1938. Fisheries of northeastern Luzon
and the Babuysn and Batanes Islands. Philipp, J,
Sel. 665 SOI-19,

BLEEKER, P., 1845, Bijdragen tor de geneeskundige
topographie van Batavia. Generische overzichte der
faona, Netuwr. geneesk. Arch, Neerl.-Ind. 2:
505-28.

1849. Bijdrage tor dé kennis der Percoiden van den
Malayo-Molukschen Arehipel, met beschrijving
van 22 nieuwe soorten. Verh, batay. Genvot.
Kunst, Wer, 22; 1-64.

1849b. Bijdrage tor de kennis der ichthyologische
fauna van het eiland Madura, met beschnjving van
eenige nieuwe species. Verh. batav. Genaal, Kunst.
Wer, 22: 1-16.

1853a. Nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan,
Verh, batay, Genoot. Kunst. Wer 25; 1-56.

1853b. Nalezingen op de ichthyologische fauna van
Bengalen en Hindostan. Verh. batav., Genoot.
Kunst. Wet, 25; 1-164,

1888. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der
ichthyologische fauna van Bali, Naruurk. Tijdschr.
Ned,-Indie, 17: 141-75.

1865. Notice sur les poissons envoyes de Chine au
Musee de Leide par M.G, Schlegel. Ned. Tijdschr.
Dierk. 2: 55-62.

1874. Memoire sur les Scienoides et les Sillaginoides
de lInde archipelagique. Verh. K. Akad, Wet,

Amst. 14: 1-76.

1876. Systema Percarum revisum, part 2. Archs.
meer], Sci, V2 289-340.

1878, Quartrieme memoire sur la fatine

\chthyologique de la Nouvelle-Guinee. rchy.
neerl. Sci. 132 35-66,

1879. Enumeration des especes de puissons
actuellement connues da Japon ef description de
\rois especes inedites. Verh. K. Akad. Wer. Ams.
18: 1-33.

Borseman, M,, 1947, Revision af the fishes collected by
Burger and yon Seibold in Japan. Zool. Meded.
Leiden, 28: 1-242.

Boroun, N.A,, 1932. Scientific results of the yacht
‘Alva’ world cruise, July, 1931 to March, 1932, in
command of William K. Vanderbilt. Fishes. Bull.
Vanderbilt mar, Mis. 1: 65-101,

BouLenoer, G.A., 1887. An account of the fishes
obtained by Surgeon-Major A.S.G. Jayakar at
Museat, east coast of Arabia. Proc. zoal. Soc.
Lond, 1887; 653-67.

1901. Notes on the classification of teleostean fishes
— 1. On the Trachinidae and their allies. Ann.
May. nat. Hist. (7) 8: 261-71.

Canror, T.E., 1849, Catalogue of Malayan fishes. J.
Asiat, Soe, Beng. V8 (2): 983-1042.

CasTetNaAu. F.L., 1872. Contributions to the
ichthyology ot Australia No. 1, The Melbourne
Fish Market. Proc. zo00l. acclim. Soc. Viet. 1
29-242.

(875. Researches on the fishes of Australia, /rferco/,
Exhib, Essays, 1875-1876, No. 2: 3~52.

1878. Australian fishes. New or lirtle known species,
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. W 2: 225-48,

1879, Essay on the iehthyology of Port Jackson.
Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 3: 347-402.

CHacko, P.L., 1949a, Nutrition of the young stages of

estuarine fishes of Madras. Sei. Culy, 15 (1); 32-3.
1949b. Food and feeding habits of the fishes of the
Gulf of Manaar. Proc, /ndian Acad, Sci, 29 (B):
83-97,
1950, Marine plankton from waters around the
Krusadai Islands. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 31 (B):
162-74.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

CHiana, K.H. and Chen, C.P., i974. The newly
recorded sandborer Si/lage parvisquamis Gill of
Taiwan. Bull. Inst. Zoo,, Academia Sinica 13:
35-36.

CLELAND, K,W,, 1947. Studies on the economic biology
of the Sand Whiting (Sillago ciliata, C. & V.) Proe.
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. T2: 215-28,

Cockerett, T.D.A., 1915. The seales of some
Australian fishes. Afemn. Od Mus. 3: 35-46.
Conen, P., 1892, “The marine fish and fisheries of New
South Wales, past and present, in their commerical

aspect’. 30 pp. (Government Printer : Sydney).

CoLiete, B.B., 1974, The garfishes (Hemiramphidae)
of Australia and New Zealand. Rec, Aust. Mus. 19
(2): 1-105, figs. 1-23.

Cuvier, G., 1817. Le regne animal distribue d'apres son
Organisation, pour servir de base a I'historie
naturelle des animaux et d'‘introduction a
l‘anatomie comparee. Poissons. 2: 1-$32. Paris.

Cuver. G. and VALENCIENNES, A., 1829. ‘Histoire
naturelle des poissons’. 3, pp. 500. Paris.

Day. F., 1865a, On the fishes of Cochin on the Malabar
coast of India. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1865: 2-40.

1865b. ‘The fishes of Malabar’. pp. 293 (B. Quaritch
: London).

1869. On the fishes of Orissa, Proc, coal. Soc. Lond.
1869: 296-310.

1870, On the fishes of the Andaman Islands. Proc.
zool. Soc, Land. 1870; 677-705.

1878. ‘The fishes of India; being a natural history of
the fishes known to inhabit the seas and fresh
waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon’, 1, pp. 816,
(B. Quaritch : London).

DevAnesan. D.W. and CHIOAMBARAM. K.. 1948. *The
common food fishes of the Madras Presidency’.
Dept. Indust, and Commerce, Madras, pp, 79.
Reference not seen.

Domantay, J.S., 1940. The fishery industries of
Zamboanga. Philipp. J. Sci. 71: 81-109,

Duncker, G. and Mone, E., 1929. Die fische der Sudsee
— Expedition der Hamburgischen Wissen-
schaftlichen Stiftung, 1908-1909. 3 Teil. Mitr. Zaal.
St. Inst. Hamb, 44; 57-84.

Dutt_S. and SutATHA. K., 1980. On che seven species of
the family Sillaginidae from Indian waters.
Mahasagar — Bull, Nat, Inst, Oceanogr., 13 (4):
371-375.

1983. On a new species of Sillaga Cuvier, 1817
(Teleostei : Sillaginidae) from India. Proc. Indien
nain. Sci. Acad. BAR (5): 611-614 (1982).

EverMann, B.W. and Srace, A., 1907. Fishes of the
Philippine Islands. Bul/. Bur. Fish. Wash, 26:
51-110,

ForskaL. P.. 1775. Descriptiones Animalium,
Amphibiorum, Piscium, Insectorum, Vermium;
quae jn Itinere Oriental) observavit Petrus Farskal
— Hauniae. Post moretm auctoris edidit Carsten
Niebuhr. pp. 164. Copenhagen.

Fow er, H.W., 1904. A collection of fishes from
Sumatra. J. Acad. nat. Set. Philad. (2) W:
495-560,

|

1925, Fishes from Natal, Zululand, and Portuguese
East Africa. Proc. Acad. nal. Sct. Philad. 17:
187-268,

(927. Notes on the Philippine fishes in the collection
of the Academy. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad, 19:
255-97.

19284. The fishes of Oceania. Mem. Bernice P.
Bishop Mus, 10: 1-540.

1928b, Noles and descriptions of fishes from Ceylon,
J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 32 (4): 704-10.

1928c. Further notes and descriptions of Bombay
shore fishes. J. Bombay nai. Hist, Soc. 33 (1):
100-19.

1930a. Notes on Japanese and Chinese fishes. Prov.
Acad. nut. Sci. Philad. 81: 589-616.

1930b. Notes on percoid and related fishes. Proc.
Acad. nat. Sei. Philad. 81: 633-657.

1931a. The fishes of Oceania — Supplement 1. Meni,
Bernice P, Bishop Mus. U1: 313-81.

1921b. Studies of Hong Kong fishes, No. 2, Hong
Kung Nal, 2: 287-317.

1933, Contributions to the biology of the Philippine
Archipelago and adjacent regions. The fishes of the
families Banjosidae, Lethrinidae, Sparidae,
Girellidae, Kyphosidae, Oplegnathidae, Gerridae,
Mullidae, Emmelichthyidae, Sciaenidae,
Sillaginidae, Arripidae and Enoplosidae, collected
by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer
“Albatross’. chiefly in Philippine Seas and adjacent
waters. Bull, U.S. notin. Mus, 4 (12): 1-465

1934a. Fishes obtained by Mr H.W, Bell — Marley
chiefly in Natal and Zululand in 1929 ta 1932.
Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 86: 405-514,

1934b, The fishes of Oceania — Supplement 2. Mem.
Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 11: 385-466.

1935. Zoological results of the third De Schauensee
Siamese Expedition, Part Vl — Pishes obtained in
1934. Proc, Acad. nat. Sei. Philad. ®7: 89-163.

1937. Zoological results of the third De Schavensee
Siamese Expedition. Part VII! — Fishes obtained
in 1936. Proc. Aced, nat. Sci. Philud, 89; 125-264,

1939. Zoological results of the third De Schauensee
Siamese Expedition. Part IX — Additional fishes
obtained jn 1939. Proe. Acad, nat, Sci. Philad. 91;
39-96.

1949a, A synopsis of the fishes of China, — Part VII
cont. The Perch-like fishes. J, Heng Kong Fish.
Res, Stn, 2+ 3-65.

1999b. The fishes of Oceania — Supplement 3. Mer).
Bernice P. Bishop Mus, 12: 37-186.

1953. Australian fishes obtained or observed by the
United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-1841.
Ichthyol. Nojes Qd. 2: 11-20,

Fowcer,H W. and BeAN,B.A., 1922. Fishes from
Formosa and the Philippine Islands. Proc. U.S.
natn, Mus, 62 (2): 1-73.

1927, Notes on ishes obtained in Sumatra, Java, and
Tahiti. Prov. U.S. nain. Mus. TL (10): 1-15.

FowLerJ.A., 1970, Contral of vertebral number in
teleosts — an embryological problem. Quart. Rev,
Biol. 43; 148-67.

52 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Frost,G.A., 1927, A comparative study of the otoliths
of the Neopterygian fishes. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.
(9) 20: 298-305.

Givcurist,J,D.F. and THompson,W.W., = 1908.
Descriptions of fishes from the coast of Natal.
Ann, S. Afr. Mus. 6: 145-206.

1916a. A catalogue of the sea fishes recorded from
Natal, Part 1. Ann. Durban Mus. 1: 255-90.

1916b. A catalogue of the sea fishes recorded from
Natal, Part 2, Ann. Durban Mus. 1: 291-431.

GILL.T.N., 1861. Description of a mew species of

Sillago. Proc. Acad, nat, Sci. Philad, 1861: 505-7.
1862a. Synopsis of the Sillaginoids. Proc. Acad. nat.
Sci. Philad. 1861: 501-5,
1962b. Synopsis of the Notothenioids. Proc. Acad.
nat. Sci. Philad. 1861: 512-22.

GOPINATH,K., 1942. Distribution and feeding of the
post-larval fishes of the Trivandrum coast. Curr.
Sci. 11 (8): 337-8.

1946. Notes on the larval and postlarval stages of
fishes found along the Trivandrum coast. Proc.
natn, Inst, Sci. India. 12 (1): 7-21.

GRANT,E.M., 1965. Guide to fishes. Fish. Notes Qd. 2
(2): 1-280.
1972. ‘Guide to Fishes’, p. 472. (Press Etching Pty.
Ltd. : Brisbane).

GuDGER,E.W., 1929. Nicholas Pike and his unpublished
paintings of the fishes of Mauritius, Western
Indian Ocean, with an index to the fishes. Bull.
Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 58: 489-530.

GUNTHER, A., 1860. Catalogue of the
acanthopterygian fishes in the collection of the
British Museum. 2: 548. British Museum
London.

1861. List of the cold-blooded Vertebrata collected
by B.H. Hodgson, Esq., in Nepal. Proc. zool. Soc.
Lond. 1861: 213-27.

1880. Report on the shore fishes procured during the
voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ in the years
1873-1876. Rep. scient. Results Voy. Challenger. 1
(6): 1-82.

HARDENBERG,J.D.F., 1936. On a collection of fishes
from the estuary and the lower and middle course
of the river Kapuas (W. Borneo). Treubia, 15:
225-54.

1941. Fishes of New Guinea, Treubia, 18: 217-31.

HAyYsoM,.N.M., 1957. Notes on some Queensland fishes.
Ichthyol. Notes Qd 1: 139-44.

HerrRe,A.W., 1933. A check list of fishes from
Sandakan, British North Borneo, J. pan-Pacif.
Res. Instn. 8 (4): 2-11.

1939. On a third collection of fish from
Maungmagan, Tavoy district, lower Burma. Rec.
Indian Mus, 41: 111-16,

1945. Marine fishes from the Chusan Archipelago
and the Chinese coast. Lingnan Sci, J. 21: 107-22.

1953. Check list of Philippine fishes. Res. Rep. U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv. 20: 1-977.

HO .isTer,G., 1934. Clearing and drying fish for bone
study. Zoologica. 12: 89-101.

Hora,S.L., 1924. Fish of the Tale Sap, Peninsula Siam.
Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 6: 479-503. Reference not
seen,

Hotta,H., 1961. Comparative study of the axial
skeleton of Japanese Teleostei. (Nippon Gyogaku
Shinkokai : Tokyo). (In Japanese) pp. 151, 69 pls.,
207 figs.

JAMES,P.S.B.R., VERGHESE,T.J. and DevAras,K.V.,
1978, Some observations on the possibilities of
culture of the Indian Sand whiting Sillago sihama
(Forskal) in brackish waters. J. Inland Fish. Soc.
India 8: 212-220.

JENKINS,J.T., 1910. Notes on fish from India and
Persia, with descriptions of new species. Rec,
Indian Mus. 5: 123-40.

JOHNSTON,R.M., 1883. General and _ critical
observations on the fishes of Tasmania; with a
classified catalogue of all the known species. Pap,
Proc, R. Soc. Tasm, 1882: 53-144.

1891. Further observations upon the fishes and
fishing industries of Tasmania, together with a
revised list of indigenous species. Pap. Proc. R.
Soc. Tasm. 1890: 22-46.

1903. Report on the marine fishes (collected by
Messrs. Annandale and Robinson on the coast of
Patani and Thering). Fasc. malayenses. 2:
293-302. Reference not seen.

JORDAN,D.S, and EVERMANN,B.W., 1902. Notes on a
collection of fishes from the island of Formosa.
Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 25: 315-68.

JORDAN,D.S. and Husps,C.L., 1925, Record of fishes
obtained by David Starr Jordan in Japan, 1922.
Mem. Carnegie Mus. 10; 93-330. pls. 5-12.

JORDAN,D.S. and Metz,C.W., 1913. A catalog of the
fishes known from the waters of Korea. Mem.
Carnegie Mus. 6: 1-65. pls, 1-10.

JORDAN,D.S, and RICHARDSON,R.E., 1909. A catalog of
the fishes of the island of Formosa, or Taiwan,
based on the collections of Dr Hans Sauter. Mem.
Carnegie Mus. 4: 159-204.

JORDAN,D.S. and SeALE,A., 1905, List of fishes
collected by Dr Bashford Dean on the island of
Negros, Philippines. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 28:
769-803.

1907a. Fishes of the islands of Luzon and Panay.
Bull, Bur, Fish. Wash. 26: 1-48.

1907b. List of fishes collected at Hong Kong by
Captain Williams Finch, with descriptions of five
new species. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 10: 1-17.

JORDAN,D.S. and SNypER,J.O., 1901. A preliminary
check list of the fishes of Japan. Annotnes zool.
Jap. 3: 31-159.

1902. A review of the Trachinoid fishes and their
supposed allies found in the waters of Japan. Proc.
U.S, natn. Mus, 24: 461-97.

JORDAN,D.S. and STARKS,E.C., 1905. Ona collection of
fishes made in Korea, by Pierre Louis Jouy, with
descriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus.
28: 193-212.

1917, Notes on a collection of fishes from Ceylon
with descriptions of new species. Ann. Carnegie
Mus. 11: 430-60.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 33

Jorban,D,S., TANAKA,S., and SnvnperJ.0., 1913. 4
Catalogue of the fishes of Japan.;i J. Coll. Sci,
imp, Univ. Tokyo 33: 1-497.

JOQUAN.H., 1861, Notes stir quelques especes de poissons
de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Mem, Sec, Jmp, Sci.
nat. Cherbourg. 8: 241-308. Reference not seen,

KAWANABE,H., SAITO.Y.T., Sunaca,T., MAKI, and
Azuma, M., 1968. Ecology and biological
production of Lake Naka-umi and adjacent regions
4. Distribution of fishes and their foods. Spec-
Publis. Seto. mar. biol. Lab, (11) 2 (4/5): 45-73,

Kent,W. Saviiie.1893. "The Great Barrier Reef of
Australia: Its products and potentialities’. pp.
i-nii-+ 388, chromo- pls, i-xvi, photo pls, i-xlviii,
(WH. Allen : London),

KHALAE|K.T., i961. “The marine and freshwater fishes
of Iraq’. pp. 164. (Ar-Rubilta Press ; Baghdad).

Kiausewirz,W. and Nigrs|en,J.G., 1965. On Foraskal’s
collection of fishes in the Zoological Museum of
Copenhagen. Spoila coal. Mus. haun. 22: 1-29,
pls. 1-38,

KLUNZINGER,C.B., 1879. Die V. Muller’sche sammlung
australischer fische in Stuttgart. Sher. Akad. Wiss.
Wien. 80; 325-430.

KNeR,R., 1865. Reise der osterreichischen Freggate
‘Novara’ um die Erde in den Jahren 1857-39, unter
den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wullerslorf
— Urbain. Wien, 1865-69. Zoologischer Theil,
Fische. 1-3. pp. 433, pl, 1-16,

RRISHNAMURTY,K.N., 1969. Observations on the food
of the sand whiting Si//ago sihama (Forskal) from
Pulicat Lake. J. Mar, Biol. Assoc, India 1;
295-303.

KRISHNAVVA.C,G.. 1963. On the use of orolichs in the
determination of age and growth of the Gangetic
whiting, Sil/ago panijus (Ham. Buch,), with notes
on its fishery in Hooghly estuary, /ndian J. Fish.
WO: 39|-412.

1968. On the use of otoliths in the determinaiion of
age and growth of the Gangetic whiting, Si/lago
partijus (Ham. Buch.), with notes oo its fishery in
Hooghly Estuary. Indion J. Fish, WW) A, 1963:
129-47, 10 Sigs.

Lacerene,&.G., 1803. Histoire naturelle des poissons.
(Plassen : Paris). 14 vols. 5.

Laoices.W., VonWaniert,G. and MoHk.E,, 1958, Die
Typer) und Typoide der Fischsammlung des
Hamburgischen Zoologischen Staatsinstituts ond
Zoologischen Museums. Mitt, Aamb, zool, Mus.
Inst. 6; 155-67.

Lanzina, W.I.R., 1967. The saccus vasculosus of the
tuna brain. Copeia L867 No. 1; 241-2,

LanstnG,W.J.R. and Hyno,J.S., 1967. Tetracyeline
distribution in body tissues of marine fishes, dust.
J. Sci, 29; 177-8.

Lecano.M,, 1952. Etude de la croissance postlarvaire
de Sillago ciljata Cuv. dans la tégion de Nouméa.
Bull. biol. Fr. Belg, 86: 109-39,

LENANTON,R.C.J., 1969a. Whiting fishery — Shark
Bay, Fishing Industry News Service. 2 (1): 4-11.
W. Aust. Dept. Fish. Wildl.

1969b. Whiting research,

Shark Bay tagging

programme. Fishing Jndusiry News Service. 2 (2):
5. W. Aust. Dept. Fish. Wildl.

Lin, SHu-ven, 1933. A new genus and three new
species of marine fish from Hainan Island,
Lingnan Sei, J. 12: 93-6.

Lupyp,R.E., 1907. Notes on a colleglion of marketable
fish trom Akyab, with a deseription of a new
species of Luetarins. Rec. Indian Mus. 1: 219-31.

McCoy, F., 1879-1890. ‘Prodromus of the zoology of
Victoria’, 20 decades in 2 vols. pp. 375, pls. 200
(Govt. Printer : Melbourne).

MecCutrocn, A.R,, 1911. Report an the fishes obtained
by the F.1.8, 'Endeavour'’ on the coasts of New
South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and
Tasmania. Ja “Biological Results of the Fishing
Experiments carried on by F.I.S., *"Endeayour’’.
Vol. 1s 1-87, pls. 1-16,

1912. Notes on some Western Australian Fishes. Ree.
West, Ausr. Mus. t: 78-97.

1921. Checklist of (he lish and fish-like animals of
New South Wales. Part 2. Aust. Zool. 2: 24-68.

McKay, R.J., 1980. The fishes of the family
Sillaginidae from India with a description of a new
species. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India, 1976. 18 (2):
375-385.

1983. Jn Dutt,S. and Suiatiia,K., 1983,

MAcLEAN,I.L,, 1971, The food and feeding of winter
whiting (Sillaga maculata Quoy and Gaimard) in
Moreton Bay. Proc, Linn. Sac, N.S, W. 96: 87-92.

MACLBAY,W., 1879. Descriptions of some new fishes
from Port Jackson and King George’s Sound
Proc. Linn. Sac, N.S. AW. 3: 33-7,

1881. ‘Descriptive catalogue of Australian fishes’. 1.
pp. 264, 2. pp. 324. (FW. White : Sydney).

1883, Contribution to a knowledge of (he fishes of
New Guinea — No 2, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S, HW 7;
351-66.

MACNAE.W. and KALK.M., 1969. (Eds.) ‘A natural
history of Inhaca Island, Mozambique’.
(Witwatersrand Univ. Press : Johannesburg).

MarSHALL.1.C., 1964. ‘Fishes of the Grear Barrier Reef
and coastal waters of Queensland’. pp. 466, pls.
136 (72 colour). (Angus and Robertson : Sydney).

Mariin.C. and MowrArean.H.R., 1935. Philippine
Sillaginidae, Philipp. J. Sci. 55: 221-7.

MaxwWeL_t,C.N,, 1921, Malayan fishes, J, Straits Breh.
R, Asiat, Soe. 84: 181-280, pls. 72.

MENON, A.G.K., 1961. Ona collection of fish from the
Coromandel} coast of India including Pondicherry
and Karaikkal areas. Rec, Indian Mus. 59:
369-404.

Mever, A.B., 1885, Carlogo de los peces recolectadas
en el archipiélago de Jas Indias orientales durante
los anos 1870 4 1873. An. Sac, esp. Hist. nat, V4:
5-49.

Mise. K,S,, 1962. An aid to the identification of the
common commercial fishes of India and Pakistan,
Rec. Indian Mus. 57; 1-320,

Mooxerjee, H.K., Gancuiy, DN. and MAZUMDAR,
T.C., 1946. On the food of estuarine fish of
Bengal. Sei. & Cult, VW: 564-5

54 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Mori, T,, 1928. A catalogue of the fishes of Korea, J,
pan Pacif. Res. Instn, 3 (3): 3-8.

Munro, 1.S.R., 1945. Postarval stages of Australian
fishes, No. 1. Mem. Qa Muy. 12: 136-453,

1949. Revision of Australian silver breams My/id and
Rhabdosargus. Mem. Od Mus. 12 (4): 182-223,
pls. 1-23, figs. 1-5,

1955, “The marine and freshwater tishes of Ceylon’.
pp. 349, pls. 56. (Dept. External Affairs :
Canberra).

1958, The fishes of the New Guinea region, Papua
New Guin. agric. J. 10: 97-369.

1967. ‘The fishes of New Guinea’, pp. i-xxxvii,
1-651, pls. 1-78. (Dept. Agriculture Stock and
Fisheries » Port Moresby).

Napkarnt, V.B., 1963. Structure of the kidney of
marine fishes in relation to their habitat. Jn ‘Recent
advances in zoology in India’. pp. 157-70. (Zool,
Survey India © Delhi).

Noousa, S,, 1951. Chromosome studies in Pisces, I.
On the chromosomes of Sillaeo siharna
(Sillaginidae) and Parasi/urus asolus (Siluridae).
Jap. j. Genet, 26: 153-5.

1960, A comparative study of the chromosornes iti
fishes with particular considerations on taxonomy
and evolution, Mem. Hvoga Univ. Agric. 3+ 1-62,
pls. 1-6.

Oaitby, JD., 1886. ‘Catalogue of the fishes of New
South Wales with their principal synonyms’, pp. 67
(Govt, Printer : Sydney).

1893. ‘Edible Fishes and Crustaceans of New South
Wales’. pp. 212, pls. 51. (Gow. Printer ; Sydney),

1910, On some new fishes [rom the Queensland
coast. Pro’, R. Soe, Od. 23: 85-139. (Paper read
before the Royal Society of Queensland on
November 20, 1910 but was withheld from
publication outside of authors copies).

OKAbA, Y,, 1955. ‘Fishes of Japan, {lustrations and
descriptions of fishes of Japan’. pp. VI + 434, 391
figs, (Maruzen Co, Ltd. : Tokya).

PALeRAR, V.C. and Bat, D.V., 1955. Occurrence of
Sillagn chondropus, Blkr., in the seas of India.
Curr, Sci, 24: 128.

1959. Studies on the food and feeding habits of the
Indian Whiting (Sillaga sihama Forskal) from
Karwar waters. J. Univ. Bumtbey (NS) 27 BUS):
1-18, figs. &.

1961, Studies on the maturation and spawning of the
Indian whiting (Sillage sthame Forskal) from

Karwar waters. Proc. Indian Acad, Sci. 54 B;
TH-93.
Parxorr, A.W,, 1959, ‘Sea anglers' fishes of

Australia’. pp. 208. (Hodder and Sioughton :
Melbourne).

Privecrin, J,, 1905. Mission permanente franedise en
Indo Chine poissons de la Baie d’Along (Tonkin),
Bull. Sov. Zool. Fr. Miz 82-88.

1907, Liste des poissons recueillis A;Madagasear par
M,F, Geay. Description d’une espece nouvelle.
Bull, Mus. natn. Hist. nat, Paris 1907, NO, 3:
W1-6.

19|4. Sur une collection de poissons de Madagascar.

Bull, Sac. zool. Fr, 39: 221-34.

Perees, W., 1865, Berichtete uber einige feue
Saugethiere ......... Amphibien ....... und Fische
bemogeigete Mber. dt, Akad, Wiss, Berlin, 1864;
351-99,

1877. Ubersicht der wahrend der von 1874 bis 1877
unter dem Commando des Hrn, Capitan Z.S.
Freiherrn von Schleinitg auszetulirten Reise S.M.S.
‘Gazelle’ gesammelten und von der Kaiserlichen
Admiralitat der koniglochen Akademie der
Wissenschaften ubersandten Fische. Avber. dt.
Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1876: 831-54.

PLaAveaik. R,L., 1867. The fishes of Seychelles. Prac.
zoul. Soc, Lond, 1867; 846-72.

Quoy, JRC. and GaAimarb, J.P., 1834. Voyage de
decouvertes de ‘L’ Astrolabe® execute par ordre du
Roi, pendant les annees 1826-29; sous le
commandement de M.J. Dumont d'Urville.
Poissons, Ill: 647-720, pls. 20.

RADHAKRISHNAN, N., 1954. Occurrence of growth rings
on the otoliths of the Indian whiting, Sillago
sthama (Forskal). Curr. Sci. 232 196-7.

1957. A contribution to the biology of Indian sand
whiting Sillaga sihama (Forskal). Indian J. Fish, 4;
254-83.

RamamMurtHy, S. and DuurkHep, M.H,, 1977,
Availability of seeds of Si/lago sihamea for farming
along South Kanara coast. /mdion J. Fish, 22 (2);
283-284.

ReGan, C.T., 1908. A collection of fishes trom the
coasis of Natal, Zululand and Cape Colony, Ann.
Natal Mus. + 241-55.

1913. The classification of the Percoic Fishes, Aner,
Mae. Nat, Fist. (8) 12: 111-148,

Reeves, C.D., 1927. A catalogue of the fishes of
northeastern China anc Korea, J. pan-Pacif. Res,
fasta, 2 (3); 3-16,

RicHArpsow. J., 1842. Contributions to the ichthyology
of Australia. Ann. Mag. Nar. Hist. (1) 9: 120-31.

Ricwaroson, T., 1843. ‘Teones Piscium oy Plates of
Rare Fishes’. (R. & J. Taylor : London), pp. [-8,
pls. i-v.

Rouguiey, T-C,, (951. ‘Fish and fisheries of
Ausiralia'. pp. xv + 344, pls. 80 (60 colour). (Angus
and Robertson : Sydney).

Ruppert, E., 1835. ‘Newe Wirbelthiere zu der fauna von
Abyssinien gehorigz’. 2 vols. Frankfurt.

Rutrer, C., 1897. A collection of fishes obtained in
Swaton, China by Miss Adele M. Fielde. Proc.
Acad. nat. Sct. Philad. 1897: 56-90.

SANDARS, D.F,, 1945, Five new microcotylids from fish
from Western Australian waters. J. Proc. R. Soc.
West. Aust. 29 107-35.

Sauvage, H.E., 1881. Sur une collection de poissons de
Swatow. Bull, Sac. philomath. Paris (7) 5: 104-8.

Seumerty, J3.D., 1869. Topographische und
zoologische notizen. Cat. Mus. Godeffray No, 4:
\-142.

1879. Topographische und zoologische notizen. Car.
Mus. Godeffroay No. 7: 1-100,

Scorr. J.S,, 1959. ‘An introduction to the sea fishes of
Malaya’. (Govt, Printer : Kuala Lumpur).

McKAY; REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 55

1962. ‘The marine and freshwater fishes of South
Australia’. pp. 388. (Govt. Printer ; Adelaide),
SEALE, A., 1910. Fishes of Borneo with descriptions of
four new species.. Philipp, J. Sci. 5: 263-88,

1914. Fishes of Hong Kong. Philipp. J. Sei, 9:
59-79,

SHAQ, K.T, and CHANG, K,F., 197%, A revision of the
sandborers (genus Sillago) of Taiwan. Bull. Inst.
Zool., Academia Siniea V7 (ys 1-11.

1979, Systematic studies of sandborery (genus
Sillago) from the waters around Taiwan. Prac.
fast. Symp. Mar, Blogeogr. Evol. Hemisphere
(Govt, Print : Wellington).

Smiru, J.L.B., 1949. ‘The sea fishes of Southern
Africa’. pp. 550, pls. 103, text figs. 1232. (Central
News Agency, Led = South Africa).

1955. The lishes of Aldabra. Part 2, Ann, Mag. nat.
Hist. (12) 8: 689-97.

Sairy, J.L,.B, aad Smit. M.M., 1963. ‘The fishes of
the Seychelles’. pp. 215, pls. 98. (Dept.
Ichthyology, Rhodes Univ., : Grahamstown).

Sarr, C,L. and Ban ey, R.M.., 1961_ Evolution of the
dorsal-fin supports of percoid fishes. Pup, Mich,
Acad, Sci. 46: 345-63.

1962. The subocular shelf of fishes, J. Morph, 110:
1-18.

Smith, H.M. and Pope, T.E.B., 1906. List of fishes
collected in Japan in 1903, with descriptions of new
wenera and species. Proc. U.S. natn, Mus. 31:
459-99.

SRIVASTAVA, P.W., 1955. Morphology and histology of
the air-bladder of certain sciaenoid fishes with the
description of a new type of car-air bladder
connection. Prac. natn. Inst. Sei: India UW B:
74-78,

STANBURY, P.J., 1969. Type specimens in the Macleay
Museum, University of Sydney. Prac. Linn, Sac.
N.S.H 93: 203-10.

Starks, E,, 1926, Bones of the ethmoid region of the
fish skull, Stanf. Univ. Publs. Biol. Sei 4:
139-338.

Strap, D.G., 1906a. Exhibirion of series af New South
Wales whiilings, wilh notes. Prov. Linn. Soe.
N.S. 3s 574-6.

1906b. ‘Fishes of Australia: A popular and
systematic guide to the study of the wealth within
our waters”, pp. 276, pls, 10. (William Brooks &
Co. Lid. : Sydney).

1908a. “New fishes from New South Wales (no. 1),
pp. 12. (Govt. Printer > Sydney).

1908b. ‘The edible fishes of New South Wales: Their
present importance and their potentialiries’ pp,
123, pls. 81. (Govt. Printer : Sydney).

STEINDACHNER, F., 1866, Zur Fischfauna yon Port
Jackson in Australien. Sher, Akad, Wiss, Wier,
53> 424-81,

1870. Bericht uber ¢ine Sammlung von Fischen aus
Singapore, Sher, Akad. Wiss. Wien 60s 557-71,

1893. Ichthyologische Beitrage, NVI, Sher, Akad.
Wiss, Wien. 120: 215-43.

STEINDACTINER, F. and DODERLEIN, L., 1885. Beitrige
zur Keantiiss der Fische Japan's, (. Denksehr.

Akad, Wiss. Wien, 49: 171-211.

Srnton, F.C., 1953. Fish otoliths from the Pliocene of

South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 76: 66-9,
1958, Fish otoliths from the Tertiary strata of
Victoria, Australia. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 70: 81-93,

Sroxes. J.L., 1846. ‘Discoveries in Australia ... during
the voyage of H.M.S. “‘Beagle*’ in the years
1437-38-39-40)-41-42-43°, (T. & W. Boone :
London). 2, pp. 543.

SuvaTTi.C,, 1950, ‘Fauna of Thailand’ pp. 1100 (Fishes
pp. 180-446), (Dept. Fisheries : Bangkok).

Swainsctin, W., (838. ‘On the Natural History and
Classificanon of Fishes, Amphibians, and
Reptiles’. (Longman and others ; London); 2 vols.

TAKAHASHI, Y., 1962. Study for the identificagon of
species based on the vertebral column of Teleostei
in the {nland Sea and its adjacent waters. Jn Studies
on identification of species and restoration of
body-size based on vertebral column of Teleostei.
Reprinted from Bull, Naikat Regional Fisheries
Res. Lah. No. 16. (In Japanese).

TANAKA, S., 1913, ‘Figures and descriptions of the
fishes of Japan, including Riukin Islands, Bonin
Islands, Formosa, Kurile Islamds, Korea, and
Southern Sahkalin’. 4; 231-46, pls. 66-70.
(Maruzen Co. Lid, : Tokyo).

TaAYLoR, W.R., 1964, Fishes of Arnhem Land, Records
of the American — Australian scientific expedition
to Arnhem Land, 4, Zoology. Ed_ R.L. SPECHT,
pp. 45-307. pls. (Melbourne University Press :
Melbourne).

TENISON WoonS, J.E., 1883. “Fish and fisheries of New
South Wales’, pp. 213, pls. 45. (Govt. Printer ;
Sydney),

TomivamMa, [., and Abe, T., 1958. ‘Figures and
descriptions of the fishes of Japan (A continuation
ol Dr Shigeho Tanaka's work). 57: 1171-94, pls.
229-31, (Kazama Shobo : Tokyo),

TosH, J.R., 1902. On the common whiling of Moreton
Bay (Sillage bassensis). Proc. R. Soc. Qd. 17:
175-84, pls, S-14,

Triparht, ¥.R., 1952. ‘Studies on parasites of Indian
fishes, 1, Protozoa Myxosporidia together with
check list of parasitic protozoa described from
Indian fishes. Rec. Indian Mus. 50: 63-88.

Ueno, M, and Pusta,§,, 1954. On the developemnt of
the egg of Sillue sihama (Forskal). Jap. J.
Ichthyol. 3: 118-20, 1 fig. (in Japanese with
English summary),

UmMati, A.B, 11934, The fishery industries of
southwestern Samar. Philipp. J. Sei, 54: 365-89,

VitLApguip, D.V., 1937. The fisheries of Lake Taal,
Pansipit River, and Balayan Bay, Batanges
Province, Luzon. Philipp. J. Sei. 63: 191-225.

Ware, E.R, 1899, Scientific results of the trawling
expedition of H.M.C.S, ‘Thetis’. Introduction and
fishes, Mem. Aust. Mus, 4: 1-132.

1901. Additions to the fish fauna of Lord Howe
Island, No, 2, Ree. aust, Mus, 4: 36-47,

1902, Notes on fishes from Western Australia, No.2,
Ree, ust. Mus. 4: 179-94,

1904, A synopsis of the fishes of New Sourt) Wales,

56 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Mem. N.S.W. Nat. Club, 2: 1-59.

1921. Catalogue of the fishes of South Australia.
Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 2: 1-208.

1923. ‘The fishes of South Australia’. pp. 243. (Govt.
Printer : Adelaide).

1928. Checklist of the marine fishes of South
Australia. J. pan-Pacif. Res. Instn. 3 (1): 3-10.

Weber, M. and BEAuFort, L.F. de., 1931. ‘The fishes
of the Indo-Australian Archipelago’. 6. pp. 448.
(E.J. Brill : Leiden).

WHITEHEAD, P.J.P. and Joysey, K.A., 1967. The
Vachell collection of Chinese fishes in Cambridge.
Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Zool. 15 (3): 123-65.

WHITLEY, G.P., 1928, A checklist of the fishes of the
Santa Cruz archipelago, Melanesia. J. pan-Pacif.
Res. Instn. 3 (1): 12.

1932a. Studies on ichthyology, No. 6. Rec. Aust.
Mus. 18: 321-48.

1932b. Fishes. Sci. Repts. Great Barrier Reef Exped.
4 (9): 267-316.

1943, Ichthyological notes and illustrations (Part 2).

Aust. Zool. 10: 167-87.

1944. New sharks and fishes from Western Australia.
Aust. Zool. 10: 252-73.

1948. A list of the fishes of Western Australia. Fish.
Bull. West. Aust. 2: 1-35.

1951. New fish names and records. Proc. R. zool.
Soc. N.S.W. 1949-50: 61-8.

1954. New locality records for some Australian
fishes. Proc. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1952-3: 23-30.

1962. ‘Marine fishes of Australia’ I. 142 pp.
(Jacaranda Press : Brisbane).

1964. A survey of Australian ichthyology. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 89: 11-127.

WONGRATANA, T., 1977. Sillago intermedius, a new
species of sand whiting from the Gulf of Thailand
(Pisces : Sillaginidae). Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam. Soc.
26: 257-262.

WoobDLAnp, D.J. and SLACK-sMITH, R., 1963. Fishes of
Heron Island, Capricorn Group, Great Barrier
Reef. Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Qd. 2: 15-70.

57

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

ares Tra cree
FECT EE
Seencee
A

ou =
2

ee aetna rics
% MMT
‘nu Nn

> cau i at 1 t

ii
Hear

Fic. 1. A. Sillago (Parasillago) ciliata showing modified caudal yertebrae overlying the posterior extension of the
swimbladder and the tubular duct-like process arising from the ventral surface of the swimbladder. B. Modified

ventral fin of Sillago (Sillaginopodys) chondropus.

58 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic. 2, A. Sillago (Sillaginopodys) chondropus Bleeker (from Bleeker). B. Si/lago (Sillago) sihama (Forskal). C.
Sillago (Sillago) intermedius Wongratana (from Wongratana). D. Sillago (Sillago) parvisquamis Gill (from
Tanaka). E. Sillago (? Sillago) megacephalus Lin (from Lin).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 59

Fic, 3. A. Sillago (Parasillago) ciliata Cuvier (from Grant). B. Sillago (Parasillago) analis Whitley (from Grant).
C. Sillago (Parasillago) maculata maculata Quoy and Gaimard (from Grant). D. Sillago (Parasillago) maculata
burrus Richardson (from Richardson). E. Sillago (Parasillago) maculaia aeolus Jordan and Evermann (from
Martin and Montalban).

60 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic, 4. A. Sillago(Parasillago) bassensis bassensis Cuvier (modified from Quoy and Gaimard) B. Sillago
(Parasillago) vittata sp. nov. C. Sillago (Parasillago) robusta Stead (from Grant). D. Sillago (Parasillago)
schomburgkii Peters (from Scott). E. Sillago (Parasillago) macrolepis Bleeker (from Bleeker).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 61

BAS . i
HS
SESS

LR

E

Fic. 5, A. Sillago argentifasciata Martin and Montalban (from Martin and Montalban). B. Sillago (Parasillago)
japonica (from Bleeker). C. Sillaginodes punctata (Cuvier) (from Quoy and Gaimard). D. Sillaginopsis panijus
(Hamilton-Buchanan) (from Day). E. swimbladder of Sillago indica.

62 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

(ei Bee er APA
OO Sse aye Rens BSED ERE
B

Fic. 7, Swimbladders of A. Sillago parvisquamis. B. Sillago maculata maculata.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 63

A
—
[icin eeieonmanasatessliee ss
IY
B

Cc

Fic. 8. Swimbladders of A. Sillago intermedius (after Wongratana). B. Sillago chondropus. C Sillago ingenuua
(anterior half only).

64

AT
PREAZ §
ATATATA

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

rT, eas
LZ )—
eae
~~
a
/> eae
/ raed
4 ( S|
ee
Lam
—_
a .
g a wee =.
~—) Lomas, ee
SN) “ia, —

Fic. 9. Swimbladders of A-D. Sillago analis. E-H. Sillago ciliata. 1-L. Sillago bassensis flindersi.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 65

- >. A in eee
ae ied oe heal

E

Fic. 10. Swimbladders of A. Sillago maculata aeolus. B. Sillago maculata burrus. C. Sillago vittata. D. Sillago
lutea. E. Sillago asiatica.

66

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

B

Ann

|

- H - J
a
D-F. Sillago robusta (Western

C. Sillago schomburgkii.

Fic. 11. Swimbladders of A-B. Sillago japonica.
Australia). G-J. Sillago robusta (Queensland).

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

17
woh
ai
—
aw
“ro

eusdls

Mi

Fic. 12. Swimbladders of A. Sillago attenuata. B. Sillago vincenti. C-E. Variation in anterior part of Sillago lutea.
F Sillaginodes punctata.

67

68 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic. 13. Dorsal surface (suborbital shelf) of the third suborbital bone (right side) of A. Sillago sihama. B. Sillago
parvisquamis. C. Sillago attenuata. D. Sillago boutani. E. Sillago vincenti. F,G. Sillago japonica. H,I. Sillago
lutea. J. Sillago macrolepis. K. Sillago ciliata. L. Sillago analis. M-O. Sillago vittata. P. Sillago maculata
maculata. Q. Sillago maculata aeolus. R,S. Sillago robusta (New South Wales). T. Sillago robusta (Shark Bay,

W.A.). U,V. Sillago bassensis bassensis. W. Sillago schomburgkii. X. Sillaginodes punctata. Y,Z. Sillaginopsis
panijus.

McKAY: REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE 69

Fic. 14, Otoliths (right side) of A Sillago sihama, Madras, India. B. Sillago parvisquamis, Taiwan. C. Sillago
vincenti, India. D,E. Sillago ciliata, Sydney. F. Sillago analis, Shark Bay. G. Sillago maculata maculata, New
South Wales. H. Sillago maculata burrus, Shark Bay I. Sillago maculata aeolus, Singapore. J. Sillago bassensis
bassensis, Western Australia. K. Sillago bassensis flindersi, New South Wales. L. Sillago vittata, Shark Bay. M.
Sillago robusta, New South Wales. N. Sillago robusta, Western Australia. Q. Sillago schomburgkii, Shark Bay.
P. Sillago ingenuua, Thailand. Q. Sillago japonica, Tokyo. R. Sillaginopsis panijus, Bay of Bengal. S.
Sillaginodes punctaia, South Australia.

SLAND MUSEUM

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEEN

70

*saidads osnjjIg JO Sp10da1 [euUOHINQIISIg “§] ‘Oly

os ozL 06 og; “Bees
ol ol ,
deb o0St Si 208 7 é“ YINYISYL ?
WYHLvH vas
NYWSVL ZY ineg-uies .
ONY1V3Z MN sueoaaymunrs
BMOH 0
. OT!
O€ : Peete o!
| si. F
ogzovwuay = OHON wvosvovoyr
‘ PvE e] wom Sy 9,
seyees sland: . way
Say YONOL-- SI, 18 VOMOmE
: AL WwAON" anunew ©
es. S1HOOD 2 : : vas THO)
mute, ; ee Ml
7 S| AI3ID0S. voi sey, 'WNNULN ¢ CuHPey-10003,
SISWSANOWWN Ws UP SITIVM @ ~¢ TRUE
= * “yan : ' S weg ofaig .
; 4 aviaWoL % « q == HOWY -.° S3T73HDAIS@
N¥QO0 O141IO Vd HLAOS std _* luasoa1si NOHOTOSS. < so5¥HO bo
So, siKINBOHE =, MUNN 3 Th i™ "5 :
m7 SS) fosmang) SOQ
aQ ¥OLwnoa (emwiauu>) We ‘Sy % : suse - emscy sioueuney! IS3M¥INS . Ss. N¥d90:NVIGNI
hy, z37 Tot Mma ‘Si san ae * asap
wswind - soo elo ine “nytvd i
sundays & >, Sanus ava
Seu, weng vas
. YNIHD
uoieuyor ; siWnyiaees S3NiddI1H
BEM
SaNvis! "1° ) dd MY
NVIIYAWH “ sumssue, muy . J NW2WY¥ a i"
> shea HOMY : Sy
tent vevMyS¥DO
30)
r-~™
N¥3OO OWdIO¥Vd = HLYON
ease Bquevnenuen siwenbsiajed’S
YS) FLLOTHVHD a ee ae
S29, Ng3No har yg Issapul|} SISUBSSeq"S A
te = i sisuesseq sisuesseg's ¥
Seo . . 4
ee 2 , vas ONINTH BWIEUIS ‘S @ én
309 02 ee aS os o08L 009 ?

71

REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

McKAY

ging. UNM

este | Fey
* SIAL3ID0S

SI SYS3NOWWN
at ukwued

NV¥IO0 OlIOVd HLNOS,

30 SOlvnos 9) new «
whwitd >
suoveddys

9,

SONV1SI
NVIIVMWH

N¥A90

Seenreaian

y_ * S| ALLOTHVHO
:}, NaaND

S.,
Oo
bs

ve
N

"781000

- YWOWYS

“sISOUIsD)IIS Pure ‘sapOULsvIIIS ‘OSDI/I§ 10} sp1oda1 [UONINQUISIG “OT “Ol

o0S1L
> C)vinvwsvs
WYHIVHO vas

8
NYWSVL
ONV1V3Z MIN

@moH
pioy-

si. :
o3avwuay — OHO

YONOL:- Sia ean
3 ALTVAOT MON
. : i vas TVYO)
Oo “NLVONVA
ein %y
see ey , “WNNLNG Be
¥ SITWM

‘.owan.

20) 51 NOWOTOS®,
14 SOUR rumen

nviaxoL
SIXIN3OHd A
Sy ; Sta 5
y, 41438119 : st NM
SIANIINUVS
wang
uorsuyor SIVNVINYAN &

(anauew)
BWIYS UO] WRU

7 amp vuvMysSv5O

OIdIDVd = HLYON

MSLOHMO

vas ONTMAA

081

HOUY +

wiovaisny

Buij9@y-80205

sewitYD.

=>

omer

seuswieH? IS3MVINS
y
5 He

si
BVYBOSIN
YNWT
" tas

tsi
NVWVONY

~, SL_QUWMGS
009°: BONIBe

YVOSVOVOYN

voruney |
anquneyw ©

mae9 0609 . .

HOV ~S3TISHOARS,
SODVHO oat

NVdO0: NVIGNI

. BOAO,

“us!
aAiavoov1

“seyejound °
-7~ eyejnoew eyejnoew
sniing eyejnoew
snjoae eyeinoew -
snfiued *
eyenuaye ©

eoluodel °
009

wow Sy Ww,
(77
. ala

HOWW NLOW ALT WUELS oo +
oh. = St Aai9os
SI SYSSNOWYW
a usuuEg

N¥I90 IdIOVd HLNOS

oQ YOlvnD] (ewWjFUUd) HRW «

wAwied |
evolieddia

2,

SONYIS! '°
N¥IIYMH

N¥W9O

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

SQurresuan
. 5! ALLOW YHD
2). NaaND

&

we
Ne

72

«2,781 MOOD

by

‘Sy

00S van) VINVIVSWL

WYHLYHD vas y™~,

NVAWSVL
ONY1W32Z MAN

ste 2
aaqynuay = “eHeN

VONOL--

2 “s navnNwA
4 y
. WNOINS d
¥sittwm
if “. nvann | hes
A f r
nyiaxon 1u##20) S| NONOTOS”, >
SIXIN3OHd z
: s!
a eBsoy
%, WED 5-2 TREO ny Andy
SISNITOUWD
wong

uoreuuar i SIVNVIHVIN ©

(enauew)
PUY HO] HELI, > s
HOw

fempiny VEYMYSYDO ©

JIdII¥d = HLYON

NSLUHMO
4 VIS

vae PNTHAR

e081

"saioads ‘ognjpig JO} spiodai yeuOTNqUIsIG “LI Old

ineg-uies
Wweplenwy

uVOSVOVOrN

uoWwney
snquney

Buljeayto205

erwienyg. g
WII ofe
= HONY

» S3113HoA3S,
omer SO9VHO ° ae;

N¥00.NVIGNI

=| aeaipIEN,

“SI
BAIOVIO¥T

BIEIA ©
ByeLIO -
siyeue *
sndojpuoys *
BOIJEISE *
009

73

REVISION OF SILLAGINIDAE

McKAY

“satoads ‘osnpjig 10] Sp10da1 [BUOTINGLISIG “BI “Old

u0S van) VINVSYL
WWHIYHO v3S Ss,
NYRISVL
ONVW3ZM3N
emo 2064
08 31. ' 7 BvOSWovaWN 3
P aaavMiasy VON
aie wna eaey “Sy Trey vowuney Pa)
Bi . Sy VPNOL= Si tore enunEy © !
NOL: Ly en d
. 3 ANA) vas TYHOD au
+7 S1MOOD § -, -
a ow : > nuvnnya a Oy
si ALiD0s sco aye WNT eaeeene sii, Lonst
SI S¥S3NOH vowys ‘a sity . rwieuuas An
4 iv A 7 * _ waWg o68iq . ~ SVEIZNYT
My alae AN = (van, “e_- HOWY . S3TT3HOAgS, \
Nw7aWOL “(uma39)51NOWO10S™ SODVHD te nN Ss
N¥HI0 OldIOVd ALOS oa san 4 ¢>
S1XIN3OHd . ‘

3Q HOL¥noAa Sy : si

NVdJO0:NVIGNI

{amUyeHUD! NeW oulsoy a v
%, ANSE, ves yn HYBOOIN {i PPMPIEN >
wwii 1 amlea Ni ; é
Sy a: . SISNNNWYD. 7
wound hs, '
Sey, weng !
ty & 7
Wowuyor SIVNWIHWAY ¢
‘ ~
2,
SONYWTSI, * wr (sn URW)
NvlivmvH SRS PETE. ¢ “ou:
+ ABMD I vuvMYS¥DO

N¥QIIO Ol4ID¥d HLYON

sidajoioew “Ss @

- -/ s
_—_ ‘J (waysea)eysnqol sg ~¢

; a, hie em .
—— Sey vannooua, \ oY ‘oy {Usa}sam) ejsngol "Ss VY

S seth Fy Ae fl f
Re ee rt \yBunquoyos ‘Sy

eo si a "
ean

was ONINTH 3} | s e

Ost 009

MEMOIRS

OF THE

(QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

BRISBANE

© Queensland Museum
PO Box 3300, South Brisbane 4101, Australia
Phone 06 7 3840 7555
Fax 06 7 3846 1226
Email qmlib@qm.qld.gov.au
Website www.qm.qld.gov.au

National Library of Australia card number
ISSN 0079-8835

NOTE
Papers published in this volume and in all previous volumes of the Afemoirs of the
Queensland Museum maybe teproduced for scientific research, individual study or other
educational purposes. Properly acknowledged quotations may be made but queries regarding
the republication of any papers should be addressed to the Editor in Chief. Copies of the
journal can be purchased from the Queensland Museum Shop.

A Guide to Authors is displayed at the Queensland Museum web site

A Queensland Government Project
Typeset at the Queensland Museum

Mem, Qd Mus, 22(1): 75—100. [1985]

TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA (INSECTA) IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

G. DANIELS
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland

ABSTRACT

The types of Australian and South Pacific Island Diptera representing 350 nominal species,
housed in the Queensland Museum collection, are listed.

INTRODUCTION

The Diptera collection housed in the
Queensland Museum contains types of 350
nominal species, represented by 777 specimens.
These types are from Australia and the South
Pacific Islands, the latter represented by types of
$8 nominal species and 93 specimens, Types of 11
Australian species have not been located, whilst
13 specimens representing 11 species bear
erroneous labels, usually ‘Allotype’.

Families are listed as they appear in Colless and
McAlpine. 1970 with one or two additions.
Subfamilies, genera and species are represented
alphabetically under their original combinations
without reference to subgenera, incorrect generic
spellings not being noted. Synonyms are listed as
they occur and are treated according to the latest
revision of the group concerned.

Each taxon is followed by author, year and
page number of publication, If the current
accepted combination differs from that originally
proposed, the revision is listed along with the year
and page number of publication. Synonyms are
treated similarly although publication data are
not presented for the valid taxa. Locality data has
been stated as it occurs on the labels, but where
more information is available this is given in
square brackets.

The collection contains types designated by
several early Australian Dipterists, namely
Hardy, Ferguson, Roberts, Mann and Taylor. Mr
F. Taylor appears to be the first to deposit types
in the collection with the deposition in 1913 of a
number of Tabanidae.

AUSTRALIAN SPECIES
Suborder NEMATOCERA

Family TIPULIDAE
Subfamily LIMNOBIINAE
Gynaplistia wilsonella Alexander, 1930; 126.

PARATYPE °; D3743; Grampians, Vic., F.E.
Wilson.

Lechria sublaevis Alexander, 1920: 54.
HoLoryee *, ALLOTYPE : 17504; Caloundra,
Qld. These specimens have not been located in
the collection.

Limnophila borchi Alexander, 1929a: 486.
PaRATyPE ¢:; D3744; Millgrove Vic]. (Right
wing missing).

Molophilus barretti Alexander, 1929; 328.
PARATYPE ¢: D3745; Bayswater, Vic.,
20.v.[19}28, F.E, Wilson, (Abdomen and hind
legs missing).

Subfamily LIMONIINAE

Limonia (Thrypticomyia) marksae Alexander,
1956: 42.
HoLotTyPe /, ALLOTYyPE ©: T5303-4; Low
I[sland], N Qfld], 14.8.[19]54, E.N, Marks. A

paratype 7” has not been located in the
collecton.
Subfamily TIPULINAE

Clytocosmus alexanderi Dobrotworsky, 1968:

509.
ALLOTYPE \: T6604; [Lamington] National
Park, Qld, Dec, 1921, H. Hacker. (Four legs
missing).

Dolichopeza brevifurca queenslandica Alexander,
1920: 55.
(= Dolichopeza (Doalichopeza) queenslandice
Alexander after Dobrotworsky, 1974c: 21).
HoLotyre 7: Oxley, [near Brisbane], Qld.
This specimen has not been located in the
collection,

Habromastix parallela Alexander, 1920; 58.
(= Leptotarsus (Habromastix) — parallelus
(Alexander) alter Dobrotworsky, 1974a: 21).
HoLorype -: T7498; Brisbane, [Qld], H.
Hacker. (Genitalia mounted on a slide),

Habromastix terrae-reginae Alexander, 1920: 59.
(=Leptotarsus (Habromastix) terraereginae
(Alexander) after Dobrotworsky, 1974a: 20).

76 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Ho.otyee $: 77499; [Brisbane, Qld]. (This
specimen is in poor condition, with only 2
femora temaining on the body; a femur and
tibia is glued to the pin; genitalia mounted on a
slide).

Leptotarsus (Habromastix)
Dobrotworsky, 1974a: 28.
HoLotyPe *: 77177; Bulburin State Forest,
Qld, 27-29 May 1960, S.N. Thorburn.

Leptotarsus (Habramastix) cunninghamensis
Dobratworsky, 1974a: 23.

PARATYPES J] 4; 1 ¢; T7476-7; Cunningham's

bulburinensis

Gap, Qld. 2500'" 5,iv.[19]67, N.
Dobrotworsky.
Leptotarsus (Leptotarsus) Sletcherensis

Dobrotworsky, 1972: 35.
PARATYPES 2 “*: T7134-5; Fletcher SE Qld,
16.1.1969, E. Dahms,

Leptotarsus lipeneura Alexander, 1920: 57.

(= Leptotarsus (Psevdoleprotarsus) liponeura
Alexander after Dobrotworsky, 1972: 38).
HoLoType -: T7505; Brisbane, [Qld], H.
Hacker.

Macromashx flavopygialis Alexander, 1920; 60.
(= Leptotarsus (Phymatopsis) flavopygialis
(Alexander) after Dobrotworsky, 1974; 11),
Hotoryee ¢: 17503; Brisbane, [QId],
23.5.[19]16, H. Hacker. (Antennae and wings
missing, some legs glued to pin; genitalia
mounted on a slide).

Macromastix hackeri Alexander, 1920: 62.

(= Leptotarsus (Macromastix) hackeri
(Alexander) after Dobrotworsky, 1974b: 51),
Ho.otyPe *: 17500; Brisbane, [Qld], H.
Hacker. (Left wing and most of abdomen
missing; legs glued to pin).

Mucromastix tortilis Alexander, 1920: 61,

(= Leptotarsus (Macromastix) _ tortilis
(Alexander) after Dobrotworsky. !1974b: 45).
Ho.oryre *, ALLOTYPE ©: 17502; Brisbane,
Qld. 1 Jul. 1913, H. Hacker.

Family PSYCHODIDAE

Phlebotomus englishi Tonnoir, 1935: 144.
SYNTYPE <«: T6071; Yass. N.S.W., Jan-Feb,
1932, K, English.

SYNTYPE ©: T6072; same data except Feb-Mar,
1933.

Family CULICIDAE

Aedes (Finlaya) alocasicola Marks, 1947: 35,
PARATYPE *: T8398; Mount Glorious, Q[ld],
15,3.1943, J.C. Wassell.
PARATYPE T8399;
13.2.1945.

same data except

Aedes (Finlaya) candidoseutellum Marks, 1947a:
1.

Paratypes | 7, 1 3: T8401-2; Binna Burra,
Lamington National Park Q[ld], v.1945, F.A.
Perkins.

Aedes (Finlaya) zahnicala Marks, 1947: 43.
PARATYPE *; T8397; Caloundra, Q[ld],
13.8.[19]45, Perkins & Wassell.

Aedes (Firlaya) josephinae Marks, 1958: 58.

PARATYPE 7: T5751: Skull Ck, N Qfldl,
15.y.1953, E.N. Marks,
PARATYPE ©: T5752; Cowal Ck, N Q[ld],

13.yii.1952, Mackerras & Marks.

Aedes (Finlava) monocellatus Marks, 1948: 14.
PARATYPES | 74; | ©: T8403-4; Upper Cedar
Creek [Qld], 14.ix.1943, Wassell & Marks.

Aedes (Ocklerotatus) calcariae Marks, 1957; 74,
PARATYPE 7: D5749; Robe, W.A.,
24.9,[19]53, E.W. Lines.

PARATYPE D5750; same data except
10,8,[19]53,

Aedes (Ochlerotatus) ratcliffei Marks, 1959: 123.
PARATYPE «: D5761; Gnangara, W.A.,
11.x.1954, F.N. Ratcliffe.

Aedes (Ochlerotatus) turneri Marks, 1963: 42.
ALLOTYPE *: T8405; Perth, W.A., 6.9.[19]38,
A.J. Tumer.

Anopheles (Anopheles) colledgei Marks, 1956:

41,
PARATYPES 2 *: D5529-30; Mossman, Q[Id],
2,7,[19]46, E.N. Marks. (Specimen D5530 is
represented by a leg whilst the other specimen
has 4 legs missing).

Family CERATOPOGONIDAE

Culicoides gladysae Kettle, Elson and Dyce, 1976:
173.
HoLorypPe =: T7220; Mount Glorious, 30 km
WNW of Brisbane, Qld. 2.v.1973, D.S. Kettle.
ALLOTYPE ‘: T7221; same data.

Family CECIDOMYIIDAE
Contarinia alloteropsidis Harris, 1979: 179.

HoLotTyrE ¢: 17773: nr Cooktown, Qld,
4iv.1973, Passlow.

PARATYPE ‘: 18373; nr Cooktown, Qld,
Passlow.

PARATYPES 2 ©: T8374-5; Cullen River, Stuart
Highway, N.T., 26,iii1.1972, Passlow.

Contarinia bothriochloae Harris, 1979: 175.
HoLotyPe =: T7770; PARATYPES 1 7, 2 =:
T8367-9; W of Cooktown, Qld, Passlow.
Pararypes 2 *, 1 2: T8370-2; Finch Bay,
Cooktown, Qld, Passlow.

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 77

Contarinia brevipalpis Harris, 1979: 179.
HOLOTYPE 2: T7774; 10 miles N of Cardwell
Yellow Waterholes, nr Kennedy, Qld,
30.11.1973.
PARATYPES | ¢, 1 2: T8376-7; same data, no
date, Passlow.

Contarinia dichanthii Harris, 1979: 176.
HOLOTYPE 2: 17771; Bullock Ck, [Qld],
28.11.1973, Passlow.

PARATYPES 2 ¢, 4 2: T8340-5; same data, no

date.

PARATYPES 2 2: T8346-7; Warlock Ponds,
N.T., Passlow.

PARATYPES 1 4, 1 2: T8348-9; Sof

Normanton, Qld, Passlow.
PARATYPE ¢: T8350; Croydon, Qld, 7.iv.1973,
Passlow.

Contarinia fimbristylidis Harris, 1979: 180.
HOLOTYPE ©: T7776; Swim Creek [N.T.],
Passlow.

PARATYPE ¢: T8378; same data.

Contarinia intrans Harris, 1979: 173.

HOLOTYPE ¢?: 17768; Cullen River, N.T.,
26.iii.1972, Passlow.

PARATYPES 2 ¢, 2 2: T8331-4; same data, no
date.

PARATYPE 2: T8335; 13 mls S of Hayes Ck,
N.T., 26.ii.1971, T. Passlow.
PARATYPE &: 18336; Katherine,
24.iii.[19]71, T. Passlow.

PARATYPE ¢: T8337; Cullen Riv[er], N.T.,
26.iii.1972, Passlow.

N.T.,

PARATYPES 2 &: 1T8338-9; Douglas River

crossing, N.T., 27.iii.1972, T. Passlow.
Contarinia passlowi Harris, 1979: 178.

HOLOTYPE 2: 17772; Townsville, Qld.

27.ii1.1973, Passlow.

PARATYPE ¢: T8351; W of Townsville, Qld.
27.ii1.1973, Passlow.

PARATYPES 1 #, 2 ¢: T8352-4; Townsville,
[Qld], Passlow.

PARATYPES 3 ¢, 2 2: T8355-9; Daly Waters,
N.T., Passlow.

PARATYPE T8360; Georgetown, Qld,
Passlow.
PARATYPE 2: T8361; Roper Ponds, N.T.,
Passlow.

Contarinia plumosi Harris, 1979: 172.
HOLOTYPE °%: T7767; M[oun]t Molloy, Qld,
4.iv.1973, Passlow.

PARATYPES 4 2: T8320-23; same data.
PARATYPE 7: 18324; Daly Waters, N.T.,
17.iii1.1972, Passlow.
PARATYPE 2: 18325;
25.iii1.1971, T. Passlow.

Edith River, N.T.,

PARATYPES 5 2: T8326-30; Katherine, N.T.,
23.iii.1971, T. Passlow.

Contarinia roperi Harris, 1979: 171.

HOLOTYPE ¢: T7766; Roper R[i]v[er] R[oa]d,
[N.T.], 22.iii.1972, Passlow.
PARATYPES 1 ¢, 4 2: T8314-18; same data.

Contarinia scirpi Harris, 1979: 180.

HOLOTYPE ¢?: T7775; Elsey Creek, N.T.,
23.iii1.1972, Passlow.

PARATYPES 2 ¢, 1 °: T8379-81; same data, no
date.

Contarinia sehimae Harris, 1979: 173.
HOLOTYPE &: T7769; Normanton,
[8.iv.1973], Passlow.

PARATYPE ¢: T8362; same data.
PARATYPES 2 2: T8363-4; Edith River, N.T.,
[26.iii.1972], Passlow.

PARATYPES 2 ?: T8365-6; Katherine, N.T.,
[27.iii.1972], Passlow.

Qld,

Family MYCETOPHILIDAE

Arachnocampa (Campara) flava Harrison, 1966:
882.
HoLotTyPE ¢: T6430; Numinbah, Qld],
21.4.[19]35, F.A. Perkins.

Suborder BRACHYCERA
Division ORTHORRHAPHA

Family PELECORHYNCHIDAE

Pelecorhynchus mirabilis Taylor, 1917: 513.
SYNTYPE 2: D2625; Stradbroke Is[lan]d, Qld,
17 Sept. 1915, (labelled ‘type ©’).

Family EXERETONEURIDAE

Exeretoneura angustifrons G. Hardy, 1924a: 458.
PARATYPE ¢: D3064; Ebor, [N.S.W.],
8.1.[19]14, A.J. Turner. (Head missing).

Family RHAGIONIDAE

Atherimorpha vernalis occidens G. Hardy, 1927:
126.
(=Atherimorpha — occidens
Paramonov, 1962: 166).
SYNTYPE ¢: T8546; Cradle M[oun]t[ain], Tas.,
3000 ft, 21.1.[19]25.
SYNTYPE ¢: T8547; same data except
22.1.[19]25. (Forelegs and left wing missing
from 18546; both specimens labelled
paratype).

Spaniopsis tabaniformis White, 1914: 44.
SYNTYPE °: D2639; Freycinet’s Pen[insula],
Tas., 12.4.1914.

Hardy _ after

78 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Family TABANIDAE
Subfamily CHRYSOPINAB

Silvius angusticallosus Taylor, 1919: 44.
(= Mesomyia (Mesomyia) ptontang (Ricardo)
alter Mackerras, 1961: 894),
Hovoryee =: D2632; Stradbroke Island, [Qld].
3.12.[19]12, H. Hacker.

Silyius hackeri Taylor, 1919: 45,
(= Mesomyia (Lilaea) Iurida (Walker) after
Mackerras, 1955a: 606).
HOLOTYPE D2630; [Qld],
15.11.[19]16, H. Hacker.

Silvius paraluridus Ferguson and Henry, 1920:
839.

= Mesomyia (Lilaea) paralurida (Ferguson

and Henry) after Mackerras, 1955a: 606),
SYNTYPE /: D2633; Kendall, N.S.W. (labelled
paratype).

Silvius stradbroket Taylor, 1917: 519.
(= Mesomyia ( Lilaea) stradbrokei (Taylor)
after Mackerras, 1955a: 606).
Ho.oryee - : 92631; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
5.12.[19]13, H. Hacker.

Silvius vicinus Taylor, 1919; 46,
(= Mesomyia (Perisilvius) demeijerei (Ricardo)
after Mackerras, 1961: 861).
HouLortyPeE - : D2627; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
5.12.[19]13, H. Hacker.

Brisbane,

Subfamily PANGONIINAE

Caenoprosopon hamivni Taylor, 1917: $21.
(= Ectenopsis (Parasilvius) hamlyni (Taylor)
after Mackerras, J956: 429).
HoLotTyreE *: D2629; [Old],
10.10.[19]16, H. Hacker.

Diatomineura avripleura Taylor, 1917: 516,
(= Scaptia (Pseudoscioné) auripleura (Taylor)
after Enderlein, 1925: 278).
Syntype ‘: T8396; Stradbroke Is[lanJd, Qld,
17 Sept. 1915, H. Hacker (Labelled ‘Type *’).
SYNTYPE ©: D2626; Stradbroke Is[lan]d, Qld,
17 Sept. 1915, H. Hacker (labelled ‘Type ~’).

Ectenopsis (Leptonopsis) vittata Mackerras,
1955: 471.
PARATYPE >: T5452; Northampton, W-.A.,
18.11.[19]38, A.J, Turner.

Erephopsis subcontigua Ferguson, 1921; 5.
(= Scaptia (Pseudoscione) subcontigua
(Ferguson) after Mackerras, 1960: 109),
PARATYPE 02624; Deervale,
Armidale, [N.S.W.], Dec.

Palimmecomvia celaenospila Taylor, 1917; 518.
(= Seaptia (Palimmeconivia) — walkeri
(Newman) atter Mackerras, 1955: 498).
HoLoTyeE *; 02628; Brisbane,

Brisbane,

[near]

[Qld],

18.9.[19]14, H. Hacker (labelled ‘Type *").
Scaptia (Scaptia) alpina alpina Mackerras, 1960:
67.
PARATYPE *: D5686; Alpine Creek, Kiandra,
[N.S.W.], 8.1.{19]38, Mackerras.
Scaptia (Pseudoscione) calabyi Mackerras, 1960:
106.
PARATYPE .: T5688; 6 ml SE of Karragullen,
W.A,, 27.2.1953, McIntosh and Calaby.
Scaptia (Pseudoscione) neoconcolor Mackerras,
1960: 115.
PARATYPE =: T5689; Kuranda N Q[ld], Dodd.

Scaptia (Pseudoscione) orientalis Mackerras,
1960: 89.
PARATYPE |: T5687; Jervis Bay, [N.S.W,], 4

Sept. [19]48, E.F. Riek.

Therevopangonia insolita Mackerras, 1955: 475.
PARATYPES 2 7: T5450-1; Eradu, W.A., §
Sept. [19]26, Nicholson,

Subfamily TABANINAE

Tabanus australicus Taylor, 1919: 53.
HoLtotypeE -; D2617; Brisbane,
23.11L.{19]15, H. Hacker.

Tabanus brisbunensis Taylor, 1917; 526.
(= Dasybasis spadix (Taylor) after Mackerras,
1959: 174).

Syntype ¢: T2610: Brisbane, [Qld],
20.9.[19]16, H. Hacker. (labelled ‘Type °’,
head missing).

SYNTYPE -: 18384; Brisbane [Qld].
27.2,[19]16, H. Hacker. (labelled ‘Type ~’).

Tabanus confusus Taylor, 1917: 523.

(= Dasybasis moretonensis (Ferguson and
Hill) after Mackerras, 1959: 181).

HouvotyPpe -: D2611; Brisbane,
6.10.[19]14, H. Hacker.

Tabanus diemanensis Ferguson, 1921: 25.

(= Dasyhasis spadix diemanensis (Ferguson)
after Mackerras, 1959; 175).

Paratypes 2 |: D3093, T8395; Bream Creek
[Tas.], 20.2.[19]18, G. Hardy,

[Qld],

[Qld],

PARATYPE ¢: T8394; same data except
18.2.(19] 18.
PARATYPE D2614; same data except

18.2. [19] 18.
Tabanus griseus Taylor, 1919: 55,
(= Dasvbasis clevicallosa (Ricardo) after
Mackerras, 1959; 170),
HOLOTYPE D2623; Brisbane, [Qld],
20.12.[19]17, H. Hacker. (labelled "Type <*).
Tahanus hackeri Taylor, 1917: 522.
(= Dasybasis nemopunctata (Ricardo) after
Mackerras, 1959: 172),
HoLotypet ©: 02615; Bribie Island], Qld, Jan.
1915.

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 79

Tabanus innotatus Ferguson and Henry, 1920:
847,
(= Dasybasis innotata (Ferguson and Henry)
after Mackerras, 1959: 183).
SYNTYPE +: D2622; Kendall, N.S.W. (labelled
paratype),
Tabanus latifrons Ferguson, 1921; 19.
(= Dasvbasis neolatifrons (Ferguson and Hill)
after Mackerras, 1959: 180).
PARATYPE <; D3094; Cradle Mloun)t{ain],
[Tas.], 12.1.[19]17, G.H. Hardy.
PARATYPE T8393; same data except
17.1.f19]17.
Tabanus ochreoflavus Ferguson and Henry,
1920; 845.
(= Dasybasis ochreoflava (Ferguson and
Henry) after Mackerras, 1959; 173).
SyntyPE 2: 72612; Kendall,
31.1.[19]18 (labelled paratype).
Tabanus parvus Taylor, 1913: 69.
(= Dasybasis parva (Taylor) after Mackerras,
1959: 172).
SYNTYPE jj: D2620; Darwin,
Strangman (labelled paratype).
Tabanus pséudoardens Taylor, 1913: 66.
(= Cydisiomyia pseudoardens (Taylor) after
Mackerras, 1959: 166),
SYNTYPE ,: D2619; Port Douglas, [Qld], 1891,
C.J. Wild (labelled Cotype),
Tabanus robustus Taylor, 1919; 69,
(= Dasyhasis cirrus (Ricardo) after Mackerras,
1959: 177).
HOLOTYPE D2621; [Qld],
29,10.[19]17, H. Hacker.
Tabanus rufoabdominalis Taylor, 1917: 525.
(= Cydistomyia laticallosa (Ricardo) after
Mackerras, 1959: 167).
SYNTYPE 7; 02613; Stradbroke Is[lan]d, [Qld],
17 Sept. 1915, H. Hacker, (labelled ‘Type 7”).
SyNTYPE £+ D8385; same data, (labelled ‘Type

[N.S.W.],

N.T., Dr

Brisbane,

Tabanus silviformis Taylor, 1919: 62.
HoLoryee ¢: D2618: Stradbroke Island [Qld].
3.12.[19]12, H. Hacker.

Tabanus tasmanicus Ferguson, 1921: 20.

(= Dasyhasis neocirrus (Ricardo) after
Mackerras, 1959: 173).
PARATYPE D2616; Dunalley, [Tas.],

15.2,[19]18.

Family STRATIOMYIDAE
Subfamily BERTDINAE

Actina imperfecta G, Hardy, 1932a: 54,
PARATYPE ¢: T8587; Mapleton,
26.3.[19]24, H. Hacker.

[Qld],

PARATYPE ©: D3162; [Lamington] National
Pfar}k, Qld], 25.10.[19]23, H. Hacker.
PARATYPE 7: D3162; same data except Dec,
1931.

Subfamily CHIROMYZINAE

Altermetoponia flava James, 1968: 155,
(= Inopus flavus (James) after Bull, 1976:
567).
HoLotyre =: T6627; ALLOTYPE ‘: T6628;
PARATYPE 7 T6684; Proserpine. Qld, Apr,
1967, G. Wilson,

Archimyza ava Enderlein, 1921: 157,
(= Chiramyza ava (Enderlein) after G. Hardy,
1924; 369).
SYNTYPE +: D2848; Tambourine (=
Tamborine), [Qld], 2.4.1911, H, Hacker. It 15
possible this specimen may not have any type
Status.

Stenimas siemmaticalis Enderlein, 1921: 175.
(= Chiromyza stemmaticalis (Enderlein) after
G. Hardy, 1924: 368).
There are 3 * labelled as paratypes in the
collection which could not have been studied by
Enderlein and should not be considered as
types, 3 ~: D2848; [Lamington] National Park,
Q[Id], Dec. 1921, H. Hacker.

Subfamily PACHYGASTERINAE

Damaromyia clivosa G, Hardy, 1931: 128.
SYNTYPE -: D4729; Brisbane, [Qld], Nov.
1924, G.H. Hardy.

SYNTYPES 2 +: D4729; same data except Sept.
1930,

Damaromyia discolor G, Hardy, 1931; 123,
PARATYPE =: D4727; [Lamington] Nat[ional!
Plark], Qld. Mar. 1929.

Subfamily SARGINAE

Sargus darius G. Hardy, 1932b: 47,
PARATYPE ©: Tamborine Mountain, Qld.
PARATYPES 2 =: Dunk Island, Qld.
Whilst no specimens of this species bearing
paralype labels have been located, there are 2
specimens from Dunk Island with a label
‘Surgus sp. noy.’? and nearby an aparently
conspecific specimen from Tamborine
Mountain Without any further labelling. Jt is
possible these specimens are paratypes,

Subfamily STRATIOMYINAE
Odontomyia carinifacies var. grandimaculata G.
Hardy, 1920: 56.
(= Odontomyia grandimaculata Hardy after
G. Hardy, 1938: 72).

80 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

SYNTYPES 2 *: D3095; Bream Creek,, [Tas.],
18.2,[19]18, G,H. Hardy (labelled paratype).
SYNTYPE ‘: D2634; same data.

Family NEMESTRINIDAE

Trichaphthalma_ bivitta nigricosta Mackerras,
1925: 524,

PARATYPE D306i; Barrington T[o]ps,
[N.S.W.], Feb. [19]25, Sfydney] U[niversity]
Zoology] Expfedition).

Trichophihalma confusa Mackerras, 1925: 521.
PARATYPE *: D3060; Kendall, N.S.W.,
14.12. [19]19.

Trichophthalma
1925; 512,
PARATYPE ¢: D3054; Hamel, [W.A.].

Trichophthalma fusca Mackerras, 1925; 516.
PARATYPE *: D3056; Port Curtis, [Qld].

Trichophthalma harrisoni Mackerras, 1925: 525.
PARATYPE 7; 013062; Barrington Tfo}ps,
[NUS.W.], Jan. [19]25, S[ydnev] U[niversity]
Zoolology] Exp[edition].

Trichophthalma intermedia Mackerras,
$17.

Hocoryre 4: D3057; Russell Isfland], [Qld],
Dec. 1921, H. Hacker.
ALLOTYPE +: D30457; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
3,12.[19]12, H. Hacker.

Trichophthalma nigrovittata Mackerras, 1925:
331.

PARATYPES | *, |! =: D3063; Barrington
Tlolps, [N.S.W.], Feb. [19]25, Sydney]
U[niversity] Zoollogy] Exp[edition].

Trichophthalma punctata orientalis Mackerras,
1925: 519.

PARATYPE 7: D3058: Barrington T[op]s,
[N,S.W.], Jan, [19]25, Sf{ydney] U[niversiry]
Zooflogy] Exp[edition].

costalis apicalis Mackerras,

1925:

Trichophthalma punctate var. muininia
Mackerras, 1925; 519.
ALLOTYPE -: 13059; Russell Is{lan]d, Qld,

Dec. 1921, H. Hacker.

Trichophthalma rufonigra Mackerras, 1925; 513.
PARATYPES | 7, 1 03055; Barrington
Tlolps, [N.S.W], Feb. [19]25, S[ydney]
U[niversity] Zooflogy] Expfedition].

Family ACROCERIDAE

Mesophysa ultima Neboiss, 1971: 219,
HoLorTyPE -: T6920; Archerfield, Brisbane,
Qld, 20.ix. 1969, G.J. Toop.

Family THEREVIDAE

Acraspisa nigrinota Mann, 1929: 20,
Hovotyre *; D3281; Gogango, Qfld], Dec.

[19]28, A.P. Dodd.

Acraspisa obscuripes Mann, 1929: 21.
PARATYPES 5 ¢: D3502; Brisbane, [Qld],
24,9,[19]14, H. Hacker.

Acraspisa trifasciata Krober, 1912a: 286.

There is a © labelled allotype in the collection,
designated by Mann (1929: 20). As this
specimen was not included in the type series it
cannot be considered to be a type.

1 ©: D3505; Forest Reefs, N.S.W., Lea.

Acupalpa albitarsa Mann, 1929: 24.

Hovorype °; D3282; PARATYPES 9 4:
T8548-S6; Brisbane Qld. 24.9.[19]14, H.
Hacker.

Acupalpa pollinosa Mann, 1929; 25,

HOLOTYPE ¢; 193283; Brisbane, [Qld],
18.9.[19]14, H. Hacker.
PARATYPE #: 03283; Caloundra, [Qld],

28,10.[19]13, H. Hacker.
PARATYPES 3 4; D3283; same data as holotype
except 24.9.[19]14.

Acupalpa semiflava Matin, 1929: 28.
HoLoryPE ©: D3495; PARATYPE =; T8560;
Brisbane, [Qld], 24.9.[19]14, [H.] Hacker.

PARATYPE T8557, same data except
24.9.[19]12.

PARATYPE T8558, same data except
14.10.[19]13.

PARATYPE ‘: T8559; same data except

10.10.f19]16.
Acupalpa semirufa Mann, 1929: 27,

ALLOTYPE ©; D3494; Bribie Island, [Qld],
12.9.[19]18, H. Hacker.
PARATYPE D3494; Tambourine (=

Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld], 29.11.[19]25, H.
Hacker.

Agapophytus albobasalis Mann, 1929; 37.
HoLoryee 7; ALLOTYPE ©; D3501; Chinchilla,
Old, Nov. [19]27, A.P. Dodd.

Paratyrpe <: D3401; Brisbane, [Qld],
9.4.[L9]19, H. Hacker.
Paratype +: D3501; same data as paratype

except 20.11.{19]11.

Agapophyius aterrimus Mann, 1929: 36.
HoLotyepe ¢; D3500; Brishane,
10.10.[19]16, H. Hacker.

Agapophytus flavicornis Mann, 1929: 32.

Hovotyre 7: D3497; Brisbane, Qld.
ALLOTYPE D3497; Ferny Grove, Qfld],
2.1.[19]28, J. Mann.
PARATYPE ‘¢: D3497; [Qld],
17.11.[19]24, H. Hacker,

PARATYPES 2 *: D3497; Brisbane, [Qld],
12.11[19}12, One specimen has the head, fore
legs and hind tibiae and tarsi missing.

[Qld],

Ormistan,

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA Sl

PARATYPES 2 4: D3497; same data except
7.11.[19]16. One specimen has the fore tarsus
and a hind tibia and tarsus missing.
PARATYPE ¢: D3497; same data except
§.1.[19]14. The antennae are damaged and a
hind leg and fore tibia and tarsus are missing,
PARATYPE /: D3497; same data except
2.12, [19]13. An antenna, the fore legs and a
mid leg are missing.

PARATYPE “«: D3497; same data except
15,11.[19]16, The antennae are damaged anda
hind leg is missing.

Agapopliylus ruficaudus Mann, 1929; 36,
Hovotyre ': D3499; Samford, [Qld], Jan.
1923, H. Hacker.
ALLOTYPE D3499; [Old],
25.2.[19]22, H. Hacker.

PARATYPE 2 1: D3499; Alderley, Brisbane,
[Qld], 30.9.[19]23, H. Hacker.

Agapophytus squamosus Mann, 1929; 39,
HOLOTYPE 7; ALLOTYPE +: D3503; Brisbane,
Qld, 26.12.[19]24, H. Hacker.

Anabarhynchus argenteus Mann, 1928: 176.
HoLotyre =: D3278: Wynnum, [Qld], May
1927, B. Smith.

Anuburhynchus flavus Mann, 1928; 181.
Horotyrpe *: 13279: Caloundra, [Qld],
28.10.[19]13, H. Hacker.

PARATYPE *: D3280; Bribie Island, [Qld],
29.8.(19]20, H. Hacker,

Ectinorhynchus levis Mann, 1933: 334,
HocotyPe *; ALLOTYPE -: T51I91-2; Swan
River, W.A., L.J. Newman.

Neodialineura striatithorax Mann, 1928: 172.
HoLoryree ?: D3267; [Lamington] National
Pfar]k, Qld, 25.10.[19)23, H. Hacker.
ALLOTYPE -; PARATYPE D3267;
Tambourine (= Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld],
W.H. Davidson.

PARATYPES 2 <=: D3267; [Lamington]
Nat[ional] Pfar]k, Q[ld], 25.10.[19]23, H.
Hacker.

Parapsilocephala parva Mann, 1933: 342.
ALLOTYPE -: T5190; Brisbane, [Qld], Nov.
1929, G.H. Hardy.

Phycus imitans White, 1915: 28.

(= Agapophytus imitans (White) after Mann,
1929: 4Q),

There is a * labelled allotype in the collection,
designated by Mann (1929: 41). As. this
specimen was. not included in the type series, it
cannot be considered asatype, _

1 *: D3504, Mount Tamborine, Qld.

Psilocephala aggera Mann, 1933: 327.
HoLotyee =: T5187; Chinchilla, Q[ld], Aug.
[19]30, J. Mann. This specimen is in poor

Brisbane

condition,

Psilocephala duacoloris Mann, 1933: 329,
HOLOTYPE ALLOTYPE ¢*: D5185-6;
Denman, N.S.W., 18.4.[19]29, A.P. Dodd.
(Wings missing from allotype, which is in poor
condition).

Psilocenhala lutea White, 1915: 49,

There is a ¢ labelled allotype in the collection,
designated by Mann (1933: 331). As this
specimen was not included in the type senes it
cannot be considered as a type.

1 °: T5188; King Island, Tas.

Taenogera gracilis Maun, 1928: 167.

HoLtotyrpe =; PARATYPE «: D3266;
Tambourine (= Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld],
W.H. Davidson.

Taenogera notatitharax Mann, 1928: 169,
HOLOTYPE 7; ALLOTYPE D3265;
Tambourine (= Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld],
W.H. Davidson.

Thereva singula Walker, 1848: 227.

(= £upsilocephala singula (Walker)
Krober, 1912: 255),

There is a ? in the collection labelled allotype,
designated by Mann (1933: 337). As_ this
specimen was not included in the type series, it
cannot be considered as a type.

1 *: T5184; Chinchilla, Qld.

after

Family SCENOPINIDAE

Neopseudatrichia inglewoodi Kelsey, 1970: 341,
HOLOTYPE 7: T6731; Inglewood, Q[ld],
1.9,[19]25,

Riektella woodwardi Kelsey, 1971: 201.
HOLOTYPE *; ALLOTYPE .: T6878; 28 ml 5 ol
Ti-Tree Well, N.T., 26,viii.1964, TE,
Woodward.

Scenopinus cristafrons Kelsey, 1971: 186.
HoL_oryPe -: T6976; 37 ml S of Dunmarra.
N.T., 23.viti.1964, T.E. Woodward.

Scenopinus iillarae Kelsey, 1971: 189,
HoOLotyPeE —: T6975; Moggill, Qld, 2.v.1967,
L. Millar.

Family ASILIDAE
Subfamily AsiLINAE

Asilus illingworihi G. Hardy, 1922: 196.
(= Neoaratus illingworthi (Hardy) atter G.
Hardy, 1935: 180).
Paratype *: 02635; Gordonvale, N Q[Id],
.1.[19]22, E. Jarvis (labelled Cotype).
Cerdisius constrictus G. Hardy, 1926: 654.
(= Cerdisius fuscipennis (Macquart) after G.
Hardy, 1929: 81).
PARATYPE : T8561; Ebor, N.S.W., 2.7.[19]16,

82 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PARATYPE T8562; same data except
3.1, [19]16-

PARATYPE ¢: 78563; Brisbane, [Qld],
23.10.[19]21, H. Hacker.

PARATYPE #: T8564; same data except
20,10.[19]14.

PARATYPE ¢: T8565; same data except

16,10.[19]12.

PARATYPES 1 7, L +; T8566-7; Tambourine (=
Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld], 28.10.[19]12, H.
Hacker.

Subfamily DASYPOGONINAE

Brachyrhapala semirufa G. Hardy, 1929a: 65.
PARATYPE 7: D2635; Brisbane, [Qld],
29.12.[19]12, H. Hacker,

PARATYPE *: D2635; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
3.12.[19]12, H. Hacker.

Family APIOCERIDAE

Apiovera hardyi angustifrons Paramonov, 1953:
493.
SYNTYPE 74; ‘T8568; Brisbane, [Qld],
14.12.[19]15, H. Hacker, (labelled ‘* typus’).
SYNTYPE T8569; same data except
4,12.[19]i1 (labelled ‘2 typus’: head in vial
attached to pin).

Apiocera longitudinalis Paramonov, 1953: 510.
Hovotyre \: T5502; Cunderdin, [W.A.].

Apiocera lugubris Paramonoy, 1953: 497.
HoLoryee *: T8570; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
3.12.[19]12, H. Hacker.

Apiocera similis Paramonov, 1953: 505.
PARATYPE T5501; Stradbroke Island,
(Qld], 17 Sept. 1915, H. Hacker.

Family MYDAIDAE

Diochlistus hackeri Paramonov, 1950; 25.
PARATYPE 4: T8585; Tambourine (=
Tamborine) Mountain, [Qld], W.H. Davidson.
(labelled ** typus’).
PARATYPE =: T8588: same data as above, but
without Paramonoy’s type label.

Family BOMBYLIIDAE
Subfamily ANTHRACINAE
Anthrax confluensis Roberts, 1928: 139.

HoLtotyee ¢: D3254: Brisbane. Qld,
22.1.[19]26, FH. Roberts.
ALLOTYPE D3254, Brisbane, [Qld],
1.5,[19]26, J. Mann.

Anthrax lepidiata Roberts, 1928: 138.
HOLOTYPE D3262; Chinchilla,

Qlueens}land, Nov. [19]24, T.A. Cole.

Subfamily BOMBYLIINAE

Bombplius dulcis Roberts, 1928a: 440,
HOLOTYPE Is D3284; Westwood,
Q[ueens}land, Oct. 1926, A.P. Dodd.
ALLOTYPE ~: T8536; Westwood, Qld, Oct.
1927, A.P. Dodd.

Boambylius proprius Roberts, 1928a; 436.
HoLotyPe 4: D3285; Blackheath, [N.S.W.],
15 Nov. 1919, G.H. Hardy. (Left wing
missing).

Bombylius suecandidus Roberts, 1928a: 438,
HoLotyrE *: D3286; Warialda, [N.S.W.],
30.ix.[19]27, A.P. Dodd.

Disehistus formosus Roberts, 1928a: 451.
HoLtotyre ‘: 0D3287; Brisbane, Qf[ld],
3.9,[19]21, J. Mann,

ALLOTYPE ©; T8537; Brisbane, Qld, 9.9.[19]27,
F.H. Roberts.

Dischistus pallidoventer Roberts, 1928a: 452.
HOLoTyPpE ¢: 03288; Hobart, [Tas.],
14.3.[19]17, G.H. Hardy.

Dischistus perparvus Roberts, 1928a: 453.
HOLOTYPE *: D3289; Morven, Qld. Sept.
1927, A.P. Dodd.

Systoechus cinetiventris Roberts, 1928a: 424.

HoLotype ¢; D3292; Chinchilla, [Qld],
14,11.[19]26.
ALLOTYPE T8535; Brisbane, [Qld],

15.8.[19]27. J. Mann.
Systoechus pallidus Roberts, 1928a: 422.
HovotyPe *: D3291; Brisbane, Qld, 5 Aug.
1927, F.H. Roberts.
Svstoechus rubidus Roberts, 1928a: 421.
HOLOTYPE iH D3290; Chinchilla,
Q|ueens}land, Nov- [19]26, A.P. Dodd.

Subfamily ECLIMINAE
Eclimus furvicostatus Roberts, 1929: 578.
(= Thevenemyia furvicosiata (Roberts) after
Hall, 1969: 36),
Hovoryee *: D3526; Westwood, Qfld],
20.11.[19]27, A.P. Dodd. (Left wing missing).
Eclimus nigrapicalis Roberts, 1929: 576.
(= Thevenemyia nigrapicalis (Roberts) after
Hall, 1969: 65).
HoLoryPpe ¢; ALLOTYPE -: D3525;
Goondiwindi, Qld, 29,12,[19]27, F.H. Roberts.

Subfamily ENOPROSOPINAF

Hyperalonia dentata Roberts, 1928: 102.
(= Ligvra dentata (Roberts) after Paramonov,
1967: 130),
HOLOTYPE «; D3261; no data.

Lepidanthrax linguata Roberts, 1928: 130.
HoLoryPre 7; ALLOTYPE -: D3260; Brisbane,

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 83

Qld, 21. and 22.11.[19]26, F.H. Roberts.
Pseudopenthes fenestrata Roberts, 1928: 133.
HOLOTYPE ¢: D3264; _ Brisbane, Qld.
27.10.[19]26, F.H. Roberts.
ALLOTYPE 2°: D3264; Goodna, Q[ueens]land,
20.11.[19]25, J. Mann.
Villa albobasalis Roberts, 1928: 127.
HOLOTYPE a D3259; Chinchilla,
Q[ueens]land, Nov. [19]29, A.P. Dodd.
Villa brunea Roberts, 1928: 118.
HOLOTYPE ¢; ~- ALLOTYPE D3257;
Gravesend, [N.S.W.], Mar. [19]27, F. Roberts.
Villa quinqueguitata Roberts, 1928: 126.
HOLOTYPE 2: D3256; Sydney, [N.S.W.],
26.12.[19]18, G.H. Hardy.
Villa rava Roberts, 1928: 125.
HOLOTYPE 2; ALLOTYPE 2: D3263; Chinchilla,
Qld. 2 and 3.10.[19]26.
Villa trivincula Roberts, 1928: 119.
HOLOTYPE °; PARATYPE 7: D3258; Brisbane
[Qld], 13.11.[19]23, L. Franzen.

ALLOTYPE #: D3258; Sydney [N.S.W.],
2.2.[19]19, G.H. Hardy.

Villa varipennis Roberts, 1928: 121.
HOLOTYPE t; ALLOTYPE D3255;

Gravesend, [N.S.W.], Mar. [19]27, F. Roberts.
(Head missig from allotype).

Subfamily HENICINAE

Neosardus circumdatus Roberts, 1929: 561.
HOLOTYPE 2: D3527; Broken Hill, [N.S.W.],
C. Deane.

Neosardus principius Roberts, 1929: 562.

HOLOTYPE ¢: D3528; Emerald, Q[ueens]land,
18.11.[19]28, F. Roberts.
ALLOTYPE 2; PARATYPE ¢: D3528; Chinchilla,
Q[ld], 20.11.[19]28, A.P. Dodd. (These
specimens are all damaged to varying degrees
by verdigris).

Subfamily PLATYPYGINAE

Cyrtosia parvissima Roberts, 1929: 567.
HOLOTYPE ¢; ALLOTYPE 2: D3532; Gogango,
Q[ueens]land, Mar. [19]29, A.P. Dodd. (The
allotype has some verdigris damage on thorax).

Subfamily SYSTROPINAE

Dolichomyia minima Roberts, 1929: $57.
(= Zaclava minima (Roberts) after Hull, 1973:
250).
HoLotyPE 4: D3531; C[hinc]hilla, Qld,
2.10.[19]16, B. Smith. (Abdomen missing).
ALLOTYPE 4: D3531; Waroo, S.Qu[eensland],
Feb. 1927.
PARATYPES 2
7.3.[19]18, Hacker.

D3531; Brisbane,

[Qld],

Systropus doddi Roberts, 1929: 555.
HOLOTYPE ?: D3522; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],
5.12.[19]13, H. Hacker. (Abdomen and hind
legs carded).
PARATYPE ?: D3522; Kuranda, Qld, Mar.
[19]07, F.P. Dodd. (Left wing and hind tarsus
missing).

Systropus flavo-ornatus Roberts, 1929: 554.
Ho.otyPeE 2: D3523; Westwood, [Qld], Feb.
[19]27, A.P. Dodd.

ALLOTYPE %: D3523; Westwood, Qlld],
5.1.[19]25, A.B[urns].
Subfamily TOMOMYZINAE
Myonema humilis Roberts, 1929: 564.
HOLOTYPE 7%, PARATYPES 4 ¢: D3530;
Brisbane, [Qld], 20.8.[19]18, H. Hacker.

(Holotype with left wing and mouth-parts
missing; other specimens have either antennae,
a wing or the head missing, all being somewhat
damaged by verdigris).

Subfamily TOXOPHORINAE

Toxophora compta Roberts, 1929: 559.
HOLOTYPE ¢: D3529; _ Brisbane,
6.3.[19]18, H. Hacker.

[Qld],

Division CYCLORRHAPHA
Series ASCHIZA

Family PHORIDAE

Chonocephalus brisbanensis Beyer, 1960: 35.
HOLOTYPE ¢, PARATYPES 2 ¢: Yeronga, Qld.
These specimens have not been located in the
collection.

Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) australiae Beyer, 1960:
23.

HOLOTYPE ¢: T5998; Lota, S E Qld, 4.2.1955,
E.J. Reye.

Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) biseta Beyer, 1960: 26,
SYNTYPES | ¢, 6 ¥: T6075-7; Brisbane, [Qld],
3.8.[19]15, H. Hacker. (all labelled paratype).

Megaselia (Megaselia) flaviscutellata Beyer, 1960:
29.

HOLOTYPE ¢: T5999;
24,2.1955, E.J. Reye.
ALLOTYPE ©: T6000; Hill End, S E Qlld],
23.1.1955, E.J. Reye.

Megaselia (Megaselia) semihyalina Beyer, 1960:
32.

HOLOTYPE 7: T5993; Brisbane Museum, S E
Qld, 18.1.1955, M.B. Wilson.

PARATYPE 7: T5997; same data except
28.1.1955.

Lota, S E Qld,

84 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

ALLOTYPE 2: T5994; Lota, S [E] Qld,
13.11.1955, E.J. Reye.
PARATYPE 2 2: T5995-6; Lota, S E Qld,
4.2.1955, E.J. Reye.

Family SYRPHIDAE
Subfamily MICRODONTINAE
Microdon amabilis Ferguson, 1926: 175.

HOLOTYPE = D3087; Brisbane, [Qld],
26.2.[19]19, H. Hacker.

Microdon modestus Ferguson, 1926: 179.
SYNTYPE ¢: D3088; Brisbane, [Qld],

25.9.[19]19, H. Hacker. (labelled ‘Type’).
Microdon chalybeus Ferguson, 1926: 176.

PARATYPE 4: D3086; Brisbane, [Qld],

4.9.[19]11, H. Hacker.

PARATYPE ¢: D3086; Stradbroke Island, [Qld],

Oct. 1891, J.H. Boreham. (Abdomen and

antennae missing from last specimen).

Subfamily MILESIINAE

Cerioides alboseta Ferguson, 1926: 145.
PARATYPE ©: D3091; no data.

PARATYPE ¢: D3091;_ Brisbane, [Qld],
23.10.[19]11, H. Hacker.

Cerioides macleayi Ferguson, 1926: 148.
SYNTYPE D3092; ~=Brisbane, [Qld],

12.11.[19]12, H. Hacker (labelled paratype).

Cerioides variabilis Ferguson, 1926: 146.
PARATYPE °: D3090; Rockhampton, Qld.

Criorhina hackeri Ferguson, 1926a: 524.
HOLOTYPE *: D3089; [Lamington] National
Pfar]k, [Qld], Dec.1921, H. Hacker.

Emmyia queenslandica Kl6écker, 1924: 55,
HOLOTYPE “: Brisbane, Qld, 24.9.1918. This
specimen has not been located in the collection.

Eristalis conjunctus Ferguson, 1926: 155.
SYNTYPE ©: D3085; Cairns, N Q[ld] (labelled
paratype).

Eristalis flavohirta Klocker, 1924: 57.

(= Dissoptera_ pollinosa Edwards
Ferguson, 1926: 166).

SYNTYPES, 2 ©: Dunk Island, Qld. May 1914,
Hamlyn-Harris. These specimens have not been
located in the collection.

Eristalis herve-bazini Klécker, 1924: 58.

(= Eristalis maculatus de Meijere after
Ferguson, 1926: 157).

SYNTYPES, 2 ©: Brisbane, Qld, 3.10.1916 and
4.12.1918. These specimens have not been
located in the collection.

Psilota hirta Klocker, 1924: 54.

HOLOTYPE *: Brisbane, Qld, 20.9.1916. This
specimen has not been located in the collection.

Psilota rubra Klécker, 1924: 53.

after

SYNTYPES 2 2: Brisbane, Qld, 12.9.1916 and
26.9.1916. These specimens have not been
located in the collection.
Psilota tristis Klécker, 1924: 54.
HOLOTYPE ?: Brisbane, Qld, 26.9.1916. This
specimen has not been located in the collection.
Syritta hackeri Klécker, 1924: 59.
HOLOTYPE ¢: Brisbane, Qld, 12.11.1918. This
specimen has not been located in the collection.

Subfamily SYRPHINAE
Sphaerophoria kerteszi Klécker, 1924: 56.
SYNTYPES, 3 ¢: Brisbane, Qld, 15.11.1916.
These specimens have not been located in the
collection.

Series SCHIZOPHORA

Family PLATYSTOMATIDAE

Duomyia convallis McAlpine, 1973: 80.
HOLoTyYPE 2: T7111; Carnarvon Gorge, Qld,
30.1.1962, E. Exley.

Duomyia marginalis McAlpine, 1973: 91.

Ho.LotyPpe ¢: 17109; Stanthorpe, [Qld],
11.2.[19]30.

Duomyia scipio McAlpine, 1973: 99.

HOLOTYPE °°: 17112; Noosa, [Qld],

29.ii.[19]60, H.G.G.

Duomyia umbrosa McAlpine, 1973: 96.
HOLotTyPE %: T7110; Dunwich, [Stradbroke
Island], Qld, 7.v.1966, R. Chamberlin.

Euprosopia subacuta McAlpine, 1973: 169.
Ho.otyPe 2: T7113; Lam[ington] Nat[ional]
P[ar]k, Qld. 11-17 Feb. 1963, A. Macqueen.

Family TEPHRITIDAE

Afrodacus brunneus Perkins and May, 1949: 18.
(= Dacus (Afrodacus) brunneus (Perkins and
May) after D. Hardy, 1951: 118).

SYNTYPE 4: T5260; Toowoomba, [Qld], Dec.
1937, H. Jarvis (labelled holotype).
SYNTYPE ©: T5261; Gayndah, Qld, Nov. 1945,
A.W.S. M[ay] (labelled holotype).

Afrodacus flavinotus May, 1957: 293.

(= Dacus (Afrodacus) flavinotus (May) after
Drew, 1972: 21).
HOLOTYPE 2: 15603; QIld],
27.5.[19]57, A.W.S. May.

Afrodacus furvus May, 1957: 294.

(= Dacus (Afrodacus) furvus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 85).
HOLOTYPE ¢: 15605; QIld],
19.3.[19]57, A.W.S. May.

ALLOTYPE 2: T5606; same data except
8.4.[19]57. (Left wing missing from holotype).

Atherton,

Atherton,

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 85

Afrodacus mesoniger May, 1951: 8.

(= Dacus (Afrodacus) mesoniger (May) after
D. Hardy, 1955: 10).

HOLOTYPE 2: T5264; Toowoomba, [Qld], Apr.
1950, A.W.S. May. (Right wing missing).

Afrodacus tigrinus May, 1952: 339.

(= Dacus (Afrodacus) tigrinus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 85).

HOLOTYPE ?: T5274; Cairns, Q[Id], 7.12.1951,
A.W.S. May.
PARATYPE 2:
19.12.1952.
There is a ¢ labelled allotype in the collection,
collected in 1956. As this specimen was not
included in the type series it cannot be
considered as a type. The allotype appears to be
conspecific with D. (A.) furvus.

1 ¢: T5604; Cairns, Qld.

Asiadacus calophylli Perkins and May, 1949: 16.
(= Dacus (Gymnodacus) calophylli (Perkins
and May) after D. Hardy, 1951: 130).
SYNTYPES 1 ¢, 1 9%: T5258-9; Cairns, Q[ld],
3.2.[19]38, F.A. Perkins.

Bactrocera pulcher Tryon, 1927: 206.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) pulcher (Tryon) after
Drew, 1978: 85).

HOLotyPeE 7: D5163; [Glass House Mountain,
Qld].

Callantra auricoma May, 1955: 153.

(= Callantra smieroides Walker after Drew,
1973: 2).

HOLOTYPE #4: T5309; Ayr, Q[ld], 17.5.[19]54,
A.W. May.

ALLOTYPE 2: T5310; Ayr, Q[ld], Nov. 1954.

Callantra petioliforma May, 1955: 151.
HOLOTYPE 74: T5308; Rockhampton, Q[ld],
1.4.[19]55, A.W.S. May.

There is a 4 labelled allotype in the collection
designated by May (1962: 63). As this specimen
was not included in the type series it cannot be
considered as a type.

1 ¢: T5883; Lawes, Qld.

Callantra pusilla May, 1965: 58.

HOLOTYPE #4, PARATYPE ¢: 16307-8;
Kuranda, Q[ld], 17.3.[19]64, R. Grattidge.
PARATYPE ¢: T6309; same data except
7.5.[19]64.

Ceratitella bifasciata D. Hardy, 1967: 133.
HOLOTYPE 2°: T6529; Ravensbourne Nat{[ional]
Park, S Qld, 17 Dec. 1952.

Ceratitella unifasciata D. Hardy, 1967: 137.
HoLotyPE ¢: 16528; Eungella Nat{ional]
Park, via Mackay, Qld, 11.xii.1965, G.
Monteith.

Chaetodacus bancroftii Tryon, 1927: 199.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) bancroftii (Tryon) after

T5274; same data except

Drew, 1978: 88).
HOLOTYPE, ALLOTYPE, PARATYPE:
[Gympie, Qld].
There are 3 individually pinned specimens each
bearing a label ‘TYPE D/3130’. Two bear an
additional label ‘Cudrania’. Although Tryon
designated a holotype, an allotype and a
paratype it is unclear which is which.
Chaetodacus barringtoniae Tryon, 1927: 196.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) barringtoniae (Tryon)
after Drew, 1978: 92).
HOLOTYPE, ALLOTYPE, PARATYPES :
[Cairns, Qld].
There are 2 pins in the collection each with 2
specimens and identically labelled ‘B’ and
‘TYPE D3127’. The type status of each
specimen is uncertain.
Chaetodacus bryoniae Tryon, 1927: 192.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) bryoniae (Tryon) after
Drew, 1978: 20).
HOLOTYPE, ALLOTYPE, PARATYPE:
Eidsvold, [Qld], T.C. B[ancroft].
There are 4 specimens mounted on 2 pins both
bearing a ‘TYPE’ label. The sex of each
specimen and its type status is uncertain.
Chaetodacus dorsalis var. major Tryon, 1927:
195.
(= Dacus (Strumeta) cacuminatus Hering after
D. Hardy, 1951: 149).
Type ¢ and TyPE $: D3126; no data.
It is not clear as to the status of these 2
specimens as Tryon’s description is somewhat
vague. Tryon redescribed dorsalis from 2 ¢ and
2 ¥ (labelled pleisiotypes in collection, D3125,
without data). Additionally there is a ¢ anda ©
each bearing 2 labels ‘D1022’ and ‘TYPE
D3126 var. major ’*. It is possible Tryon’s
redescription was partially based on these
specimens. Perkins and May _ (1949:14)
described a new species, Strumeta solani for
Tryon’s concept of dorsalis, without
mentioning types.
Chaetodacus fagraea Tryon, 1927: 188.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) fagraea (Tryon) after
Drew, 1978: 92).

D3130;

D3127;

D3124;

SYNTYPE °: D3122; Babinda, Qlld],
26.6.[19]25, R.W.M. (labelled type).
SYNTYPE ¢: D3122; Babinda, Qlld],

24.6.[19]25, R.W.M. (labelled allotype).
Chaetodacus halfordiae Tryon, 1927: 190.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) halfordiae (Tryon) after

Drew, 1978: 31).

SYNTYPE ¢: D3123; Southport,

23.8.[19]26 (labelled holotype).
Chaetodacus jarvisi Tryon, 1927: 201.

(= Dacus (Afrodacus) jarvisi (Tryon) after D.

[Qid],

86 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Hardy, 1951: 120),
Ho.otyee “=; D3131; [Stanthorpe, Old],

Chaetodacus jarvisi var. careya Tryon, 1927: 202.
(= Daeus.(Afrodacus) jarvisi (Tryon) after D,
Hardy, 1951: 120).
Tyee 4, Type <>: D312]; Mackay, [QId],
6.3.19]26.

Chaetodacus musae Tryon, 1927: 197,
{= Daeus (Bactrocera) iniisae (Tryon) after
Drew, 1978: 37).
When Tryon described this species he had at
least 5 specimens before him, all of which had
been reared from two species of banana, Musa
cavendishi and M. banksti. On page 199 of the
description 2 holotypes are proposed, | from
each species of banana. An allotype and 2
paratypes were also proposed for specimens
reared from AM. cavendishi. The following
specimens, all of uncertain status, are in the
collection:
Type =; 03128; Meringa, Q[ld], 8.6.[1926], ex
banana.

Another identically labelled specimen but of

undetermined gender.

Type ©; D3128; Geralton [?Qld], host banana,
bred in office, j
10
1909

Another identically labelled specimen but of
undetermined gender.
Type ¢: 3129; Cardwell, [Qld], 12.1.[19]26,
native banana,

Chaetodacus trvoni var. sarcocephali Tryon,
1927: 188.
(= Dacus (Strumeta) tryoni var. sarcocephali
(Tryon) after D. Hardy, 1951: 170).
HoLotype ©, ALLOTYPE *: D3121; Bot[anic]
Gardfens], [Brisbane], Qld.
PARATYPE *: D312), no data.
There area ¢ anda) on acommon pin bearing
the holotype label, As the allotype isa *, the +
must be the holotype.

Chaetodacus tryoni yar. juglandis Tryon, 1927:
188.
(= Dacus (Strumeta) tryoni (Froggatt) after D-
Hardy, 1951: 170).
HOLOTYPE D3120; Qld),
16.3.[19]25,

Daculus decurtans May, 1965: 61.
(=Dacus. (Polistomimetes) decurtans (May)
alter Drew, 1979: 76).

[Stanthorpe,

HoLotyrpe *: T6310; Berrimah, N.T.,
28.1.[19]64, C.S. Li.
Dacus (Bactrocera) absconditus Drew and

Hancock, 1981; 54.

Dacus

HoLotyPe *, PARATYPES 2 7: T8221, T8239;
lL! km N of Bamaga, on Somerset Road, Qld,
19.11.1974, D.J. Rogers.

PARATYPES 3 4: T8222-3, T8226; 1 km S
Narau Point, N of Bamaga, N Qjld],
19.xii.1974, D.J. Rogers.

PARATYPES 3 7: T8224-5, T8229; 5 km N of
Bamaga. N Q[lId], on Somerset Road,
19.xi1.1974, D.J. Rogers.

PARATYPES 2 7: T8227-8; 8 km N of Bamaga,
N Q[ld], on Somerset Road, 19.xii.1974, DJ.
Rogers.

PARATYPES 3 ‘: T8231, T8237-8; 18 km N of
Bamaga, N Qfld], on Somerset Road,
19.xi1,.1974, D.J. Rogers,

PARATYPES 3 4: T8232, T8235-6; 27 km N of
Bamaga, N Qld], on Somerset Road,
15.xti.1974, DLJ, Rogers.

PARATYPES 2 *; T8233-4; 21 km N of Bamaga,
N Qfld], on Somerset Road, 18.xi1.1974, D.J.
Rogers.

PARATYPE ¢: T8240; 5 km E of Lockerbie
Homestead, E Bamaya, N.Q[Id], 18.xii.1974,
D.J. Rogers.

PARATYPE ¢: T8241; New Mappoon
Settlement, near Bamaga, Cape York
Pen[insula], N.Q[ld], xii.1974, [D.] J. Rogers.

(Batrocera) aeroginosus Drew and
Hancock, 1981! 57.

HoLorype 1; T8242; 4 km E of Lockerbie,
Cape York [Peninsula], N.Qld, Jan 30 - Feb 4,
1975, G.B. Monteith.

PARATYPES 3 ¢: T8243-3; Gap C[ree]k, 6 mi N
of Bloomfield R[{iver], via Cooktown, N Qld,
12.x7.1975, G.B. Monteith.

PARATYPES 2 ¢: T8246-7; 31 km E of
Heathlands, N Qld], 14.x%,.1976, D. Murray.

Dacus (Bactrocera) allwoodi Drew, 1979: 79.
HOLOTYPE *, PARATYPES 4 ¢: T7777-8];
Smith Point, Cobourg Peninsula, N.T., 17
Sept. 1976, A. Smith.

PARATYPES 6 *: T7782-7; Croker Is{land],
[N.T.], 16.xi.[19]76, W. Mollah.

Dacus (Bactrocera) antigone Drew and Hancock,
1981; 59.

HoLotType 7%: T8248; Gordon’s Mine area,
Iron Range, N Qld, 12-18.ii.1976, G.B.
Monteith.

PARATYPE ¢: T8249; Tron Range, 25 km S W
Lockhart, N Qld], 14-21.iy.1977, R.1. Storey.
PARATYPE *: T8250; Yarraman River, 1|OkmS
of Iron Range, N Q[ld], 18.x%.1976, D. Murray.
PARATYPE *: T8251; Claudie River, 48 km SW
Cape Weymouth, N QOJfldJ, 19.x.1976, D.
Murray.

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 87

PARATYPE *: T8252; Claudie River, 17 km W
of Iron Range, N Q[ld], 18.x.1976, D. Murray,
PARATYPE #4: T8253; Claudie River, 15 km S of
Iron Range, N Q[Id], 18.x.1976, D. Murray.

Dacus (Bactrocera) aurantiacus Drew and
Hancock, 1981: 62.
HOLOTYPE ¢, PARATYPES 2 ¢: T8254,

T8256-7; Lockerbie Scrub, 25 km NE of
Bamaga, N Qld], 7-14.iv.1977, R.1. Storey.
PARATYPE ¢: T8255; 5 km E of Lockerbie
Homestead, E. Bamaga, N.Q[lId], 18.xii.1974,
D.J. Rogers.

PARATYPE ¢: T8258; 8 km N of Bamaga, N
Q[ld], on Somerset Road, 19.xii.1974, D.J.
Rogers.

Dacus (Dacus) bellulus Drew and Hancock, 1981:
50.

HOLoTyPE 7: T8214; 34 km § of Laura, Cape
York Penfinsula], N Q[ld], 10.viii.1976, J.
Donaldson.

PARATYPES 2 #4: T8215-6; Gove], [N.T.],
15.xi.1976, W. Mollah.

PARATYPE ¢: T8217; Gove, [N.T.], 16.xi.1976,
W. Mollah.

PARATYPES 2 4: T8218-9; Gove,
18.xi.[19]76, W. Mollah.

Dacus (Bactrocera) erubescentis Drew and
Hancock, 1981: 64.

HOLOTYPE 4, PARATYPE #: T8259-60; Weipa,
Cape York Pen[insula], N Q[ld], 3.x.1977,
A.W.C. de Witte.

Dacus (Zeugodacus) fallacis Drew, 1972a: 196.
HOLOTYPE 4: T6995; Rocky River, Cape York
[Peninsula], Qld, Nov. 1969, B. Cantrell.

Dacus (Bactrocera) fuliginus Drew and Hancock,
1981: 66.

HOLOTYPE ¢: T8261; 4 km E of Lockerbie,
Cape York [Peninsula], N Q[{ld],
16-20.i1x.1974, G.B. Monteith.

Dacus (Didacus) hardyi Drew, 1979: 74.

[N.T.],

HoOLtToyepeE #: T7788; Fogg Dam, N.T.,
20.1.[19]78.
PARATYPE 2: T7789; East Alligator Rivfer],

N.T., 17. Jul. [19]76, A. Smith.
PARATYPE ¢: T7790; Gordon P[oin]t, Melville
Is{land], N.T., 16.11.1977, T. Angeles.

Dacus (Bactrocera) humilis Drew and Hancock,
1981: 68.
HOLOTYPE 7: T8262; 4 km E of Lockerbie,
Cape York [Peninsula], N Q[Id], Jan. 30 - Feb.
4, 1975, G.B. Monteith.

Dacus niger Tryon, 1927: 211.
(= Dacus (Melanodacus) niger Tryon after D.
Hardy, 1951: 139).
HOLOTYPE, ALLOTYPE, PARATYPE:
[Gympie and Cleveland].

D3136;

There are 4 individually pinned specimens in
the collection all without data apart from the
label ‘TYPE D/3136’ on each. The status of
these specimens is uncertain as Tryon recorded
only 3 specimens.

Dacus (Bactrocera) opiliae Drew and Hardy,
1981: 131.
HOLOTYPE °%: T8427; [ex laboratory culture,
Darwin, N.T.], Apr. [19]79, G. Fitt.
PARATYPE ¢: T8428; Darwin,
Territory, 2.ii.1976, A. Allwood.
PARATYPE 4: T8429; Pine Creek, Stuart
Highway, N.T., Feb. 1976, A. Allwood.
PARATYPE ¢: T8430; Melville Island, Northern
Territory, Jan. 1976, A. Allwood.
PARATYPE ¢: T8431; Gunn P[oin]t, [N.T.], 18
Oct. 1976, A. Smith.
PARATYPE *: T8432; Kimbferley] Res[earch]
St[atio]n, W.A., 17.1.1977.

Northern

Dacus (Bactrocera) peninsularis Drew and

Hancock, 1981: 70.
HoOLoTyPE 4, PARATYPES 9 #4: 18263,
T8265-9, T8273-6; Lockerbie Scrub, 25 km NE
of Bamaga N Qld], 7-14.iv.1977, R.1. Storey.
PARATYPE ¢: T8264; Badu Island, Torres
Strait, [Qld], 21.vi.1977, R. Paton.
PARATYPE #: T8270; 2 km N of Bamaga, N
Q[Id], on Somerset Road, 19.xii.1974, D.J.
Rogers.
PARATYPE 4: T8271; 5 km N of Bamaga, N
Qld], on Somerset Road, 19.xii.1974, D.J.
Rogers.
PARATYPE ¢: T8272; 8 km N of Bamaga, N
Q[ld], on Somerset Road, 19.xii.1974, D.J.
Rogers.
PARATYPE ¢@: T8277; Bamaga, Cape York
Pen[insula], N Q[ld], xii.1974, [D.]J. Rogers.
PARATYPE ¢: T8278; Red Island Point, 3 km N
of Bamaga, N Q[lId], 15.xii.1974, D.J. Rogers.
PARATYPE 4: 18279; Vallack Point, Cape
York Penfinsula], N QJld], xii.1974, [D.]J.
Rogers.
PARATYPE *: T8280; Blue Valley Creek, 11 km
E of Bamaga, N Q[Id], 9.x.1976, D. Murray.
PARATYPE ¢: T8281; 67 km E of Weipa, N
Qfld], 21.x.1976, D. Murray.
PARATYPE ¢: T8282; Deep Creek, 37 km N of
Coen, N Q[ld], 21.x.1976, D. Murray.
PARATYPE ¢: T8283; Archer Xing (= River
crossing), Cape York Penfinsula], Qld,
14.1x.1974, G.B. Monteith.

Dacus (Bactrocera) perkinsi Drew and Hancock,
1981: 72.
HOLOTYPE ¢: T8284; 3 km E of Lockerbie,
Cape York [Peninsula], N Qld, Jan. 30 - Feb.
24, 1975, G.B. Monteith.

88

PARATYPE 4: T8285; Chinaman's Garden, 22
km NE of Bamaga N QJld], 9.x.1976, D.
Murray.

PARATYPE ¢: 18286; Horn Island, Torres
Strait, N Qld, 25-29.4.1975, R. Raven.
PARATYPES 3 4: T8287-9: Lockerbie Scrub, 25
km NE of Bamaga, N Q[ld], 9.x.1976, D.
Murray.

PARATYPes 3 *: T8290-2; Iron Range, Cape
York Penfinsula], N Ofld], yil.1977, R. Goebel,
PARATYPE 7: T8293; Iron Range, 25 km SW of
Lockhart, N Ofld], 14-21.iv.1977, R.1. Storey.
PARATYPE ‘:! T8294; Bet Hill vicinity, Moa
(Banks) Is{land], Torres Str{ait], N Qld, July
9-13, 1977, G.B. Montieth & D, Cook.

Dacus (Bactrocera) romigae Drew and Hancock,
1981: 75.

HovoryepB “, PARATYPES 2 +¢; 1T8295-6,
T8300; Gordon's Mine area, Iron Range, N
Qld, 12-18.11.1976, G.B. Monteith.
PARATYPES 3 *: T9297-9; lron Range, 25 km
SW of Lockhart, N Ofld], 14-21,iv.1977, R.1.
Storey,

Dacus (Bactrocera)
Hancock, 1981: 77.
HoLorype *: T8301; 15 km W of Captain Billy
Creek, Cape York Penfinsula], N Q[ld],
142°4S°E, 11°40’S, = 4-9.vii.1975, DLL.
Hancock.

PARATYPE *: T8302; Trevethan C[ree]k, via
Helenvale, N Qld, 2-3.x.1974, G.B, Monteith,

Dacus (Bacirocera) russeolus Drew and Hancock,
1981 80.

Hoiorype ‘: T8303; Paluma. near Mount
Spec, N Q[ld], 811.1975, R.A. Drew.

PARATYPES 3 7: T8304-5, T8308; Paluma near
M[oun]t Spec, N Qfidj, 8.i1.1975, R.A.1, Drew,
PARATYPES 2 °°: T8306-7; The Crater, 25 km 5
of Atherton, N Q[ld], 6.71.1975, R.A.I. Drew.

Dacus (Pacifodacus) salamander Drew and
Hancock, 1981: 51,

HOLOTYPE ¢: T8220; Bamaga, Cape York
Penfinsula], N Ofld], Mar/Apr, 1976, W.
Kilpatrick,

Dacus signatifer Tryon, 1927: 210.

(= Daucus (Daculus) signatifer Tryon after D-
Hardy, 1951: 127),

Syntypes 2 >; D3135; [Bowen, Qld], (Both
specimens badly damaged and bear identical
labels "TYPE, D/3135’),

Neadacus newmuani Perkins, 1937: 58.

(= Dacus (Dacus) newmani (Perkins) after
May, 1963: 49).

HoLoryeE ; T8586; Carnarvon, W.A., 8
Sept. 1929, |.M. Mackerras.

rufofusculus Drew and

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Neodacus signatifrons May, 1955: 155.
(=Dacus (Dacus) signatifrons (May) after
May, 1963: 49),
HOLOTYPE 72 15307;
12.10,[19]53, A.W.S. May.

Neozeugodacus aureus May, 1951: 10.

(=Dacus (Hemizeugodacus) aureus (May)
after Drew, 1972: 21),

Brisbane,

Qld),

HOLOTYPE *, ALLOTYPE TS262-3;
Ravensbourne, [Qld], 13.2.[19]50, A,W.S,
May.

Paraceratitella eurycephala D. Hardy, 1967: 140.
HOLOTYPE : T6527; Gatton, Qld],
13.x.[19]36, F.A. Perkins.

Polistomimetes ahsonifacies May, 1955: 156.

(= Dacus (Dacus) absonifacies (May) after
Drew and Haneoek, 1981: 51).

HOLOTYPE ¢, ALLOTYPE T5305-6;
Stanthorpe, Q[Id], 21. and 23,10.[19]53,
A.W.S. May.

Psilodacus exiguus May, 1957: 300.
(= Dacus (Daculus) exiguus (May) after Drew,
1972: 21),
HOLOTYPE ¢: T5607;
5.12.[19)55, A.W.S. May.
Rioxa araucariae Tryon, 1927; 219.
HOLOTYPE, ALLOTYPE, PARATYPE: D3138;
{McPherson Range, Qld]. Only 2 specimens
have been located in the collection, a ’, and a
headless and abdomenless specimen. Both bear
identical labels ‘D3138" and ‘D453’.
Rioxa jarvisi Tryon, 1927: 221.
HOLOTYPE ©; D3139; Stanthorpe, Qld, 1926.
Sirumeta alyxiae May, 1952; 335.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) alyxiae (May) after
Drew, 1978; 85).
HOLoTYPE *, ALLOTYPE #2: 15275-6,
Mossman, QOfld], 10.8.[19]51, A.W.S. May.
PARATYPE ©: T8581: same data.

Atherton, QJld],

Strumeta amplexiselq May, 1962: 66.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) amplexisela (May) after
Drew, 1978: 85).
HoLorype 7: TS860; Qlld],
18.8.[19]61, A,W.S. May,

Sirumeta aquilonis May, 1965: 62.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) aquilonis (May) after
Drew, 1978: 88),
HOLOTYPE *, PARATYPE T6311-2;
Nighteliff, N.T., 2.5.[19]61, E. Austwick.
PARATYPE ‘¢: T6313; same dala except
21.iv, 1961.

Strumeta bidentata May, 1962a: 527.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) bidentatus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 91).
HOLOTYPE !, ALLOTYPE

Atherton,

1, PARATYPES I 7,4

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA RS

’: T5890-6; Byfield,
A.W.S, May.

Strumeta bilineata Perkins and May, 1949: 7.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) mayi Hardy after Drew,
1978: 33).

SyNTYPes L 7, | +; T5249-50; Cairns, Qld],
12.9.[19]37, FLA. Perkins (both are labelled
holotype).

Strumeta endiandrae Perkins and May, 1949: 9,
(= Dacus (Bactrocera) endiandrae (Perkins
and May) after Drew, 1978: 79).

Sywrypes 1 7, 1.» T5251-2: Cairns, [Qld],
16.10.[19]37, F.A. Perkins (both are labelled
holotype),

Strumeta Juscatus Perkins and May, 1949: 5,

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) laticaudus Hardy and
Drew, 1978: 87).

Synrypes | 4, | 2: 75247-8: Cairns. Qld],
12.9.[19]37, F.A. Perkins (both are labelled
holotype).

Strumeta hispidula May, 1957: 301.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) hispidulus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 87).
HOLOTYPE 2: T5595; Q[ld],
23.4.[19]56, A.W,S. May.

There is a ¢ in the collection labelled allotype,
designated by May (1962: 68). As this specimen
was not included in the type series, it cannot be
considered as a type.

1 *, T5884; Atherton, Old.

Strumeta manskii Perkins and May, 1949; 3,

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) recurrens (Hering) after
Drew and Hancock, 1981: 82).

SynTyPes | 4, 1] 2: T5245; Cairms, Q[ld],
12.9.[19]37, F,A. Perkins (both labelled
holotype).

Srrumeta melas Perkins and May, 1949: 12.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) melas (Perkins and
May) after Drew, 1978: 35).

SYNTYPE T5255; Gayndah, [Qld],
10.3.[19]46, A.W.S,. M[ay] (labelled holotype).

Srrumeta mendosa May, 1957: 303.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) mendosus (May) alter
Drew, 1978: 87).

[Qld], 24.10.[19]61,

Atherton,

HoLotyPpeE =: 75594; Atherton, Qfld),
18.6.[19]56, A.W.S. May. (Right wing
missing),

Strumeta mutabilis May, 1951; 6.
(= Dacus (Bactracera) mutahilis (May) after
Drew. 1978: 40),
HOLOTYPE °, ALLOTYPE T5265-6;
Toowoomba, [Qld], Oct. 1950, A.W.S. May-
Strumeta notatugena May, 1952; 337.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera) notatagena (May) after
Drew, 1978: 86)

HOLOTYPE : ‘T5277; Ofld],
5.11.[19]52, A.W.S. May.

There are 3 * in the vollection labelled allotype
and paratypes designated by May (1957: 305).
As these specimens were not included in the
type series, they cannot be considered as types.
3 4: T5596; Atherton, Qld,

Strumeta pallidus Perkins and May, 1949: 10,
(=Dacus (Bactrocera) pallidus (Perkins and
May) after Drew, 1978: 91),

Syntypes 1 *, 1 ~: T5253-4; Cairns, Q[ld].
29,3.[19]38, F.A. Perkins.

Strumeta phaleriae May, 1955: 158.

(=Dacus (Bactrocera) phaleriae (May) afer
Drew, 1978: 88).

HOLOTYPE *, ALLOTYPE -, PARATYPES 1 7, 1
©» T5315-8: Port Douglas, Qfld], 2.6.[19]55,
A.W.S. May.

Cairns,

Sirumeta quudrata May, 1962a: 530,

(= Daeus (Bactrocera) quadratus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 91).

T5897: [Qld],
2,3.[19}62, W. Yarrow.

HOLOTYPE 7: Atherton,
PARATYPE ¢: 75902; same data as holotype,

PARATYPE ‘4: T5903; same data except
19.1.[19]62.
PARATYPE ¢: T5904; same data except

9.2.{19]62.

PARATYPES 2 ¢: T5898, T5900; Atherton

Tableland, Q[ld], 12.[19]60, A.W.S. May.

PARATYPE *: T5899; Atherton, Q{ld], Dec.

1960, A.W.S, May,

PaRATYPES 2 7: T5901, T5907; Wongabel,

Atherton Tableland, Q[ldJ, 12.[19]60, A.W.S.
T5905;

May.

PARATYPE 7: [Qld],
28,2.[19]62, W. Yarrow.

Paratyre *: T5906; Rita Is[land], [Qld],
31.1.[19]62, W. Yarrow.

Byfield,

Strumeta robiginosa May, 1957: 305.

(= Daeus (Bactrocera ) robiginosus (May) after
Drew, 1978: 91).

HOLOTYPE » 15592; Cairns, QfldJ,
8.11.[19]55, A.W.S. May.
PARATYPE T5593; same data except

18. 11.[19]55.

Strumeta rufescens May, 1967: 81.

(= Dacus (Bacirocera ) rufescens (May) after
Drew, 1978: 89).

HoLoTypE ¢, PARATYPE ‘': T6545-6;
Kuranda, Qfld], 16.7.[19]64. R. Gratridge.

Sirumeta silvicola May, 1962: 68.

(= Dacus (Bactrocera ) silvicola (May) after
Drew, 1978: 89).

90 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

HoLotyPpe ¢: T5862; Ringrose Natfional]
Park, Atherton Tableland, Old, .12.[19]60,
A.W.S. May.
p70P9017 *: T5850-5, T5862-72, Atherton,
Qld.

Strumeta solani Perkins and May, 1949: 14.
(= Dacus (Bactrocera ) cacuminatus (Hering)
alter D. Hardy, 1951: 149; Drew, 1978: 22).
p7OP901 *. 1 -: T5257-8; Atherton, Qld],
26.7.[19]37, F.A. Perkins (both labelled
holotype).

Strumeta tenuifascia May, 1965: 64,
(= Dacus (Bactrocera ) tenuifascia (May) after
Drew, 1978: 91).
HoLtotype ¢, PARATYPES 2 ¢: T6315-7;
Nightcliff, N.T., 28.7.[19]61. E. Austwick.

Zeuvodacus choristus May, 1962: 72.
(= Dacus (Zeugodacus ) choristus (May) after
Drew, 1972: 20).
HOLOTYPE ¢: T5874; Q[ldj,
30.3.[19]61, A.W.S, May.

Atherton,

ALLOTYPE ©: T5875; Ayr, Q[ld], 19.12.[19]56;
A.W.S. May,

PARATYPE +: T5878; same data except Apr,
1957,

PARATYPE *: T5876; Atherton, Q[ld], Dec.
1960, A.W.S, May.

PARATYPE T5877; same data except
L.8.f19]55.
PARATYPE 4: T5879; same data except
3.6.1960.

Family CYPSELOSOMATIDAE

Cypselosama australis McAlpine, 1966: 676.
p70OP901 *, 1 ©: T8031-2; Bat Cave, Carrai via

Kempsey, N.S.W., 19-20 Jul. 1964, D.K.
McAlpine.
Family LAUXANIIDAE
Sapromyza hardii Lower, 1953: 73.
HOLOTYPE ©, PARATYPES 4 T8571-5;

Blackheath, [N.S.W.], 13 Noy. 1919, G.H.
Hardy.
Sapromysza ventista Lower, 1953; 74.
HoLotype ©; T8576; Brisbane, [Qld],
10.8.[19] 15, H, Hacker. (Right wing missing).
Homoneura nubila Lower, 1953: 75.
Hovorype *, PARATYPES 1 *, | <: T6365-7;
Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926, H. Hacker. This
species is a primary homonym (see Malloch,
1929: 322).

Family HELEOMYZIDAE

Leriopsis montana McAlpine, 1967: 76,
Paratype : T6069; Cradle M[oun)t{ain],

Tas., 24.1.[19]25 [G.H. Hardy].
PARATYPE ¢: T6070; same data except
21.1. [19]25,

Cairnsimyia excavata McAlpine, 1968: 271.
HoLoryee £7 T6530; Stanthorpe, Qld],
26.8.1925, F.A. Perkins.

Family SPHAEROCERIDAE

Leptocera (Biroina ) dodo Richards, 1973: 348.
Ho.Loryree #: T7128; Hellyer Gorge, 15 ml. N
of Waratah, NW Tas., 2-4.i1.1967, G.
Monteith.

Monteithiana cynthia Richards, 1973: 394.
HoLotypre *: T7125; Cynthia Bay, Lake St
Clair, Tas., 7-8.i1.1967, G. Monteith.

Monteithiana dealata Richards, 1973: 393.
HocotyPe 4: 17126; Hellyer Gorge, 15 ml, N
of Waratah, NW Tas., 2-4.41.1967, G.
Monteith.

Otwayia sabina Richards, 1973: 390.

HoLtotyre *: T7129; Grey R[iver] crossing,
Otway Ranges, Vic., 26.1.1967, G, Monteith.

Family CLUSIIDAE

Allometapon perkinsi McAlpine, 1960: 86.
HOLoTYPE *: T5684; Lamington National
Park, Qld.

Heteromeringia hypoleuca McAlpine, 1960: 72.
HouLotyre /: 75683; Lamington National
Park, Qld.

Family AGROMYZIDAE

Melanagramyza caulophaga Kleimschmidt, 1960:
334.
(= Liriomyza caulophaga (Kleinschmidt) after
Spencer, 1963: 332).
HoLotyre <; T5810; Nudgee, [Qld], Oct.
[19]57, R.P. Kleinschmidt.
Melanagromyza dianellae Kleinschmidt,
331.
(= Ophiomyia dianellae (Kleinschmidt) after
Spencer, 1966:49),
HOLOTYPE T5808; Coolangatta,
25.4.[19]56, A.R. Brimblecombe.
ALLOTYPE *: T5809; same
11.6.[19]60.
Melanagromyza indigvferae Kleinschmidt, 1960:
329,
(= Ophioniyia indivoferae (Kleinschmidt) after
Spencer, 1978: 86).
HoLorTyPe 7, ALLOTYPE =: T5806-7; Eight
Mile Plains, [Qld], May 1955, R. Colbran.
Melanagromyza pisi Kleinschmidt, 1960; 324.
(=Ophiomyia pisi (Kleinschmidt) after
Spencer, 1978: 98).

1960:

[Qld],

dala except

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA I

Hourorype 2; T5804; Toowong, [Qld], Oct.
1957, R.P. Kleinschmidt.

Melanagromyza polyphyta Kleinschmidt, 1960:
326.
(= Tropicomya polyphyta (Kleinschmidt) after
Spencer, 1973: 191).

HoLoTyPE -, ALLOTYPE ¢: T5802-3;
Kenmore, [Qld], Feb. 1957, R,P. Kleinschmidt.
Melanagromyza wikstroemiae Kleinschmidt,
1960; 321.

(= Ophionyia wikstraemiae (Kleinschmidt)
after Spencer, 1978: 106).

Hovotype *: T5800; Kenmore, [Qld], Feb.
1954, R.P. Kleinschmidt.

ALLOTYPE ©: TS80L; Coolangatta, Qld.,
-1.[19]59, A. Brimblecombe.

Family NEUROCHAETIDAE

Neurochaeta inversa McAlpine, 1978: 285,
PARATYPES | 7, | =: T8029-30; Brinerville,
near Bellingen, N.S.W., Apr. 1977, H.G.
Cogger and E. Cameron.

Family DROSOPHILIDAE

Acletoxenus quadristriatus Duda, 1936: 347.
SYNTYPES 3 : T8582-4; Thursday Is{land], Old,
vii,1934, H.J, Hockings, (All bear round
cotype labels).

Drosophila cuncellata Mather, 1955: 550.
SyNTYPES 2 *, 2 °: T5326-9; Moggill, S E
Q[ld], 19.xi.1952 (labelled paratypes).

Drosophila dispar Mather, 1955: 570,

SYNTYPES 2 4, 2 -: T5346-9; Samford, S E
Q[ld], 22.vii.1953 (labelled paratypes),

Drosophila fumida Mather, 1960; 230,
PARATYPES 2 *, 2 |; T6005-7, Pemberton, 8
W West Australia, 12 Dec, 1956, W.B. Mather.
(Specimens badly damaged).

Drosophila levis Mather, 1955; 561.

(= Dresephila brvanj Malloch after Mather,
1956: 65),

SYNTYPES 2 /, 2 2: T5341-4; Maroochydore, §
E Qfld], 8.iii.1953 (labelled paratypes).

Drasophila maculosa Mather, 1955: 560.

(= Drosaphila novamaculosa Mather, 1956:
65, maculosa preoccupied)

SYNTYPES 2 £, 2 ©: T5336-9; Moggill, S E
Qld], 19.xi1.1952 (labelled paratypes).

Drosophila novamaculosa Mather, 1956: 65 (See
Drosophila maculosa Mather, 1955: 560),

Drasophila vpaca Mather, 1955: 558.

(= Drosophila subnitida Malloch after Bock,
1976: 74),

SYNTYPES 2 7,2 ©: T5331-4; Noosa, S E Qld],
9,),1953 (labelled paratypes).

Drosaphila rubida Mather, 1960: 234.
PARATYPES 2 7, 2 ©: TeOOI-4, Crystal
Cascades, N E Q[ld], 31 May 1958, W.B.
Mather.

Drosophila versicolor Mather, 1955: 573.

(= Drosophila byuzzatii Paterson and Wheeler
after Mather, 1957; 224),

SYNTYPES 2 4, 2 =: T5346-9; Samford, S E
Q[ld], 22.vii.1953 (labelled paratypes).

Family MUSCIDAE
Dichaelonivia arrozans Pont, 1969: 270.

PARATYPE T6606; Cairns, Qld],
27.6.[19]50, W.A. Smith.
PARATYPE T6607; Deeral, Ofld],

27,6.[19]50, W.A. Smith.

Musca Jerzusoni Johnston and Bancroft, 1920:
201.
LECTOTYPE ',
{Eidsvold, Qld].

Musca hilli Johnston and Bancroft, 1920a: 35,
(= Musca lerraereginae Johnston and Bancroft
after Pont and Paterson, 1971: 110).
LECTOTYPE 1‘, PARALECTOTYPE
[Eidsvold, Old].

Musca ferrae-reginae Johnston and Bancroft,
1920a: 31.
LECTOTYPE 4, PARALECTOTYPE
[Eidsvold, Qld].

PARALECTOTYPE 2: D2637;

; D2636

°; D2637-8;

Family SARCOPHAGIDAE

Blaesoxipha similis Cantrell, 1978: 363.
HoLoryre *: T7692; Tarome area, $ E Q[ld],
16.11.1975, B.K. Cantrell.

PARATYPE &: T7698; Emerald, [Qld], 5.3.1974,
G.k. Waite.

Helicobia australis Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 50.
(= Phytosarcophaga australis. (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1967: 145).
HoLotyPpE ‘: 02348; Brisbane, [Qld],
.9.[19]20.

Sarcophaga alpha Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 57.
(= Tricholioproctia alpha (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1954; 244),

Hovoryree ¢: D2351; Brisbane, [Qld].

Sarcophaga bancrofti Johnston and Tiegs, 1921:
85.

(= Fergusonimyia banerofti (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1958; 547).

Hovotyee ¢: D2362; [Lamington] National
Park, Qld, .1.[19]21.

Sarcophaga beta Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 58.
(= Tricholioproctia beta (Johnston and Tiegs)
after Lopes, 1954: 242)

92 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

HOLOTYPE *: D2366; Bred [rom carrion, Feb
17, 1921.
ALLOTYPE -: D2366; no data.

Sarcophaga briunneopalpis Johnston and Tiegs,
1922: 184.

(= Parasurcophaga orchidea (Boettcher) after
G. Hardy, 1932: 279 and 1943; 30).
Hovoryre ¢: T8577; Brisbane [Old],
20.12.[19]17, H. Hacker,

Sarcophage delta Johnston and Tiegs, 1921; 62,
(= Tricholioproctia beta (Johnston and Tiegs)
after Lopes, 1954: 242).

HovotyPpe /: D2354; Brisbane, Qld.
(Abdemen on a separate pin with labels
‘Caught on flowers Brisbane’ and ‘delta’).

Sarcophaga depressa (Robineau-Desvoidy), 1830:
322.

There is a labelled allotype in the collection
which was not included in the rype species and
cannot be considered as a type.

1 =: D2360; Brisbane, [Old].

5. (ota Johnston and Tiegs was considered to be
conspecific with this specimen by Johnston and
Tiegs (1922a; 179),

Sarcophaga etu Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 65.
(= Parasarcophaga eta (Johnston and Tiegs)
alter Lopes, 1959: 64),

HOLaTyPE 7: D2357; no data,
ALLOTYPE T8578; Brisb[ane, Qld],
10,[19]20,

Sarcophaga gamma Johnston and Ticas, 1921:
60.

(= Parasarcophaga orchidea (Boettcher) after
G, Hardy, 1943; 30).
Ho.otyee °: D2350; Brisbane, Qld.

Sarcophaga impatiens Walker, 1849; §28.

(= Tricholioproctia impatiens (Walker) after
Lopes, 1954: 246).

There is a * labelled allotype in the collection,
designated by Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 52. As
this specimen was not included in the type
series, it cannot be considered as a type.

1 4: D2361; Bnsbane, Qld.

Sarcophaga iota Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 79,
(= Taylarimyia iota (Johnston and Tiegs) after
Lopes, 1959: 47),

Ho.otyre *: D2360; Brisbane, [Qld], Nov.
1920.

Sarvophaga kappa Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 81.
(= Johnstonimyia kappa (Johnston and Tiegs)
after Lopes, 1959: 50).
HoLoryrpe ‘: D2356; (Qldj,
4.{19]21.

Sacrophaga misera Walker, 1849: §29.

(= Parasarcophaga misera (Walker) after G.
Hardy, 1943: 30).

Brisbane,

There is a “ specimen of this species in the
collection labelled allotype, designated by
Johnston and Tiegs (1921: 67). As. this
specimen was not included jn the type series, it
cannot be considered as a type.

1 7, no data,

Surcophaga (Parasarcophaga ) omega Johnston
and Tiegs, 1921: 86).

(= FParasarcophaga omega (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1959: 57).

HoOLoTYPE 7: 02355; Brisbane, [Qld],
4.[19]21.

Sarcophaga omikran Johnston and Teigs, 1921:
82.

(= Tricholioproctia omikron (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1954: 256).

Ho.Lotyre *, ALLOTYPE =: D2623; no data.
PARATYPE “¢: D2623;, Brisbane, [Qld],
7.2.[19]21, (labelled cotype).

Sarcophaga sigma Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 84.
{= Parasarcophaga aurifrons (Macquart) after
Lopes, 1959: 62).

HoOLoTyPE 7, ALLOTYPE ©: D2347; no data.

Sarcophaga theta Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 78.
(= Tricholioproctia froggatti (Taylor) after
Lopes, 1954; 268).

HoLotryre ¢: D2364; Blris]bane, [Qld],
.6.[19]20.
ALLOTYPE %: T8579; Brisbfane, Qld],
1.{19}20.

Sarcophaga tryoni Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 54.
(= Tricholioproctia tryoni (Johnston and
Tiegs) after Lopes, 1954: 258).

HOLOTYPE 7, ALLOTYPE ©: D2365; no data.

Sarcophaga triplex G. Hardy, 1943: 27.

(= Tricholioproctiq triplex (Hardy) after
Lopes, 1954: 264),

HoLotyre *: T8580; Aramara, [Qld], Dec,
1939 A.R.B,

Sarcophaga zefa Johnston and Tiegs, 1921: 76.
(= Tricholioproctia zeta (Johnston and Tiegs)
after Lopes, 1954: 240).

HovLotyPe *: D2353; no locality, Apr 1, 1921.

Family TACHINIDAE

Besserioides sexualis Curran, 1938: 185.
(= Bessericides varicolor (Curran)
Crosskey, 1973: 111).

PARATYPE 2: DS5197; Laidley, Qld, 2.1.1928_
M.G. Evans. (Specimen badly damaged).

Thrvcolyga curriei Curran, 1938: 197,

(= Evorista currier (Curran) after Crosskey,
L973: 143).

PARATYPE 7: D5195; Biloela, Qld, 20,ii,1927,
G.A, Currie.

after

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 93

Zenillia noctuae Curran, 1938: 199,
(= Carcelia noctuae (Curran) alter Crosskey,
1973: 147).
PARATYPE *: D5196; Biloela, Qld. 14.i1.1927,
G.A. Currie.

Zosteromyia brevifacies G. Hardy, 1934: 36.

(=Trigonospila brevifacies (Hardy) after
Crosskey, 1973: 141).
LECTOTYPE =: T7127; Tooloom, N.S.W,,

29.1.[19]26.

SOUTH PACIFIC SPECIES

Family TEPHRITIDAE

Asiadacus nigrescens Drew, 1968: 23.
(= Dacus (Strumeta ) nizrescens (Drew) after
Drew, 1972: 21).
HOLOTYPE *: T6576; Rabaul, New Britain,
14.xi1.1966, Sir A. Mann.

Asiadacus triangularis Drew, 1968: 21.
(= Dacus (Pacifodacus ) triangularis (Drew)
after Drew, 1972; 20).
HOLOTYPE °, PARATYPE 4: T6574-3; Rabaul,
New Britain, 14.xii.1966, A. Mann.

Callantra capillaris Drew, 1972a: 185.
HOLOTYPE 7: T6982; Wabirong Village, Kieta,

Bougainville Is{land], 18.vi.1970, R.M.
Berena.
PARATYPE ‘> 76983; DASF, Buin,
Bougainville Isfland], 3-7.vi,1970, R.M.
Berena.

Callantra mayi Drew, 1972a: 187.
HoLorype 7: T6984; Wau, Nlew] G[uineal,
3-10.iv.1965, E.N, Marks.

Dacus (Zeugodacus ) abdoangustus Drew, 1972a;
191.

HOLOTYPE 4: T6996; Daru Village,
Bougainville Isfland], 15-30.v.1970, R,M,
Berena.

Dacus (Strumeta ) abdofuscatus Drew, 1971: 48,
HoLotyre °: T6938; Aroana Estate, Aroa
River], Papua, 29 Nov. 1963, D.K. McAlpine.

Dacus (Strumeta ) abdolonginquus Drew, 1971:
50.

HoLotTyPe 7: T6939; L.A.E.S. Keravat, E
New Britain, .ix.1969, D.F. O'Sullivan.

Dacus (Strumeta ) abdonigellus Drew, 1971: 52.
HoLotyre 7: T6940; Bubia, near Lae,
T.P.N.G,, 28 Dec. 1963, D.K, McAlpine.
ALLOTYPE +: T6941; Bainyik, T.P.N.G., 20
Dec. 1963, D.K. McAlpine.

Dacus (Asiadacus ) abdopallescens Drew, 1971:
31.

(= Dacus (Pacifodacus ) abdopallescens Drew
after Drew, 1972: 21),

HOLOTYPE 7: T6929; Lumi, West Sepik
Distrlict], New Guinea, 8.xii.1967, A. Mann.
Pacus (Zeugodacus ) amoenus Drew, 1972a: 192.
HocotyPe 4: T6999; Kieta, Bougainville

Island, 13.v,1970, R.M. Berena,

Dacus (Strumeta ) amplus Drew, 1971; 55,
HOLOTYPE *: T6942; Keravat, E New Britain,
ix.1969, D.F, O'Sullivan.

Daeus (Asiadacus ) anervittatus Drew, 1971: 33.
(= Dacus (Pacifodacus ) aneuvittatus Drew
after Drew, 1972; 21).

Hocorype 7: T6930; Sarramea,
Caledonia, 19.xii.1969, P. Cochereau.

Dacus (Strumeta ) anomalus Drew, 1971: 57.
HOLOTYPE 7, PARATYPE ¢: T6943-4; Vila,
New Hebrides, 6 Jan. 1970, E. Kanas,

Dacus (Strumeta ) anthracinus Drew, 1971: 59.
Hovorype /: T6945; Upper Warangoi
Valley], E New Britain, 10-27.x,1969, D.F,
O'Sullivan.

Dacus (Strumeta ) aterrimus Drew, 1972a: 204.

New

HovotyPrE f: T6991; Daru Village,
Bougainville Is[land], 15-20.v.1970, R.M.
Berena.

Dacus (Zeugodacus ) brachus Drew, 1972a: 194,
HOLOTYPE *: T6994; Mount Lawes, Cent[ral]
Dist[riet], Papua, 9-13.iii.1970, T.L. Fenner.

Dacus (Asiadactus ) confluens Drew, 1971: 35-
(= Dacus (Strumeta ) confluens Drew. after
Drew, 1972: 21),

HOLOTYPE *: T6931; Daru Village.
Bougainville [Istand], May 1970, R.M. Berena.

Dacus (Pearatridacus ) coracinus Drew, 1971: 46,
HoOLoTyPE *: 76937; Bainyik, T-P.N.G,, 20
Dec. 1963, D.K. McAlpine.

Dacus (Zeugodacus ) curtus Drew, 1972a: 195.
HOLOTYPE 7: T6997; Vudal, E New Britain,
Jun. 1970, S. Medcalf.

Dacus (Paradacus ) decipiens Drew, 1972: 13.
HOLOTYPE -; ALLOTYPE “> T6987-8; Keravat,
New Britain, May 1966. G.S. Dunn.

Dacus (Strumeta ) decumanus Drew, 1972a: 205,
HOLOTYPE *: T6989; Daru Village,
Boungainville I[s{land], 1!5-30.v.1970, R.M,

Berena.
PARATYPE 7: T6990; Yura Village, Buin,
Bougainville [Island], 4-8.vi.1970, R.M,
Berena.

Dacus (Strumeia ) denigraius Drew, 1971: 61.
(= Daeus (Bactracera ) langicornis Macquart
after D. Hardy, 1976: 246).

HoLtotyre 7: 76946; Namatanai,
Ireland, 24-30.iv.1970, D. O’Sullivan.
Dacus (Strumeta ) dyscritus Drew, 1971: 63.
HoLotyPe ©: T6947; Keravat, E New Britain,

ix, 1969, D.F. O'Sullivan.

New

94 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

PARATYPE *: T6948; Vudal, & New Britam,
6.x.1969, A. Luckie. (Head missing from
paratype),

Dacus (Strumeta ) ebeneus Drew, 1971: 65.
HoLotype *: T6949; Anse Vata, Noumea,
New Caledonia, Dec. 1966, P. Cochereau.

Dacus (Strumeia ) enachrus Drew, 1972a: 207.

HOLOTYPE *: T6993; Daru Village,
Bougainville Island, 15-30.v.1970, R.M.
Berena.

Dacus (Zeugodacus ) gracilis Drew, 1972a: 198.
HOLOTYPE *; T6998; Malekula Is(land], New
Hebrides, Apr. May, 1970, D. Malosu-

Dacus (Asiadacus ) indecorus Drew, 1974: 37.
(= Dacus (Strumeta ) indecorus Drew after
Drew, 1972: 21).

HOLOTYPE ‘: T6932; Samo Village, Lihir
Island, May 1970, T, August.

Dacus (Strumeta ) lampahilis Drew, 1971: 67.
Hovorype 1: T6950; Salelubu. W New
Britain, 13.yiii.1969, R.M. Berena.

Dacus (Ajrodacus ) minutus Drew. 1971: 29.
HoLoTyPE ¢: 16927; Vila, New Hebrides, 6
Jan. 1970, E. Kanas.

PARATYPE 7: T6928; Lychee Plantation, Vila,
New Hebrides, 29.xii.1969, E. Kanas.

Dacus (Strumeta } mucronis Drew, 1971: 70.
HoOLotyee 4: T6951; Anse Vata, Noumea,
New Caledonia, 19.i11.1966, P. Cochereau.

Dacus (Strumeta ) nigrescentis Drew, 1971: 72.
HoLotyre ?; T6952; Keravat, E New Britain,
ix.1969, D.F. O'Sullivan.

PARATYPE 4: T6953; Keravat, New Britain,
29, vii. [19]69, D.F, O'Sullivan.

PARATYPE *: T6954; Lakakot Plf{anta]tfio]n.
Lihir Island, 25-29.iv.1970, D. O’Sullivan.

Dacus (Strumeta ) nigritus Drew, 1971: 75
Ho.oryee %: T6955; Keravat, New Britain,
iit. 1969. D.F. Q’Sullivan.

Dacus (Asiadacus ) ochromarginis Drew, 1971:
40.

(= Dacus (Strumeta) ochromarginis Drew after
Drew, 1972: 21).

HOLOTYPE ®: T6933; Vudal, Keravat, New
Britain, 18.viii.1969, A Luckie.

Dacus (Hemizeugodacus ) pallescentis Drew,
1971: 44.

(= Dacus (Papuodacus ) pallescentis Drew
after Drew, 1972: 21),

HOLOTYPE *: T6936; Konedobu, Central
Dist[rict], Papua, 27.8,[19]66, N. Kobman,

Dacus (Asiqdacus ) perpusillus Drew, 1971: 42.
(= Dacus (Pacifodacus ) perpusillus Drew after
Drew, 1972: 21).
HonoTyPpe ¢: T6934;
29.xi1,1969, P. Cochereau,

New Caledonia,

PARATYPE
Cochereau.

Dacus (Strumeta ) phaeus Drew, 1971; 77.
Hoioryre *: T6956; Keravat, New Britain,
30.¥v.[19]67, D.F. O* Sullivan.

Dacus (Strumeta ) piceus Drew, 1972a: 208.
Howoryre 4: T6992; Buin, Bougainville
Island], 3-7, vi.1970, R.M. Berena.

Dacus (Strumeia ) pseudodistinctus Drew, 1971:
79.

HoLotype 4: T6957; Keravat, E New Bnitain,
ix.1969. D.F, O'Sullivan.

Dacus (Strumeita ) reduncus Drew, 1971: 82.
HoLoTyPe *: T6958; Vila, New Hebrides, 6
Jan. 1970, K. Kanas.

4: T6935; New Caledonia, 1967, P.

PARATYPE *: T6959: Kieta, Bougainville
Is{land], 13.%.1970, R.M. Berena.
PARATYPE 7: T6960; Tubiana, Kieta,

Bougainville Is[land], 2.vi.1970, R.M. Berena.

Dacus (Zeugodacus ) reflexus Drew, 1971: 101.
HoLovyee ¢: T6974; Keravat, New Britain,
26.v.1967, D.F. O'Sullivan,

Dacus (Strumera ) resimus Drew, 1971: 85.
HoLotyPe ¢: T6961; Ambunti, East Sepik
Distr[ict], New Guinea, 8.xii, 1967, A. Mann.

Dacus (Strumeta ) irifarius Drew, 1971; 87.
HoLotyee /: T6962; Keravat, New Britain,
24.vii.1969, D.F. O’Sullivan.

ALLOTYPE -: T6963; Gela Gela Pl[antatio|n,
New Britain, 14.41.1965, T.L. Fenner.

Dacus (Strumeta ) triseriatus Drew, 1971: 90,
HoLotyre ': T6964; Vila, New Hebrides, 6
Jan. 1970, E. Kanas.

PARATYPE *: T6966; same data except 3 Jan,
1970.

ALLOTYPE -: T6965; Lytchee (= Lychee)
Plantation, Vila, New Hebrides, 29.xi1.1969, E.
Kanas.

PARATYPE 7: T6967; Malekula Is{land], New
Hebrides, Apr-May, 1970, D, Malosu.

Dacus (Strumeta ) trivialis Drew, 1971: 93.
Hovotype ¢: T6968; Sepi Village, Kiwai
Island, Western Distlict], Papua, 4.xii.1967,
T.L. Fenner.

Dacus (Strumeta ) unistriatus Drew, 1971: 96.
HOLOTYPE °: T6969; Keravat, New Britain,
3.3x.1969, D. O'Sullivan.

ALLOTYPE -: T6970; Vunapau. E New Britain,
16-27.1,1970, R.M. Berena,.

PARATYPE “: T6971: Namatanai, New [reland,
24-30.iv.1970, D. O'Sullivan.

PARATYPE ‘: T6972; Upper Warrangoi
Vialley], E New Britain, 10-27.x.1969, D,F.
O'Sullivan.

Dacus (Pacifodacus ) univittatus Drew, 1972a:
189.

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 9

HOLOTYPE 7: T6985; Wabirong Village, Kieta,
Bougainville Island], 18.vi.1970, R.M.
Berena.

PARATYPE ¢: T6986; Arawa Plant[atio]n,
Kieta, Bougainville Is[land], 12.v.-2.vi.1970,
R.M. Berena.

Dacus (Strumeta ) vulgaris Drew, 1971: 99.
HOLOTYPE ¢: 16973; Yenke, Kaimantu,
S[outhern] Dis[trict] E[aJst[ern] H[igh]l[an]ds,
T.N.G., 4.1.[19]64.

Melanodacus rubidus May, 1957: 297.

(= Dacus (Paratridacus ) atrisetosus (Perkins)
after May, 1962: 64).

HOLOTYPE ¢, ALLOTYPE °: T5601-2; Goroka,
E[astern] Hfigh]l[an]ds, Papua New Guinea,
24.4.[19]55, J. Szent-Ivany.

Neodacus strigifinis atritus May, 1962: 65.

(= Dacus (Pacifodacus ) strigifinis atritus
(May) after Drew, 1972: 20).

HOLOTYPE ¢4, ALLOTYPE 2: T5880-1; Aiyura,
E[astern] Hfighlands], 3.3.[19]58, J.H. Barrett.

Strumeta brevistriata Drew, 1968a: 77.

(= Dacus (Strumeta ) brevistriatus (Drew) after
Drew, 1972: 21),

HOLOTYPE ¢: T6611; Wau, Nfew] G[uineal],
31.iii.-11.iv.1965. E.N. Marks.

Strumeta nigella Drew, 1968a: 78.

(= Dacus (Strumeta ) nigellus (Drew) after
Drew, 1972: 21).

HOLOTYPE ¢: T6612; Wau, N[ew] G[uinea],
3-10.iv.1965; E.N. Marks.

Zeugodacus trichotus May, 1962: 74.

(= Dacus (Zeugodacus ) trichotus (May) after
Drew, 1972: 20).

HoLoTyPE #¢, ALLOTYPE @: 15856-7;
Kerowaghi, E[astern] H[ighlands], T.N.G.,
13.8.[19]60, K. Cole. (Only the right fore and
mid legs remain on allotype).

Family DROSOPHILIDAE

Drosophila argentostriata Bock, 1966: 273.
PARATYPES 1 4, 1 2: T6539-40; Bisianumu,
Papua, May 1965, W.B. Mather.

Drosophila nigrilineata Angus, 1967: 32.
PARATYPES | #@, 1 D6617-8; Bulolo,
T.P.N.G.

Drosophila pararubida Mather, 1961: 251.
HOLOTYPE 7, ALLOTYPE 7, PARATYPES 2 7, 2
2: T5844-9; Sogeri, Port Moresby, N[ew]
G[uinea], May 1959, W.B. Mather.

Drosophila pseudotetrachaeta Angus, 1967: 37.
PARATYPES 2 ¢, 2 2: T6617-20; Brown River,
T.P.N.G. ex culture.

Drosophila silvistriata Bock and Baimai, 1967:

20.

WwW

PARATYPES | ¢, 1 2: T6585-6; Bulolo, New
Guinea, Aug. 1965.

Drosophila tetrachaeta Angus, 1964: 156.
PARATYPES | ¢, | °: T6427-8; Bulolo, N[ew]
G[uinea], 20.viii.1963, Angus.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I am grateful to Mr E. Dahms, Queensland
Museum, for permission to examine the Diptera
collection.

LITERATURE CITED

ALEXANDER, C.P., 1920. New or little-known
crane-flies in the Queensland Museum
(Tipulidae, Diptera). Mem. Qd Mus, 7:
52-63.

1929. New. or little-known Tipulidae
(Diptera). —XLII. Australasian species. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 3: 327-46.

1929a. New or _ little-known
(Diptera),—XLIII]. Australasian
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 3: 468-89.

1930. New or little-known Tipulidae
(Diptera).—XLVI. Australasian species.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (10) 6: 114-36.

1956. New or little-known Tipulidae (Diptera).
C. Oriental - Australasian species. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 9: 36-53.

ANGUS, D.S., 1964. D. tetrachaeta : a new species
of Drosophila from New Guinea. Pap. Dep.
Zool. Univ. Qd 2: 155-59.

1967. Additions to the Drosophila fauna of
New Guinea. Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Qd 3:
31-42.

BEYER, E.M., 1960. Australische Phoriden des
Queensland-Museums. Broteria 29: 20-40.

Bock, I.R., 1966. D. argentostriata : a new
species of Drosophila from New Guinea.
Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Qd 2: 271-76.

1976. Drosophilidae of Australia. I.
Drosophila (Insecta : Diptera). Aust. J. Zool.
suppl. 40, 105 pp.

Bock, I.R. and BAIMAI, V., 1967. D. silvistriata :
a new species of Drosophila from New
Guinea. Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Qd 3: 19-25.

BULL, R.M., 1976. The larval stages of the
pasture and yellow soldier flies, Jnopus
rubriceps (Macq.) and J. flavus (James)
(Diptera, Stratiomyidae). Bull. ent. Res. 65:
567-72.

CANTRELL, B.K., 1978. A new species of
Blaesoxipha Loew from Australia (Diptera :
Sarcophagidae). J, Aust. ent. Soc. 17:
363-66.

Tipulidae
species.

96 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Coiuess. D.H. and MeAcpine. D.K., 1970.
Diptera (Flies), /2 ‘The insects of Australia’.
Chapter 34. (Melbourne University Press:
Vic),

CROSSKEY. R.W., 1973. A conspectus of the
Tachinidae (Diptera) of Australia, including
keys to the supraspecific taxa and taxonomic
and host catalogues, Bull, Ar. Mus. nar. Hist,
(Ent.) Suppl, 21; 1-221,

CURRAN, C.H,, 1938. New species and records of

Tachinidae (Diptera). Proce. Linn. Soe.
N.S. MW. 63: 185-206,
Dosrotworsky, N.V., 1968. The Tipulidae

(Diptera) of Australia HH. The genus
Clytacosmus Skuse. Aust. J, Zool. 18:
495-510.

1972. The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia VII,
The genus Leprotarsus Guerin; the subgenera
Leptotarsus s§. str. and Pseudoleptolarsus
Alexander. Aust J, Zool, suppl. 16, pp.
11-43,

1974, The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia
VIL. ‘The genus Leplotarsus Guérin; the
subgenus PAymatopsis Skuse. Aust. J. Zool.
suppl. 25, pp. I-14.

1974a, The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia LX,
The genus Leptotarsus Guerin; the subgenus
Aahromastix Skuse. Aust. J. Zool. suppl. 25,
pp. 15-30.

1974b, The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia X.
The genus Leprorarsus Guérin, the subgenus
Macromastix Osten-Sacken, Aust. J. Zool.
suppl. 25, pp, 31-62.

1974c. The Tipulidae (Diptera) of Australia
XIL. The genus Dolichopeza Curtis. Aust, J.
Zool. suppl. 32, 27 pp.

Drew, R.A.I., 1968. Two new species of Dacinae
(Diptera : Trypetidae) from New Britain, J.
Aust, ent. Soe. Tr 21-4.

1968a. Two new species of Dacinae (Diptera :
Trypetidae) from New Guinea. J. Aust, ent.
Soc, 7: 77-9.

1971. New species of Dacinae (Diptera :
Trypetidae) from the south Pacific area. Od
J. ugrie, Anim. Sci. 28: 29-103.

1972, The generic and subgeneric classification
of Dacini (Diptera + Tephritidae) {rom the
soulft Pacific area, J. Aust. eat. Soc. V1:
1-22.

1972a, Additions to the species of Dacim
(Diptera : Tephritidae) from the south Pacific
area with keys to species. J. Aust, en(, Soe,
Vi; (85-231.

1973, Revised descriptions of species of Dacini
(Diptera : Tephritidae) from the south Pacific
area 1. Genus Ca/lantra and the Dacus yroup

of subgenera of genus Dacus, Bull, Div, Pl.
Ind. Qd 652, 39 pp.

1974. Revised descriptions of species of Dacini
(Diptera: Tephritidae) from the south Pacific
area, Il. The Strumeta group of subgenera of
genus Dacus. Bull. Div. Pl. Ind. @d 653, 101

pp.

1978. Jn Drew, Hooper and BATEMAN
‘Economic fruit flies of the south Pacific
region.’ Pp, i-vi, 1-137. (Plant Quarantine,
Dep. of Health, Australia).

1979. The genus Daucus Fabricius (Diptera :
Tephritidae) — Two new species from
northern Australia and a discussion of some
subgenera. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18: 71-80.

Drew, R-A.T. and Hancock, D.L., 1981. Jn
Drew, Hancock and Romic; Australian
Dacinae (Diptera : Tephritidae): New species
from Cape York Peninsula, a discussion of
species complexes and key to species. Aust. J.
Zool. 29: 49-91,

Drew, R.A.J. and Harpy, D.B., 1981. Daecus
(Bactrocera ) opiliae, a new sibling species of
the darsalis complex of fruit flies trom
northern Australia (Diptera : Tephritidae), J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 20: 131-7.

Dupa, O., 1936. Weitere neve afrikanische und
onentalische akalyptrate Musciden (Dipt.)
des British Museum. Anw. Mag. nat. Hist.
(10) 18: 337-41.

ENDERLEIN, G., 1921. Uber die phyletisch alteren
Stratiomyiidensubfamilien (Xylophaginae,
Chiromyzinae, Solvinae, Beridinae and
Coenomyiinae). Witt. cool. Mus, Berl, 10:
151-214.

1925, Studien an blutsaugenden Insekten 1.
Grundlagen eines netien Systems der
Tabaniden. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 11;
253-409.

FerGuson, E.W., 1921. New Australian
Tabanidae, with notes on previously
described species. Proc, R. Soc, Vict. 33:
1-29, 2 pls.

1926. Revision of Australian Syrphidae
(Diptera). Part i. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
51: 137-83, pl. 14.

i926a. Revision of Australian Syrphidae
(Diptera). Part ti, with a supplement to parti.
Proe, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 51: 517-44,

Fercuson, E.W, and Henry. M., 1920,
Tabanidae from Camden Haven district, New
South Wales, with descriptions of new
species. Prac, Linn. Soc. N.S. W 44; 828-49,
pl. 46.

HALL, JC., 1969. A review of the subfamily
Cylleniinae with a world revision of the genus

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA 97

Thevenemyia Bigot (Eclimus auct.) (Diptera :
Bombyliidae). Univ. Calif. Publs Ent. 56;
i-vi, 1-85.

Harpy, D.E,, 1951. The Krauss collection of
Australian fruitflies (Tephritidae — Diptera).
Pacif. Sci, 5: 115-89.

1955. The Dacus (Afrodacus ) Bezzi of the
world (Tephritidae, Diptera). /. Kans. ent.
Soc. 28; 3-15.

1967. Studies of fruitflies associated with
mistletoe in Australia and Pakistan with
notes and descriptions on genera related to
Perilampsis Bezzi. Beitr. Ent. 17: 127-49.

1976. Resurrection of Bactrocera Macquart
and clarification of the type-species,
longicornis Macquart (Diptera + Tephritidae).
Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc, 22: 245-49.

Harpy, G.H,, 1920. Australian Stratiomyiidae.
Prac. R. Soc. Tasm. 1920: 33-64, pl. 8.

1922. Descriptions of some Australian flies
belonging to the Diptera Brachycera. Rec.
Aust. Mus. 13: 193-97, pl. 36,

1924, A revision of the Australian Chiromyzini
(Stratiomyiidae, Diptera), Prove. Linn. Soe.
N.S. Wo 49: 360-70.

1924a. Australian Nemestrinidae. (Diptera).
Prac, Linn. Soc, N.S. W, 49: 447-60.

1926. <A reclassification of Australian
robberflies of the Cerdistus-Neoitamus
complex (Diptera-Asilidae), Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. W. 51; 643-57,

1927. Notes on Tasmanian flies of the genus
Atherimorpha, Proc, R. Sac, Qd 38%: 123-6.

1929, Notes on the identity of described
Australian flies of the genus Cerdistus

(Asilidae), Proc. Linn. Soe, N,S.W. Sd:
80-85.
1929a. Revisional notes on the tribe

Brachyrrhopalini (robber flies), with remarks
on habits and mimicry. Proc. R. Soc, Gd 41:
59-72.

1931, On the genus Damaramvia, Kertesz
(Stratiomyiidae). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist, (10) 8:
120-8,

1932. Some new Australian sarcophagid flies;
and notes on others. Aus/, Zvel, 7: 275-81,

1932a. Australian Tlics of genus Acting
(Stratiomyiidae), Proc, R, See, Qd 43: 50-5.

1932b. Notes on Australian Stratiomyiidae,
Proc. R. Sec. Od 44; 41-9,

1934. Notes on Australian Muscoidea
(Calyptrata). Proce, R, Sov. Od 45: 30-37.
1935. The Asilidae of Australia. — Part II.

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist, (10) 16: 161-87,

1938. Miscellaneous notes on Australian

Diptera. IV. Genus Odoniomyia

(Stratiomviidac). Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S, W.
63: 70-74.

1943, The Sarcophaginae of Australia and New
Zealand. Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S_W. 68: 17-32.

Harris, K.M., 1979. Descriptions and frost
ranges of the sorghum midge, Con/arinia
sorghicola (Coquillert) (Diptera
Cecidomyiidae), and of eleven new species of
Contarinia reared from Gramineae and
Cyperaceae in Australia, Bull. ent, Res. 69:
161-82.

Harrison, R.A., 1966. Australian glow-worms
of the genus Arachnocampa Edwards
(Diptera : Mycetophilidae), Pacif. Insects 8:
877-83.

Hutt, F.M., 1973. Bee flies of the world. The
genera of the family Bombyliidae. Bull. US.
natn, Mus. 286, pp. i-xii, 1-687.

JAMES, M.T., 1968. A new stratiomyiid pest of
sugar cane in Australia (Diptera
Stratiomyiidae), J. Aust, eat. Sac. 7: 155-7.

JOHNSTON, T.H. and BANCROFT, M.J., 1920. The
life histories of Musca australis Macq., and
M. vetustissima Walker, Proc, R, Soc. Od
31: 181-203.

1920a. Notes on the biology of some
Queensland flies. Mem, Qd Mus. 7: 31-43.

JoHNSTON, T.H. and Tiras, O.W., 1921, New
and little-known sarcophagid flies from
south-eastern Queensland. Proc, R. Soc. Ga
33: 46-90.

1922, New and known Australian sarcophagid
ies. Proc. R. Soe. Qd 34: 181-90,

1922a, Sarcoplragid (lies in the Australian
Museum collection. Ree, Aust. Mus. 13:
175-88, pl. 35.

Kesey, L,P., 1970. The Scenopinidae (Diptera)
of Australia: including the descriptions af
one new genus and six oew species, J. Aust,
enr. Soc, 9; 103-48,

1971), Eighteen new species of Australian
Scenopinidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 10:
183-204.

KeTtT_t, D.S., Erson, M.M. and Dycr, A.L,,
1976, Culicoides gladysae sp.n, (Diptera :
Ceratopogonidae) from eastern Australia,
with descriptions of its larva and pupa and a
re-examination of C. mykyrowyezt Lee and
Reye and C. moreensis Lee and Reye. J.
Aust. ent. Sov. 15: 173-82.

KLEINSCHMIDT, R.P., 1960, New species of
Agromyzidae trom Queensland. Od J. agric.
Set. V7: 321-37,

KLOCKER, A., 1924. On a collection of syrphids
from Queensland with descriptions of a new

98 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

genus and of eight new species. Mem. Qa
Mus, 8: 53-60, pl. 10.

Kroper, O., 1912. Die Thereviden der indo-
australischen Region, (Dipt.). Bt. Mitr. 1:
215-56,

1912a. Die Thereviden der indo-australischen
Region. (Dipt.) Nachtrag. Ant. Mitr. 1:
282-87.

Lopes, H. de Souza, 1954, Contribution to the
knowledge of the Australian Sarcophagid flies
belonging to the genus “*7richolitoproctia “*
Baranoy, 1938 (Diptera). Anais Acad. bras.
Cienc. 26: 235-76.

1958. A remarkable new
Sarcophagidae from Australia
Studia ent. 1; 545-52,

1949. A revision of Australian Sarcophagidae
(Diptera). Studia ent. 2: 33-67.

i967. Some Sarcophagidae (Diptera) from the
Bismarck Islands and the Philippines, Eni,
Meddr, 35; 143-76.

Lower, H.F., 1953. Some Lauxaniidae (Diptera)
in Queensland collections. Mem. Gd Mus, 13:
71-9.

MACKPRRAS, 1.M., 1925, The Nemestrinidae
(Diptera) of the Australasian region. Proce.
Linn. Soe. N.S. We 50; 489-561, pl. 50.

1955. The classification and distribution of
Tabanidae (Diptera) . History
Morphology =: Classification Subfamily
Pangoniinae. Aust. J. Zool, 3: 439-511.

1955a. The classification and distribution of
Tabanidae (Diptera) {l. Subfamilies
Scepsidinae and Chrysopinae. Aust. J. Zool.
3: 583-633.

1956. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia 11.
Subfamily Pangonitinae, tribe Pangoniini.
Aust. J. Zool. 4; 408-43, | pl.

1959, An annotated catalogue of described
Australian Tabaninae (Diptera; Tabanidae).
Proe, Linn. Soc. N.S. WW. 844 160-85.

1960, The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia IL.
Subfamily Pangoniinae, tribe Scionini and
supplement to Pangoniini. dust. J. Zool. 8:
1-152, 4 pls.

1961. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Australia IV.
Subfamily Chrysopinae. Aust. J. Zool, 9%:
827-906, | pl.

Matitocu, J.R., 1929. Exotic Musearidae
(Diptera), -XNVIIL. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist,
(10) 4; 322-41.

MANN, J.S., 1928. Revisional notes on Australian
Therevidae, Aust, Zool, 5: 151-94,

1929. Revisional notes on Australian
Therevidae. Aust. Zool. 6: 17-49.

genus. of
(Diptera),

1933, Revisional notes on Australian
Therevidae. Ausr. Zool. 7: 325-44.

Marks, B.N., 1947. Studies of Queensland
mosquitoes, Part I.: The Aédes (Finlaya )
kochi group with descriptions of new species
from Queensland, Bougainville and Fiji. Pap.
Dep. Biol. Uniy. Od 2 (5): 1-66.

1947a. Studies of Queensland mosquitoes. Part
11. — New species of Aédes (subgenus
Finlaya ). Pap. Dep. Biol. Univ. Qd 2. (6):
1-10,

1948. Studies of Queensland mosquitoes. Part
lf. — The Aédes (Finleva ) australiensis
group. Pap. Dep. Biol. Univ. Qd 2 (8): 1-42.

1956. A new species of Anopheles from
Queensland and notes on related species
(Diptera : Culicidae). Proc. R. Soc. Gd 67:
41-§2.

1957. The subgenus Ochlerotetus in the
Australian region (Diptera ; Culicidae). I.
Notes on classification, with the description
of a new species. Pap. Dep. Ent. Univ. Od 1:
71-83.

1958, New species and records of the Aedes
Kochi group from eastern Australia (Diptera :
Culicidae). Proc. R. Soc. Qd 69: 57-74.

1959, The subgenus Ochlerotarus in the
Australian region (Diptera : Culicidae) 0,
Five new species from Western Australia.
Pap. Dep. Ent. Univ. Od 1; 111-34.

1963. The subgenus Ochlerofatus in the
Australian region (Diptera : Culicidae) V.
The stricklandi section. J. ent. Soc. Od 2;
31-47.

MATHER, W.B,, 1955. The genus Drosophila
(Diptera) in eastern Queensland I,
Taxonomy. Aust. J. Zaal. 3: 545-82.

1956, The genus Drosophila (Diptera) in
eastern Queensland II. Seasonal changes in a
natural population 1952-1953, Aust. J. Zool.
4: 65-75.

1957. Genetic relationships of four Drosophila
species from Australia (Diptera
Drosophilidac). Stud. Gener, Drosophila
5721, pp. 221-55.

1960. Additions to the Drosophila fauna of
Australia. Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Od 1;
229-39,

1961. D. pararubida a new species of
Drosophila from New Guinea. Pap. Dep,
Zool. Unty. Od 1; 251-53.

May, A.W.S., 1951. New genera and species of
Dacinae (Trypetidae, Diptera) from
Queensland, Od J. agric. Sci. 8: 5-13.

1952, Three new = species of Dacinae

DANIELS: TYPE-SPECIMENS OF DIPTERA uy

(Trypetidae, Diptera) from Queensland. Od
J. agric. Sci. 9: 335-41.

1935. Five new species of Dacinae (Trypetidae,
Diptera) from Queensland. Od J. agric. Sev.
12; 151-60,

1957. New species and records of Dacinae
(Trypetidae, Diptera) from Queensland and
New Guinea. Od J. agric. Sci. 14: 293-306.

1962. Additions to the species of Dacinae
{Trypetidae : Diptera) from Queensland and
New Guinea. Gd J. agric, Sci, 19: 63-76,

1962a. Two new Dacinae (Trypetidae = Diptera)
from Queensland. Qd J. agric. Sci. 19:
§27-32.

1963. An investigation of fruit flies (Trypetidae
: Diptera) in Queensland |. Introduction,
species, pest status and distribution. Qd J.
agric. Sci, 20: 1-82.

1965. New species and records of Dacinae
(Diptera Trypetidae) from northern
Australia. J. ent. Soc. Od 4: 58-66,

1967. A new species of Dacinae (Diptera :
Trypetidae) from Queensland, /. Aust. ent.
Soc. 6: 81-2,

McALPINE, D.K., 1960. A review of the
Australian species of Clusiidae (Diptera,
Acalyptrata). Ree, Aust. Mus, 25: 63-94.

1966, Description and biology of an Australian
species of Cypselosomatidae (Diptera), with a
discussion of family relationships. Aust. ./.
Zool. 14: 673-B5.

1967. The Australian species of Diplogeomyza
and allied genera (Diptera, Heleomyzidae),
Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. W. 92: 74-106,

(968, The genus Ca/rnsimyia Malloch (Diptera,
Heleomyzidae, Rhinotorini). Rec. Aust.
Mus. 27: 263-83.

1973. The Australian Playstomatidae (Diptera,
Schizophora) with a revision of five genera.
Mem, Aust. Mus. 15: 1-256.

1978, Description and biology of a new genus
of flies related to Anthoclusia and
representing a new family (Diptera,
Schizophora, Neurochaetidae). Ann. Natal
Mus, 23; 273-95.

Nesorss, A., 1971. Australian Panopinae
(Diptera : Acroceridae), J. Aust, ent. Soc. 10:
205-22.

Paramonov, §,J., 1950. A review of the
Australian Mydaidae (Diptera). Buil.
Commanw. scient. ind. Res. Org. 255: 32 pp.

1953. A review of Australian Apioceridae
(Diptera). Aust. J. Zool, 1: 449-537.

1962. A review of Australian Leptidae
(Diptera). Aust. J. Zool, 10; 113-69.

1967. A review of the Australian species of the
genus Ligyra Newman (Hyperalonia Olim)
(Bombyliidae : Diptera). Aust. J. Zool, 15:
123-44.

PERKINS, F.A., 1937. Studies in Australian and
Oriental Trypaneidae. Part |. New genera of
Dacinae. Proc. R. Soc. Od 48; 51-60.

PERKINS, F.A. and May, A.W.S., 1949. Studies
in Australian and Oriental Trypetidae parl
[V. New species of Dacinae from
Queensland. Pap. Dep. Biol Univ. Qd 2:
1-21.

Ponr, A.C., 1969. Studies on Australian
Muscidae (Diptera) IT. A revision of the tribe
Dichaetomyiini Emden. Bull. Br. Mus. nat.
Hist. (Ent). 23: 191-286.

Pont, A.C, and PATERSON, H.E., 1971. The
genus Musca, pp. 108-15, in B. GREENBERG,
‘Flies and Disease’, Vol. 1. (Princeton
University Press: New Jersey).

RicHARrDs, O.W., 1973. The Sphaeroceridae (=
Borboridae or Cypselidae; Diptera,
Cyclorrhapha) of the Australian region.
Aust, J. Zool. suppl. 22, pp. 297-401.

Roperts, F.H.S., 1928. A revision of the
Australian Bombyliidae (Diptera). Part i.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, 53; 90-144.

19284. <A revision of the Australian
Bombyliidae (Diptera), Part ii. Proc, Linn.
Soc, N.S.W. 53: 413-55.

1929. A revision of the Australian Bombyliidae
(Diptera), III. Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. W. 54:
553-83.

RowineAu-Desvoipy, J.B., 1830. Essai sur ies
Myodaires. Mém. pres. div. Sav. Acad. Sei.
Inst. Fr. 2: 1-813.

SPENCER, K.A., 1963. The Australian
Agromyzidae (Diptera, Insecta). Rec. Aust.
Mus. 25: 305-54.

1966. A revision of European species of the
genera Melanagromyza Hendel and
Hexomyza Enderlein, with a supplement on
the genus Ophiomyia Brashnikov. Beitr. Ent,
16: 3-60.

1973, Agromyzidae (Diptera) of economic
importance. Series Ent, 9: 1-405, (W. Junk:
The Hague).

1978. A revision of the Australian
Agromyzidae (Diptera). Spec. Publs West
Aust. Mus. 8: 1-255,

TayLor, F.H., 1913. Report of Entomologist..
Rep, Aust, Inst. trop. Med. 1911: 49-74, pls.
12-14,

1917. Australian Tabanidae (Diptera). No- tii.
Proc. Linn. Soo. NS. W, 42: 513-28, pl. 28,

100

1919. Australian Tabanidae (Diptera). No. iv.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 41-71, pls. 1
and 2.

TonNorR, A.L., 1935. The Australian species of

the genus Phlebotomus. Bull. ent, Res. 26:
137-47, pl. 1.
TRYON, H., 1927. Queensland fruit flies

(Trypetidae), series 1. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 38:
176-224, pls 20-24.

WALKER, F., 1848. ‘List of the specimens of
dipterous insects in the collection of the
British Museum.’ Part I, pp. 1-229

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

(London).

1849. ‘List of the specimens of dipterous insects
in the collection of the British Museum.’ Part
IV, pp. 689-1172. (London).

WHITE, A., 1914. The Diptera-Brachycera of
Tasmania. Part I. Families Leptidae,
Stratiomyidae, Nemestrinidae, & Cyrtidae.
Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1914, pp. 35-74.

1915. The Diptera - Brachycera of Tasmania.
Part II. Families Tabanidae & Therevidae.
Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1915, pp. 1-59.

Mem, Od Mus, 22(1); 101—~104, [1985]

THE WOLF SPIDERS OF AUSTRALIA (ARANEAE : LYCOSIDAE): 14.
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOSA.

R.J. MCKAY
Queensland Museum

ABSTRACT
A second species of the genus Pardosa, P. hymphreysi is described from the goldfields

région of Western Australia.

INTRODUCTION

The Australian species of the genus Pardosa
were discussed by McKay (1979). Recent
collecting in the goldfields region of Western
Australia by Dr W.F. Humphries and colleagues
of the Western Australian Museum has resulted in
the discovery of several new species of the family
Lycosidae, and a thorough documentation of the
lycosid fauna of this area. One of the new species
is closely related to Pardosa serrata (L. Koch
1877) known from sandy soils of Western
Australia, South Australia and New South Wales,
and is described below. Abbreviations; WAM =
Western Australian Museum; QM = Queensland
Museum; M = mature specimen.

Pardosa humphreysi sp, nov.
(Fig. | A-C, E, G, H, PL. 1)

MATERIAL EXAMINED

HovotyPe: WAM 84-602, + M, C.L. 6.0 mm, Lake
Cronin, W.A., 32°22'1S'S, 119°49'30°E, collected by
W.F. Humphreys, pitfall trap, February, 1981. In
spirit.

PaRATYPES: WAM 84-603-7, 5 * M, OM 8409, 3 4
M, Lake Cronin, data as for holotype; WAM
84-608-13; 6 7 M, WAM 84-614, 1 ¢ M, WAM
§4-615-22, 8 * M, 32°22'°30'S, 119°49°3S'E; WAM
84-623-4,2 “ M, WAM &4-625,1 1 M, WAM 84-626, L
' M. 32°23'15‘S, 119°45'00'E; WAM 84-627, 1 - M,
Boorabbin, 31°13°S, 120°13"E; WAM 84-628, | = M,
31°15°S, 120°04°E; WAM 84-629-31, 3 5 M, WAM
84-632-9, 8 1 M, WAM 84-640-8, 9 * M, Goongarrie,
29°S5'20°S, 121°07'5S°E; WAM 84-649, 1 © M,
29°55'S, 121 °08'E.

DIAGNOSIS

A narrow pale buff to white line extending
anteriorly on the carapace between the PL, PM
and AM eyes; longitudinal median stripe on
abdomen without sharp serrations; male palpal
organ with an anteriolaterally directed hook-like
median apophysis with a small spine on the
ventral surface; epigynum with a broad median
guide and a narrow ridge-like transverse guide.

DESCRIPTION

Male: Carapace dark brown; lateral margin
with bright pale golden hair: a brown lateral band
containing four or five blackish spots is outlined
above with pale golden to white hair from the
posterior decliviry to below the PL eyes; a pale
golden to cream median longitudinal stripe,
narrowing posteriorly to a point immediately
behind the fovea, broadens anteriorly to behind
the PL eyes and generally covers the cephalic
part; within this median stripe are two curved
dark brown lines behind the PL eyes continuing
forwards between the PL eves, broadening
slightly inside the ocular quadrangle and
descending down the face to the AM eyes thus
forming a very conspicuous fine golden line
through the centre of the ocular quadrangle down
the face between the PM and AM eyes; dark
brown wedges outlined by golden hair radiate out
from the foveal region to terminate abruptly
above the pale lateral band; the remainder of the
earapace sparsely covered with fine buff to
orange hairs; membrane above the mandibles pale
laterally but jet black below the anterior row of
eyes and above the coxae; mandibles brown,
darker anteriorly; maxillae, labium, sternum and
ventral surface of coxae pale brown to fawn.
Abdomen pale brown; anterior slope and sides
blotched and streaked with black-brown
enclosing pale spots anteriorly and elongate pale
spots and lines posteriorly; anterior dorsal surface
with a longitudinal black-edged grey-brown
undulating stripe that terminates in a series of
narrow transverse connected chevrons, followed
by single or double dark brown to black chevrons
containing pale spots (Fig. 1A); ventral surface
pale brown with a very short black transverse bar
behind the epigastric furrow. Legs uniform dark
brown above, darker below.

Anterior row of eyes gently procuryed; AM
larger than AL. PM larger than PL and a little
less than a diameter apart (Table 2). Ratio of eyes
AM:AL:PM:PL 17:12:33:26; distance AM-AM

102

9, AM-AL 4, AM-PM 7, AL-PM 6, PM-PM 29,
Clypeus to AM 12. Length of first eye row 71;
length of second eye row 86.

Chelicerae with three promarginal teeth, the
middle one largest; three (4 + 3 in one paratype 7)
retromarginal teeth of about equal size.

Male palpal organ with a broad anteriorly
directed embolic guide, the tip of the inner flange
recurved dorsally (Fig. 1B); median apophysis
robust, directed anteriolaterally and with the tip
curved inwards to form a flattened hook; the flat
ventral surface of the median apophysis, towards
the base of the sharp ridge descending from the
apical hook, with a short but conspicuous sharp
spine (Fig. 1C, E, Pl. 1).

Female: Similar to male in coloration but lacks
the short black transverse bar behind the
epigynum.

Anterior row of eyes gently procurved; AM
larger than AL; PM larger than PL. Ratio of eyes
AM:AL:PM:PL = = 20:14:36:31; distance
AM-AM 8; AM-AL 3.5; AM-PM 9; AL-PM 8;
PM-PM 31. Clypeus to AM 20. Length of first
eye row 81; length of second eye row 98.

Epigynum with a short broad median guide
that widens posteriorly without joining the sharp
ridge-like transverse guide (Fig. 1G); internal
genitalia simple (Fig. 1H).

VARIATION: In life, the coloration may be a rich
chocolate-brown with silver-grey to white lines
which radiate out from the centre of the carapace,
and form a complex pattern that surrounds the
fovea as a posteriorly directed triangle; the lines

TABLE 1: MEASUREMENTS OF LEG SEGMENTS OF
PARDOSA HUMPHREYS IN MM.

Leg Femur Patella Tibia Metatarsus Tarsus

1 6.4 23 5.6 6.8 4.0

2 5.8 2.0 4.9 6.5 3.8

3 5.8 1.9 4.4 7.0 3.6

4 77 2.3 6.6 9.7 4.1
TABLE 2: Eye DIAMETERS AND INTERSPACES OF

PARDOSA HUMPHREYSI CONVERTED TO PERCENT OF THE
TOTAL WIDTH OF THE FirsT Row OF EYES.

Regd. No. Sex C.L.] AM AL PM PL

Holotype 'M 6.0 24 17 46 37
WAM M_ 6.7 25 17 44 38

AM.AM — AM.AL

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

diverge anteriorly to the PL eyes, and a very
narrow median line originates behind the PL eyes,
frequently from two pale streaks or from the base
of the foveal triangle, and projects anteriorly to
become a very distinct line between the PL, PM
and AM eyes similar to Pardosa serrata. The
longitudinal stripe on the abdomen may be grey,
grey-brown or charcoal, with the edge bright
chocolate-brown to orange-tan. The legs are
brown with silver-grey to ash-grey hair. The
venter may have a light buff triangular field
narrowing from the epigastric furrow to the
spinnerets.

SIZE RANGE: Mature females 5.0 to 6.7 mm.
Matures males 4.3 to 6.2 mm.

LIFE HISTORY

Mature males were captured in pit-fall traps
during February and March. Mature females were
dug from burrows during March at Boorabbin,
and July at Goongarrie.

HABITAT

Goldfields area of Western Australia on or near
the base of sand dunes, dune shrubland, mallee
and Triodia grasslands, and heath at Lake
Cronin.

BURROW

Both mature females were dug from burrows
described by Dr Humphreys as having ‘litter
turrets’ constructed from plant litter in a similar
manner to those to Pardosa serrata (McKay 1979,
Fig. 2A, B).

PM.PM AM.PM-~ AL.PM

12 5 41 10 8
9 4 31 11 10

McKAY: NEW SPECIES OF PARDOSA 103

DISCUSSION

Pardosa humphreysi is remarkably similar to
P. serrata in morphology, coloration and
behaviour, and may be confused with the latter
species in the field. The dark longitudinal stripe
on the dorsal surface of the abdomen is much
more serrate in P. serrata (Fig. 1D), and P.
humphreysi lacks dark stripes on the femora. The
epigynum of P. humphreysi has a well developed
median guide, and the transverse guide is very
thin and compressed into a sharp ridge quite
unlike that of P. serrata, The male palpal organ is
similar to P. serrata but the median apophysis has
the tip strongly curved to form a flattened hook,
and the flat ventral surface has a small but
conspicuous cusp-like spine which is absent in P.
serrata (Fig. 1F).

Both species were collected at Boorabbin; P.
humphreysi appears to replace P. serrata in the
more arid areas of the goldfields region.

DERIVATION

Named after Dr W.F. Humphreys of the
Western Australian Museum in recognition of his
studies on behavioural thermoregulation of
Australian wolf spiders, and in appreciation of
his comprehensive collection of lycosids in the
goldfields region of Western Australia.

LITERATURE CITED

McKay, R.J., 1979. The wolf spiders of Australia
(Araneae : Lycosidae): 9. Pardosa serrata (L. Koch
1877). Mem. Qd Mus. 19 (3): 225-9.

104 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM

Fic. 1. Pardosa humphreysi. A. Mature female, Boorabbin. B. Dorsal surface of embolic guide of male palpal
organ. C. Median apophysis of male palpal organ. E. Male palpal organ. G, Epigynum of female from
Goongarrie. H. Internal genitalia.

Pardosa serrata. D. Abdomen of female from Boorabbin. F. Median apophysis of male from Boorabbin.

McKAY: NEW SPECIES OF PARDOSA 105

PLATE |
Pardosa humphreysi. Male palpal organ, X60.

CONTENTS

McKay, ROLaNp J.

A revision of the fishes of the family Sillaginidae...............5 [SS CECS OSE RS SGRE BR SCOCRS EAD sane RHE cb US aa ond perObaecoctiotod |
DANIELS, G.
Type-specimens of Diptera (Insecta) in the Queensland Museum ...........:ssccccesscesscenssccoescescesescceseeessooeeees 75

McKay, ROLAND, J.
The wolf spiders of Australia (Araneae:Lycosidae):14.
ATHENS ECG ROME eran SHE ORION UM eae tesieis seta cheeses vacssic cet iuacnsisninsejeleveaeisieieaude.aiaoeewsianinisiele'saia'ss/sisisssesaias 101